Not all office space needs to be the same... Creating a unique office environment says a lot about you as a company - to your clients, your staff and your competitors. • space planning • office design • furniture provision and installation • filing surveys • general consultative surveys • project and installation management • brand application • 3D design work
home strategic | millennium park studio | ballafletcher road | douglas | isle of man | im4 4qj ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
ISO9001 ISO
Quality Management
ISLE OF MAN
ISO
ISO9001: 2008 Registered Firm Certificate No. QMS31122009
ISO
ISO14001ISO Environmental Management
ISLE OF MAN
ISO14001:2004 Registered Firm Certificate No. EMS31122009
ISLE OF MAN
Information Security Managemant
ISLE OF MAN
ISO
ISO27001:2005 Registered Firm Certificate No. ISMS121205
ISO18001 ISO
Health & Safety
ISO
ISLE OF MAN
ISO18001: 2007 Registered Firm Certificate No. OHSAS060114
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
www.homestrategic.com strategic marketing | creative design | pr | social media | website design
w w w. h s 3 . i m
hs3 is a part of the home strategic group ISO
ISO27001 ISO
O F F I C E F U R N I T U R E C ATA L O G U E 2 0 1 5
phone hs3 01624 610121 email hs3 dc@hs3.im visit hs3 www.hs3.im
2015 OFFICE FURNITURE PLAN DESIGN FURNISH
hs 3 .im
Highlights for 2015 Kind
Pages 22, 35 & 67-69
A broad range of chairs with a full range of options.
Fraction Plus
Pages 82-89
Newly extended and improved range of entry level furniture available in two standard finishes and three special finishes.
Eclipse
Pages 114-119
An elegant and stylish post legged modular system for individual desks or an entire office space.
Chiltern
Aston
Pages 170-173
Quietly stylish or eye-catching schemes can be easily created for this executive furniture.
Page 189
Real wood veneer tops combine style with practicality.
Cascara
Pages 226-227
Fully upholstered visitor and lounge chair.
Hive
Pages 230-231
Stylish, flexible modular range of seating and accessories that offers superb spatial fit and functionality.
Dining
Pages 234-235
A classic selection of tables and chairs to compliment a broad range of dining areas.
1
1 Highlights Information (15).indd 1
03/12/2014 10:04
Delivery and Installation The vast majority of products in this catalogue are priced for a complete order to installation service. We will take your goods to the point of use, unpack the goods and professionally assemble any products that require this service. An estimate of delivery time is shown at the bottom of each page. From Concept to Completion
In order to achieve the best results for you please ensure that:
You have placed your order on time and accurately
From the start of a project we can take the initial drawings and concept through to completion. CAD - Meeting Room Plan
Our vehicle can access the site Parking for a large vehicle is available Any special security or access arrangements are notified in advance If available and necessary lifts are made available to our fitters Other works likely to interfere with the installation eg. carpet fitting, decorating or electrical works are complete. Most importantly please provide a mobile telephone number and/or e-mail address of the person receiving the order as we send a text message to notify you of planned delivery date and will also call prior to arrival on site to ensure that you are kept as informed as possible.
Additional Charges Small Orders May be subjected to a small order charge. This will be notified at the time of order. Safes Shown on pages 268 - 269; as these products can be very heavy to deliver and install – they may require special delivery and be subject to an installation survey, with any subsequent charging agreed prior to delivery. Storage Interior Fittings Storage units will be sited at point of use with interior fittings left for customer self installation. Full instructions will be supplied with each fitting.
2
2-3 Delivery Info Buyers Guide (15).indd 1
03/12/2014 16:36
Buyers Guide Ordering Procedure To process your order accurately, please ensure your order contains the following information: 1. Full product code 2. The wood/metal finish or fabric choice of the product eg: 3. Product quantity
BCH
Beech
Silver
4. Quoted price (excluding VAT)
Fabrics Where a fabric covered product is available from stock the relevant fabric colour is shown on the page. Further details of fabric swatches are shown on page 320 of this catalogue. Fabric colours illustrated within this catalogue may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as a guide, natural fibres such as wool may experience a shade variance. There is a vast selection of materials and colours available, with the fabric manufacturers providing an excellent swatch service. This is accessed through their web sites noted on page 320.
5. Full delivery address, including postcode 6. Contact name and mobile telephone number and/or e-mail address at point of delivery 7. Purchase order number/reference 8. Any special arrangements e.g. parking restrictions etc Pricing, Corrections and Continuity Every effort has been made to ensure that prices and product details are correct at the time of going to press (December 2014). Prices can only be guaranteed for 6 months from this date. All prices are exclusive of VAT, which will be charged at the rate prevailing at the time of invoice. We reserve the right to make product changes, price changes and product improvements during the life of this catalogue. E & OE.
Cancellation of Orders/Deliveries The cancellation of Stock orders must be received and acknowledged in writing. The Company reserves the right to charge an administration fee for the cancellation of a Stock order. Orders for Specials cannot be cancelled once the order has been accepted. A storage charge may be levied against any deliveries that are not accepted on the confirmed delivery/installation date. Warranty Guarantees
Seating 1 The warranty offered indicated by the following symbol year guarantee indicates the number of years that the product is guaranteed to be free from defects and refers to metal Notice of Damage, Loss, Non-Receipt and plastic parts. Fabric guarantees vary depending on All goods must be checked and signed for on receipt of which fabric cover is used and the number of hours daily delivery. We shall not accept claims for missing, faulty or damaged goods, if the delivery note is signed “un-checked�. use that the chair is subjected to. The warranty becomes invalid if in the reasonable opinion of the company the Failure to adhere to this may result in charges for product has been misused or used outside of its advertised replacements. If upon receipt, your goods are damaged, weight tolerances or time periods. Any chair that requires incomplete, or incorrect, notification must be made within repair will be collected and repaired at our site within a 24 hours of delivery. period of time deemed reasonable by the company. Loan chairs will not be provided whilst this operation is carried Wood Veneer Finish out. While manufacturers strive to achieve excellent colour matching, shading of real wood veneer cannot be Furniture 5 guaranteed. Exposure to natural light will alter a veneers year The warranty offered indicated by the following symbol guarantee colour over a period of time. Finishes illustrated within this indicates the number of years that the product is catalogue may be altered slightly by the printing process and guaranteed to be free from defects subject to normal wear should only be used as a guide. and tear. If a product becomes faulty during this period the company will undertake to repair or if this is not possible, replace the item within an agreed and reasonable timeframe. If the product can be repaired, loan furniture will not be supplied whilst this operation is carried out.
3
2-3 Delivery Info Buyers Guide (15).indd 2
03/12/2014 16:36
Services
Space Planning The correct planning of a workspace, utilises its maximum capacity and produces a work friendly and safe environment.
R&R R R&R
Allow us to hear and understand your requirements. Once your objectives have been analysed, your space will be designed to be efficient and effective based upon operational and aesthetic requirements, and financial considerations.
VICE
REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
Following industry and legislative guidelines the 2D, or 3D CAD will allow you to visualize the space and achieve an effective working environment.
REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
RVICE
R&R
REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE
RVICE
Formed in 2009, our specialist furniture and electrical equipment removal service has supported many companies to strengthen their environmental credentials and corporate identity through our recycling scheme.
R&R
Operating under current UK legislation and inline with ISO accreditations 9001, 14001 and 27001, we are happy to remove any old furniture and any amount of REMOVAL & RECYCLE SERVICE electrical equipment. Call us now for a survey and quotation.
4
4-5 Contents (15).indd 1
03/12/2014 10:08
Contents Seating
Pages 10-77
Desking, Storage and Screens
Pages 82-153
Executive Furniture
Pages 156-173
Tables
Pages 176-193
Reception & Breakout
Pages 196-231
Cafe & Dining
Pages 234-245
Storage and Filing
Pages 248-269
Education
Pages 272-319
5
4-5 Contents (15).indd 2
03/12/2014 10:08
Seating Whether your in need of an entry level office chair, something with a breathable mesh back or fully adjustable for day long comfort, or both! You will find a solution from the following section. New for 2015 are the Evolve and Evolve Heavy Duty, Kind, i-Sit Mesh, Is Mesh, Moore, Atlas, Classic, Xenon, Opula, Traditional, Ocean, Venice, Barcelona, Academy, Step, One. This section concludes with seating ideal for meeting and general purpose with the Soft Seating now shown included in the Reception & Breakout section beginning on page 196. Product Information Amongst icons for delivery and guarantees, you’ll notice these two icons. The first denotes how many hours usage per day that particular chair is recommended for. This tends to come into question with the Operator and 24 hour chairs. The second dictates the tested weight tolerance of a chair, and it’s components.
8
recommended hours usage
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
Mechanisms Standard Tilt
Tilt Mechanism
Asynchro Tilt
Knee Tilt
Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Gas seat height adjustment.
Lockable back angle adjustment. Anti-shock for seat back.
Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Seat angle adjustable. Gas seat height adjustment. 2 lever mechanism.
Under knee combined seat and back tilt. Torsion controlled and adjustable for weight with gas seat height adjustment.
Permanent Contact Back
Independent Seat and Back
Synchronised Tilt
Lock Tilt
Backrest fully adjustable for height and angle. Gas seat height adjustment.
Independent seat and back tilt adjustment. Lockable in any position. Tilt can be adjusted to suit users weight. Gas seat height adjustment.
Synchronised seat and back tilt can be locked in any position for firm support. Tilt can be adjusted to suit the users weight.
Adjustable torsion control and locking tilt mechanism. Gas seat height adjustment.
2015 Range Highlights
Fabric Information
Evolve & Evolve Deluxe Offering comfort & practicality for a very affordable price, with a deluxe version available.
Our standard fabric choice comes from two of the UK’s premier fabric manufacturers, Camira and Bradbury. The majority of chairs featured in this section can be upholstered in any fabric, see page 320 for further information.
Finsbury With an iconic design this chair offers superb comfort.
Ordering Information
Barcelona
When placing your order please refer to the swatches shown on the pages, and suffix the correct fabric code for example BLK for Black = PSM1BLK (see example below).
A comfortable and stylish chair Ideal for training, conference or lectures. Kind Mesh A unique product featuring a dual mesh back with 9 mesh colours available as standard.
Code
Description
PSM1BLK
High Back Operator Chair Permanent Contact Back
6
6-7 Seating Intro - Full Page (15).indd 1
03/12/2014 17:43
7
6-7 Seating Intro - Full Page (15).indd 2
03/12/2014 17:43
Operator, task and posture
seating contents
Evolve Deluxe Page 11
Prism Page 12
Two Page 13
Pyramid Page 14
Topaz Page 15
Solar Page 17
Poise Page 18
Lynx - Cougar Page 19
May’B Page 20
My Page 21
Kind Page 22
Mood Page 23
Re-act Deluxe Page 24
Sense Page 25
Why Page 26
Captive Page 27
Is Page 28-29
i-Sit Page 30
Quattro Page 31
Air - Unite Page 32
Etna Page 33
Team Plus Mesh Page 34
Kind Mesh Page 35
Bass Page 36
My Mesh Page 37
Loreto Page 38
Sense Mesh Page 39
i-Sit Mesh Page 40
Is Mesh Page 41
Mesh
Evolve Page 10
8
8-9 Seating Contents (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 10:52
Meeting & General Purpose
Executive
seating contents
Amber & Moore Page 42
Obsidian & Tanzanite Page 43
Sapphire & Atlas Page 44
Classic & Xenon Page 45
Opula Page 46
Traditional Page 47
i-Sit Page 48
Ocean Page 49
Enna Page 50
Venice Page 51
Stakka Page 52-53
Workchair Page 54
2000 & 2600 Page 55
Barcelona Page 56
Academy Page 57
Client 4 Turner Page 58
Step Page 59
Ikon Page 60-61
Xpresso 1 Page 62-63
Host Page 64
Arena Page 65
La Kendo Page 66
Kind Swivel Page 67
Kind Page 68-69
Leola Page 70-71
Alina Page 72
Alina Mesh Page 73
Is Page 74-75
Colletta Page 76
One Page 77
9
8-9 Seating Contents (15).indd 2
04/12/2014 10:52
Evolve
operator, task & posture
Our entry level operator chair Evolve offers a comfortable and practical chair for a very affordable price. Available from stock in our two most popular colours and with a choice of arms and mechanisms. The range in complimented by a high draughting or cashier chair and a heavy duty chair for heavy use.
Budget operator chair from £99
EVO2 shown
New for 2015
High Back Draughting Chair
Evolve High Back
Code
£
EV02DC - 2 Lever Mechanism
140
Code
£
EVO2 - 2 Lever Mechanism
99
Black base as standard.
EVO3 - 3 Lever Mechanism
106
Permanent contact back. With glides.
Black base as standard. With castors.
Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
500
Back Height:
500
Back Width:
420
Back Width:
420
Seat Depth:
450
Seat Depth:
450
Seat Height:
615-730
Seat Height:
440-560
Evolve High Back Details
Evolve Heavy Duty
8
110
kg
max.weight tolerance
recommended hours usage
1
year guarantee
Options
Code
£
£
EVOHDR - 3 Lever Mechanism
240
With ratchet back height adjustment.
Pair of Fixed Arms
FBLA
Pair of Height Adjustable Arms
ABL/H/S 33
20
680 Black base as standard. Dimensions (mm)
EVOHDR shown
580
Back Width:
480
Seat Depth:
480
Seat Height:
440-560
Evolve Heavy Duty Details
Stock Fabric Colours CHA
Back Height:
8
recommended hours usage
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
Height Adjustable Arms
3
year guarantee
A
Special Order Fabric Colours
Fixed Arms
B
C
D
BLUE
2 Lever Mechanism A B C. 3 Lever Mechanism A B C D Charcoal
Blue
10
10-11 Evolve - Evolve Deluxe (15).indd 1
Black
Grey
Green
Claret
Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled, stock within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
04/12/2014 12:12
Evolve Deluxe
operator, task & posture
As an extension of the Evolve range the Evolve Deluxe offers a more generous seat and back size as well as a more robust mechanism and gas lift to accept 150kg weight tolerance. The Deluxe version also offers a complete fully loaded chair from stock with seat slide, ratchet back height adjustment, pump up lumbar support and a modern black metal base as standard.
• Height adjustable arms • Pump up lumbar support • Modern black metal base
Heavy duty and cost effective
• Seat slide • Back with ratchet height adjustment • 3 lever mechanism
Evolve Deluxe Code
£
EVODHDR
290
Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
580
Back Width:
480
Seat Depth:
480
Seat Height:
540-660
A
B
C
D
E
EVOHDR shown with height adjustable arms as standard
Stock Fabric Colours
Special Order Fabric Colours
CHA
BLUE
8
recommended hours usage
Black
Grey
Green
Claret
Charcoal
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
3
year guarantee
Blue
Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled, stock within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
10-11 Evolve - Evolve Deluxe (15).indd 2
11
04/12/2014 12:12
Prism
operator, task and posture
The Prism operator chair comes with a waterfall-front seat and is available with or without arms. This chair also features a contoured back rest and is offered from stock with a choice of fabric colours; black, blue, red and charcoal and three arm styles.
Shown with Height Adjustable Arms
Shown with Fixed Arms
High Back - Permanent Contact Back
High Back - Asynchro Mechanism
High Back - Synchro Mechanism
Code
£
Code
£
Code
£
PSM1
122
PSM2
140
PSM3
149
Back Height:
480
Back Height:
480
Back Height:
480
Back Width:
450
Back Width:
450
Back Width:
450
Seat Depth:
440
Seat Depth:
440
Seat Depth:
440
Seat Height:
460-570
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height:
460-570
460-570
Seat Height:
Options £ Pair of Fixed Arms
PSMLA
18
Pair of Height Adjustable Arms PSMHA
46
Pair of Folding Arms
PSMFA
54
Chrome Base
PSMCB
49
High Back - Draughting Chair Code
£
ZPSM1/FC1D
182
Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
480
Back Width:
450
Seat Depth:
440
Seat Height:
625-740
PSMLA
PSMHA
PSMFA
PSMCB
Standard Colours
1
year guarantee
110
kg
max.weight tolerance
8
BLK
12-13 Prism - Two (15).indd 1
RED
CHA
recommended hours usage
Black
12
BLUE
Blue
Red
Charcoal
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 09:46
Two
operator, task and posture
A chair to meet every office need, the traditionally designed Two stands for flexibility, quality & comfort, whilst not compromising the importance of good ergonomics. The Two chair has a height adjustable back, a back rake mechanism and 5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Medium Back - With height adjustable arms Medium Back - With fixed arms
Medium Back - With no arms
Code
£
Code
£
Code
£
TW03
204
TW02
176
TW01
144
480
Seat Width:
480
Seat Width:
Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
480
Seat Height:
450-570
Seat Height:
450-570
Seat Height:
450-570
Seat Depth:
430
Seat Depth:
430
Seat Depth:
430
High Back - with fixed arms
High Back - with no arms
Code
£
Code
£
TW05
188
TW04
157
High Back - with height adjustable arms TW06
High Back Dimensions (mm)
Code
£
Seat Width:
480
TW06
214
Seat Depth:
450-570
Seat Height:
430
Options
C
5
year guarantee
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
T
Testing A fantastic value fully tested contract chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
SS
£
Polished Base:
C
41
Seat Slide
SS
37
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
12-13 Prism - Two (15).indd 2
13
28/11/2014 09:46
Pyramid
operator, task and posture
A proven, affordable, entry level option with enduring popularity, the Pyramid has performed perfectly in thousands of environments. It is provided with gas height adjustment, hand wheel back height adjustment and durable moulded plastic back cover. The range is stocked in two attractive colours and is normally available in any fabric choice within 15 days.
Shown with Fixed Arms
Mid Back
Upholstered in Omega Plus Swizzle
High Back
Code
£
Mid Back Draughting Chair
Code
£
Code
£
ZPYR15PYRD - Permanent Contact Back 347
PYR15 - Permanent Contact Back
197
PYR25 - Permanent Contact Back
209
PYR16 - Tilt Mechanism
204
PYR26 - Tilt Mechanism
215
Seat Width
480
Seat Width
480
Seat Width
480
Seat Depth:
450
Seat Depth:
450
Seat Depth:
450
Seat Height (Min):
580
Seat Height (Max):
830
Dimensions (mm)
Seat Height (Min):
450
Seat Height (Min):
450
Seat Height (Max):
580
Seat Height (Max):
580
Back Height:
490
Back Height:
590
Options £ Chrome Base & Gas Lift
Fixed Loop Arms Code PYRLA
£
Per Pair
38
Code PYRB3
Base
82
Height Adjustable Arms Code PYRHA
PYRLA
Per Pair
PYRHA
60
PYRB3
Prices shown are for Pyra fabrics, for other Band 1 fabrics including Advantage add 12%. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Standard Colours
3
year guarantee
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
8
BLK
recommended hours usage
Black
14
BLUE
Blue
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
14-15 Pyramid - Topaz (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 09:48
Topaz
operator, task and posture
For comfort and style, Topaz is offered with a fully contoured seat pad and back rest. The Topaz’s superior foam and contoured back ensure it met the test standard and comfort levels for a 24 hour operation.
High Back - with no arms
High Back - with 3D adjustable arms
Full Back - with no arms
Code
£
Code
£
TP5B
213
TP7B
290
Code
£
TP11B
234
Black base. Double curvature & height
Black base. Double curvature & height
Black base. Double curvature & height
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Dimensions (mm) 490
Seat Width:
480
Seat Width:
Seat Width:
480
Seat Height:
420-530
Seat Height:
450-570
Seat Height:
420-530
Seat Depth:
450
Seat Depth:
430
Seat Depth:
480
Options £ Seat Slide:
SS
37
Polished Base:
C
41
Full Back - with 3D adjustable arms Code
£
TP13B
312
Black base. Double curvature & height SS
C
adjustable back. Back rake mechanism. 5cm twin wheel hooded castors. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width: Seat Height:
420-530
Seat Depth:
480
Testing A fully functional 24 hour tested chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
T 150
480
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
24
recommended hours usage
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
14-15 Pyramid - Topaz (15).indd 2
15
28/11/2014 09:48
Seating that promotes positive posture for superior comfort by allowing full user adjustability. Information 75% of the working population of the UK is chair bound for more than six hours a day. Lower back pain is the second largest cause of absence from work in Europe. This type of absence costs the nation ÂŁ5 billion a year and 50 million working days are lost each year globally.
Technology Explained As you change body position during the course of the day, the Air Flo design enhance support and follow the natural body movements with the continual distribution of air between the dual air capsules contained within the seat upholstery. This feature is available on the Poise, Mood, Captive and Quattro chairs.
The below icon identifies posture chairs within this section.
Posture 16 8
16-17 Posture Page - Solar (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 09:58
Solar
operator, task and posture
Designed and developed to provide a multitude of functions maintaining style and quality, Solar is the ideal solution for all of your task chair requirements. Simple controls ensure the user can obtain a personalised sitting position, creating a comfortable experience. Standard features include adjustable arms, seat slide, inflatable lumbar and full seat & back movements.
Sculptured Back Detail
SOL7MINFB
High Back Solar - Independent Mechanism with Black Base Code
Seat
Inflatable
High Back Solar - Synchro Mechanism with Black Base
Arms
£
Code
Seat
Inflatable
Arms
£
Slide
Lumbar
Slide
Lumbar
SOL5MB
No
No
No
208
SOL5SB
No
No
No
208
SOL5MINFB
No
Yes
No
237
SOL5SINFB
No
Yes
No
237
SOL6MB
No
No
Adjustable
270
SOL6SB
No
No
Adjustable
270
SOL6MINFB
No
Yes
Adjustable
298
SOL6SINFB
No
Yes
Adjustable
298
SOL7MB
Yes
No
Adjustable
289
SOL7SB
Yes
No
Adjustable
289
SOL7MINFB
Yes
Yes
Adjustable
318
SOL7SINFB
Yes
Yes
Adjustable
318
Seat Height (Min):
440
Seat Height (Min):
440
Seat Height (Max):
560
Seat Height (Max):
560
Back Height:
510
Back Height:
510
Seat Depth: (Min):
420
Seat Depth: (Min):
420
Seat Depth (Max):
480
Seat Depth (Max):
480
Dimensions (mm)
Included Functions Height Adjustable Arms
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
T
Full Seat & Back Adjustments
Seat Height Adjustment
Testing A fantastic value fully tested contract chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
Seat Slide Adjustment
Inflatable Lumbar
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Posture
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
16-17 Posture Page - Solar (15).indd 2
17 9
28/11/2014 09:58
Poise
operator, task and posture
Providing a practical and extensive solution to the solving of preventative and corrective posture issues where performance, design and value go hand-in-hand. The Poise encourages correct posture in a series of simple adjustments to maximise the comfort and support of the user. A heavy-duty under seat tension control maximises the chairs adjustability and allows the chair to move in harmony with natural body movements.
Shown with ADJ1 arms
Shown with ADJ1 arms
Poise Radial Back Posture
Poise Square Back Posture
Code
£
PS1
260
Code
£
PS2
260
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.
Large waterfall seat. High radial back rest. Ratchet back height
Large waterfall seat. High square back rest. Ratchet back height
adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.
adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.
Dimensions (mm) Seat Height (Min):
460
Seat Height (Min):
460
Seat Height (Max):
570
Seat Height (Max):
570
520
Seat Width:
Seat Width:
520
Back Height:
545-635
Back Height:
545-635
Seat Depth:
490-540
Seat Depth:
490-540
Back Width:
450
Back Width:
460
Options £
Suffix/SL
Suffix/SL
28
Performance Foam
Suffix/PF
17
Inflatable Lumbar
Suffix/IL
33
Air Flo
Suffix/ASC
44
Height Adjustable Arms
Suffix/ADJ1
44
Polished Base
Suffix/AB
44
Height & Depth Adjustable Arms
Suffix/ADJ3
60
Coccyx Cutout
Suffix/CC
14
Foldaway Adjustable Arms
Suffix/AF
60
Suffix/IL
Suffix/ADJ1
Suffix/ADJ3
Suffix/AF
Suffix/PF
Suffix/ASC
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Posture 18
£
Seat Slide
Suffix/AB
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
18-19 Poise - Lynx-Cougar (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 10:09
Lynx - Cougar
operator, task and posture
The Lynx has a generously padded seat and back cushion for day-long comfort, plus an attractive stitch detail. It also comes with height adjustable arms as standard. The asynchronised mechanism plus tension control allows full user adjustability. The Cougar’s large back rest and seat pad provide superior levels of comfort for any working environment. Height adjustable arms are included along with an asynchronised mechanism for full user adjustability.
Chrome base and arms included
Lynx Medium Back Armchair
Cougar High Back Chair
Code
£
LYN1/HIDE/BLK
248
Code COU1/HIDE/BLK
Black leather facings.
Black leather facings.
Height adjustable arms.
Height adjustable arms.
Chrome base and gas lift.
Black base and gas lift.
£ 403
Dimensions (mm) Back Width:
450
Back Width:
510
Seat Height:
450-525
Seat Height:
490-565
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
490
Seat Width:
525
Seat Width:
515
Cougar Chrome Base Option £ Code CO/PAB
85
Heavy Duty!
CO/PAB
E Space See our tables section from page 176.
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
8
recommended hours usage
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
18-19 Poise - Lynx-Cougar (15).indd 2
19
28/11/2014 10:09
May’B
operator, task and posture
May’b offers generous sizing for managerial applications. Combined with ratchet back height adjustment and an optional seat slide, the May’b provides an outstanding ergonomic fit. Additionally, contoured interior foam provides improved support.
High Back - with no arms Code
£
MYB04
233
Double curvature & height adjustable back. Seat height adjustment. Black moulded base. 5cm twin wheel hooded castors. May’B High Back Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
470
Seat Height:
460-570
Seat Depth:
440
MYB05
Options
High Back - with height adjustable arms
£
Code
270
£
Fixed Arm Chair
MYB05
Seat Slide
SS
37
MYB06
Inflatable Lumbar
IL
37
Double curvature & height adjustable back. SS
IL
293
Seat height adjustment. Black moulded base. 5cm twin wheel hooded castors.
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
20
20-21 Mayb- My (15).indd 1
Testing An excellent ergonomic fit. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability.
T
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 10:25
My
operator, task and posture
Practical, ergonomic task chair range with a far higher specification than it’s price point would suggest. Manufactured using the latest materials and technologies My is also an environmentally conscious option, up to 98% recyclable with appropriate fabric options.
Upholstered Back Task Chair
Upholstered Back Task Chair
Code
£
02MYBD1
217
Upholstered Back Task Chair
Code
£
02MYBA1
326
Code
£
02MYAA1
355
Permanent Contact Back. Fixed Seat. Black
Synchro mechanism. Fixed Seat. Black nylon
Synchro mechanism. Detachable seat pad. Seat
nylon base. Black height adjustable
base. Black height adjustable arms. Ratchet
Slide. Black nylon base. Black height adjustable
arms. Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment.
back height/lumbar adjustment.
arms. Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment.
My Chair Dimensions (mm) 1000-1200
Height: Width:
630
Depth:
530
High Spec Low Price
470-600
Seat Height:
Options £ Polished Base Code PB
57
Polished Aluminium Multi Adjustable Arms Code PA (seat slide version only)
PB
68
PA
Dynamic Mechanism Weight tension controlled constant back support rest, side tension adjustment, anti-shock 4 position locking. Synchro Mechanism This provides automatic adjustable back and seat action at a ratio of 2:5:1. Also torsion control which enables full dynamic sitting allowing the chair to be adjusted to the weight of the user.
24
recomended hours usage
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
T
Testing A fantastic value fully tested chair. BS 5459 PART 2 : 2000 EN/BS 1335 PART1, 2 & 3.
02MYAA1 Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
20-21 Mayb- My (15).indd 2
21
28/11/2014 10:25
Kind
operator, task and posture
Kind task is available as a high back. An adjustable head rest can also be specified to provide the user with additional support. Kind medium back task chair offers a height adjustable back and features a body weight responsive mechanism as standard with the option of fixed or 3D adjustable arms. Black frame as standard. Shown with optional polished base (C) option.
New for 2015
KDT43B
See pages 35 & 67-69 for more Kind chairs
KDT33B
Full Back & Head Rest Task Chair
Full Back Task Chair
Code
Code
£
KDT21B
High Back Task Chair £
Code
£
KDT41B - With No Arms
500
KDT31B - With No Arms
408
KDT21B - With No Arms
293
KDT43B - 3D Adjustable Arms
561
KDT33B - 3D Adjustable Arms
467
KDT22B - Fixed Arms
339 353
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
KDT23B - 3D Adjustable Arms
Synchronised mechanism. Seat Slide. Black nylon base.
Synchronised mechanism. Seat Slide. Black nylon base.
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support. Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base.
Dimensions (mm) Back Height: 780-840 Seat Height: 460-580
Back Height: 620-680 Seat Height: 460-580
Back Height: 620-680 Seat Height: 440-560
Seat Depth: 440
Overall Depth: 670
Seat Depth: 440
Overall Depth: 670
Seat Depth: 440
Overall Depth: 670
Overall Width: 670
Back Width: 450
Overall Width: 670
Back Width: 450
Overall Width: 670
Back Width: 450
Options
£
Synchro Mechanism
SY
25
Seat Slide
SS
27
Silver Base
P
44
Polished Base
C
44
Adjustable Head Rest
HR
65
Polished Aluminium Arms (3D Only) AC
37
Synchro Mechanism & Seat Slide not available with full back task chair. Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
8-10
recommended hour usage
KDT12B
Polished Base
Medium Back Task Chair Code
£
KDT11B - With No Arms
284
KDT12B - Fixed Arms
330
KDT13B - 3D Adjustable Arms
344
Upholstered seat and back. Adjustable lumbar support. Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base. Dimensions (mm) Back Height: 520-580 Seat Height: 440-560
22
22-23 Kind - Mood (15).indd 1
Seat Depth: 440
Overall Depth: 670
Overall Width: 670
Back Width: 450
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 10:31
Mood
operator, task and posture
The Mood provides a preventative, corrective and affordable solution to back care. Distinctive support curvature and multi-adjustment encourages correct posture. Heavy-duty tensionable under seat control, maximising adjustability and allowing the chair to move in harmony with natural body movements. Generous Tri-Curved, fully upholstered backrest and double curved seats with enhanced moulded CMHR foam cushions.
Shown with ADJ1 arms & fully upholstered tri-curved back
Shown with ADJ1 arms
Mood Deluxe Square Back Posture
Mood Deluxe Radial Back Posture Code
£
Code
£
MD1
333
MD2
333
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment. Large
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment. Large
waterfall seat. High fully upholstered tri-curved radial back rest. Ratchet back
waterfall seat. High fully upholstered tri-curved square back rest. Ratchet back
height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.
height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas lift height adjustment.
Dimensions (mm) Seat Height (Min):
460
Seat Height (Min):
460
Seat Height (Max):
570
Seat Height (Max):
570
520
Seat Width:
Seat Width:
600-675
Back Height:
520 600-675
Back Height:
Seat Depth:
520
Seat Depth:
520
Back Width:
500
Back Width:
500
Options £
£
Seat Slide
Suffix/SL
28
Performance Foam
Suffix/PF
17
Inflatable Lumbar
Suffix/IL
33
Air Flo
Suffix/ASC
44
Height Adjustable Arms
Suffix/ADJ1
44
Polished Base
Suffix/AB
44
Height & Depth Adjustable Arms
Suffix/ADJ3
60
Coccyx Cutout
Suffix/CC
14
Foldaway Adjustable Arms
Suffix/AF
60
Adjustable Headrest
Suffix/HR1
72
Suffix/SL
Suffix/IL
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
Suffix/ADJ1
Suffix/ADJ3
Suffix/AF
Suffix/PF
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Suffix/ASC
Suffix/AB
Posture
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
22-23 Kind - Mood (15).indd 2
Suffix/HRI
23
28/11/2014 10:31
Re-act Deluxe
operator, task and posture
The Re-act Deluxe is endorsed by a leading Chartered Physiotherapist and offers a larger fully upholstered cut foam back and moulded foam, height adjustable seat. The ratchet back and tension control provide full adjustability. A range of optional extras including a head rest, seat and back lumbar support can also be supplied for enhanced comfort.
Shown with black base
Shown with Aluminium Spider Base (Code B5) and headrest
High Back Chair with Headrest - No Arms
High Back Chair - No Arms
Code
£
Code
£
REDHR/M1
Permanent Contact Back Mechanism
334
RED/M1
Permanent Contact Back Mechanism
259
REDHR/M2
Tilt Mechanism
362
RED/M2
Tilt Mechanism
288
REDHR/M3
Synchro Mechanism
362
RED/M3
Synchro Mechanism
288
Black base as standard. Note: Headrest cannot be retro fitted.
Black base as standard.
Dimensions (mm)
Dimensions (mm)
Back Height:
630
Back Height:
630
Seat Height:
545-660
Seat Height:
545-660
Seat Depth:
480
Seat Depth:
480
Seat Width:
520
Seat Width:
520
Options £ B5
87
Chrome Height Adjustable Arm Soft Feel
AP
91
Chrome Base/Gas
B3
50
Seat Slide
SS
33
Black Height Adjustable Arms
AA
73
Inflatable Lumbar
L
38
Chrome Fixed Arm
AH
44
B3
AA
AH
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
24
£
Aluminium Spider Base
AP
SS
Testing SATRA tested to BS EN 5459 level S severe use. Compliant with HSE seating at work directives.
L
T
5
year guarantee
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
24-25 Re-act Deluxe - Sence (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 11:09
Sense
operator, task and posture
Healthy sitting is crucial for satisfied, efficient and active employees. The stylish Sense provides body fitting support whilst offering a design which gives lower back support and improves your posture. Correct adjustable seating provides positive preventative and corrective workplace solutions.
Shown with ADJ5 arms & polished base
Sense Task with Headrest Code
£
IS150
395
Black base, no arms. Seat slide adjustment. Synchro mechanism. Side tension body weight control. High plastic molded backrest. Gas lift height adjustment. Push button back height adjustment. Adjustable headrest.
Sense Task Code
£
IS100
329
Black base, no arms. Seat slide adjustment. Synchro mechanism. Side tension body weight control. High Plastic backrest. Gas lift height adjustment. Push button back height adjustment.
IS100 Shown with ADJ5 arms
Sense Dimensions (mm) Floor to Seat Height:
480-600
Seat to Top of Backrest:
570-630
Seat Depth:
460-535
Seat Width:
480
Backrest Width:
450
Options £ Height Adjustable Arms
Suffix/ADJ5
44
Adjustable Multifunctional Arm Suffix/A/MF (height, depth, width) 72 Air Flo
Suffix/ASC
44
Polished Base
Suffix/AB
44
Inflatable Lumbar
Suffix/IL
33
Coccyx Cutout
Suffix/CC
14
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
Suffix/ADJ5
Suffix/A/MF
Suffix/ASC
Suffix/AB
Suffix/IL
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
24-25 Re-act Deluxe - Sence (15).indd 2
25
28/11/2014 11:09
Why
operator, task and posture
Why is an easy to use task chair ergonomically designed to provide responsive comfort to the majority of people of varying sizes and weights. The ‘S-Type’ Why task chair is available with stylish base and arm options and a choice of black, grey or white flexible back.
Mesh High Back
Mesh High Back
Code
£
0SWYAB1
374
Code
£
0SWYBB1
360
Seat Slide. Self adjusting synchronised mechanism.
Fixed Seat. Self adjusting synchronised mechanism. Black mesh back.
Black mesh back. Black nylon flat ergonomic base. Soft PU arm pads.
Black nylon flat ergonomic base. Black height adjustable arms.
Black height adjustable arms. Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment.
Ratchet back height/lumbar adjustment. Soft PU arm pads.
Options
Dimensions (mm) £
Height:
Polished Base
PB
57
Width:
Polished Height Adjustable Arms
PA
58
Depth:
990-1180 640 670
Seat Height:
PB
PA
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
26
26-27 Why - Captive (15).indd 1
460-590
Black, grey or white mesh back available at no extra cost
Testing A fantastic value fully tested chair. BS 5459 PART 2 : 2000 EN/BS 1335 PART1, 2 & 3.
T
5
year guarantee
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
24
recommended hours usage
Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 11:12
Captive
operator, task and posture
Captive offers a simple “one-chair-fits-all” innovative philosophy and is a new solution in ergonomic chair procurement. Aesthetically friendly and functionally sound, the Captive is an affordable task chair concept with physiotherapist endorsed posture credentials.
One chair
fits all
Extendable Backrest and Seat Designed to aid postural alignment the tri-curved fully upholstered backrest cradles the user, further enhanced by the flex-front seat, unique twin seat extender, simple multi-adjustable controls and unique 3-dimensional adjustable armrests. The ability to personalise to multiple users creates the ability to simplify the selection process whilst embracing design, comfort and support.
Captive Radial Back Posture Code
£
CAP1
374
Black base, no arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment. Flex front seat. Dual seat slide adjustment - (125mm). Fully upholstered tri curve back rest. Ratchet back height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas-lift height adjustment. Dimensions (mm) 490
Seat Width: Seat Height:
490-550
Back Height:
520-600
Seat Depth:
420-550
Shown with ADJ5 arms
460
Backrest Width:
Options £ Suffix/ADJ5
44
Inflatable Lumbar
Suffix/IL
33
Adjustable Multifunctional Arm (height, width, depth) Suffix/A/MF
72
Adjustable Head Rest
Suffix/HR1
72
Polished Base
Suffix/AB
44
Performance Foam
Suffix/PF
17
Air Flo
Suffix/ASC
44
Coccyx Cutout
Suffix/CC
14
Height Adjustable Arm
Suffix/ADJ5
Suffix/A/MF
Suffix/AB
Suffix/ASC
Suffix/IL
Suffix/HR1
Suffix/PF
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
T
Testing A fantastic value fully tested posture chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
Posture
Delivered to a room of choice within 24 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26-27 Why - Captive (15).indd 2
27
28/11/2014 11:12
Is
operator, task and posture
An elegant fusion of style and comfort, Is has an ergonomically designed and generously curved upholstered back and seat. The chair is contoured to fit the body providing positive lumbar and pelvic support all day long. A fully adjustable task chair featuring a sophisticated synchronised mechanism, seat depth and back height adjustment with height adjustable arms as standard. The back and seat pads are removable for easy replacement, extending the chair’s life. Gas lift is tested for 24hr use up to 150kg
PCB mechanism
Self adjusting synchronised dual lever mechanism
Standard synchronised mechanism
Task Chair
Task Chair
Code
£
02ISAA1
421
Draughtsman Chair
Code
£
02ISAC1
423
Height adjustable back. Adjustable arms.
Height adjustable back. Adjustable arms.
Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide
Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide
Code
£
02ISEE1
383
Black nylon draughtsman base & glides.
Dimensions (mm) Height:
1000-1120
1000-1120
Height:
1270-1520
Height:
Width:
545
Width:
545
Width:
600
Depth:
400-450
Depth:
400-450
Depth:
650
Seat Height:
420-540
Seat Height:
420-540
Seat Height:
670-940
Task Chair Options £ Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors
24
Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms Head Rest
Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift
£
57
68 101
Coccyx Cushion
72
Draughtsman Chair Options £
Replaceable Upholstery
Chrome Glide
16
Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift
72
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
5
year guarantee
8
recomended hours usage
Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors
28
28-29 Is Double Page (15).indd 1
Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift
Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms
Head Rest
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 11:19
29
28-29 Is Double Page (15).indd 2
28/11/2014 11:19
i-Sit
operator, task and posture
i-Sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronous technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports. Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.
Shown with 4D2 Arms
Shown with 4D2 Arms
Shown with polished base
Upholstered Task Chair
Upholstered Task Chair with Headrest
Code
£
ISIT
520
Without arms.
Code ISIT/UH Without arms.
Upholstered back with black base.
£ 589 Upholstered back with black base and headrest.
Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.
Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment. Black nylon 5 star base.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment. Black nylon 5 star base.
Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
465
Seat Width:
465
Seat Depth:
455-515
Seat Depth:
455-515
Seat Height:
455-590
Seat Height:
455-590
Overall Width:
710
Overall Width:
710
Overall Depth:
710
Overall Depth:
710
Overall Height:
1010-1205
Overall Height:
1175-1370
Options £ Fabric Insert Back - Upholstered backrest outershell.
FIB
84
Polished Base
- 5 star base.
PB
52
i-Sit 2D Arms
- Height & width adjustability.
2D
99
i-Sit 4D Arms
- Height & width adjustability, horizontal rotation. Depth adjustability.
4D1 132 4D2 153
FIB
PB
2D
4D1
4D2
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
30
30-31 i-Sit - Quattro (15).indd 1
24
recommended hours usage
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 11:21
Quattro
operator, task and posture
Quattro supports the 4 principle spine curves: cervical, thoracic, lumbar & pelvic. 4-way back support curves. 4D controls (seat angle, back angle, seat depth, back height). Multi-functional adjustable arms (height, width, depth). All chairs are designed to conform to relevant British Standards and the current EEC VDU Directives.
Shown with Black Base & A/MF arms
Shown with Black Base & ADJ5 arms
Quattro Extra High Back Posture Chair
Quattro High Back Posture Chair
Code
£
AQ100
468
Code
£
AQ200
439
Black base. No arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.
Black base. No arms. Independent back and seat angle adjustment.
Additional seat tilt adjustment. Flex front seat. Seat slide adjustment. Fully
Additional seat tilt adjustment. Flex front seat. Seat slide adjustment. Fully
upholstered tri curve extra high back rest. Inflatable lumbar. Ratchet back
upholstered tri curve high back rest. Inflatable lumbar. Ratchet back
height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas-lift height adjustment.
height adjustment. Body weight tension control. Gas-lift height adjustment.
Dimensions (mm) 505
Seat Width:
505
Seat Width:
Seat Height:
490-600
Seat Height:
490-600
Back Height:
650-730
Back Height:
525-595
Seat Depth:
465-525
Seat Depth:
465-525
460
Backrest Width:
460
Backrest Width:
Options £
£
Suffix/ADJ5
44
Air Flo
Suffix/ASC
44
Adjustable Multifunctional Arm (height, width, depth) Suffix/A/MF
72
Performance Foam
Suffix/PF
17
Polished Base
44
Coccyx Cutout
Suffix/CC
14
Height Adjustable Arms
Suffix/AB
Suffix/ADJ5
Suffix/A/MF
Suffix/AB
Suffix/ASC
Suffix/PF
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
T
Testing A fantastic value fully tested posture chair. BS 5459-2 SATRA Strength & Stability. BS EN 1335-1 FIRA Ergonomics Requirement.
Posture
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
30-31 i-Sit - Quattro (15).indd 2
31
28/11/2014 11:21
Air
Unite
The Air features a breathable mesh back and a back rake mechanism. The chair also has a range of different options available including polished base & seat slide options. There is also a height adjustable arm version available.
mesh
The Unite is a well equipped mesh back chair with highly specified options fitted as standard. The mesh back allows air flow around the upper body whilst working, and offers a waterfall front seat for leg comfort.
Air Mesh Back
Unite Mesh Back
Code
£
Code
£
UT1B - Without arms.
300
Height adjustable back.
UT2B - With height adjustable arms.
361
Double membrane mesh back.
Mesh back.
Seat height adjustment.
Synchro mechanism.
Back rake mechanism.
Height adjustable back.
Black moulded base.
Adjustable lumbar.
AIR03B - With height adjustable arms.
226
Black moulded base. Dimensions (mm) Overall Width:
620
Seat Height:
430-540
550
Seat Depth:
450
Back Height:
500-560
Back Height:
570
Seat Height:
450-570
Overall Width:
490
440
Overall Depth
630
Overall Depth:
Seat Depth
Options £
£
Seat Slide
SS
37
Seat Slide
SS
46
Polished Base
C
38
Polished Base
C
53
SS
C
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
32
32-33 Air-Unite - Etna (15).indd 1
SS
C
8
recommended hours usage
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 11:27
Etna
mesh
This high quality mesh back task chair offers outstanding value for money. Not only does the Etna come with a breathable mesh back and moulded cushion seat pad as standard, the synchronised mechanism and seat slide will ensure day long adjustability for ultimate user comfort.
Fantastic Value
Executive Mesh Code
ÂŁ
ET1HB/M/BLK
383
Mesh Back. Synchronised mechanism. Height adjustable arms included. Lumbar support. Black mesh & fabric. Seat slide. Steel spider base. Dimensions (mm) Back Width:
485
Back Height:
585
Seat Height:
450-525
Seat Width:
530
Seat Depth:
485-530
Options ÂŁ Polished Aluminium Base CO/PAB
85
CO/PAB
8
recommended hours usage
114
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
E Space See our executive furniture from page 156.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
32-33 Air-Unite - Etna (15).indd 2
33
28/11/2014 11:27
Team Plus Mesh
mesh
The Team Plus Mesh range of chairs are classic in their design. Using premium materials, CMHR foams and fabrics they feature a waterfall seat to help alleviate pressure on the thighs when seated.
Medium Back - Operator Chair
Skid Chair - Cantilever Meeting
TPM
Draughtsman Chair
£
Code
£
Code
£
242
TPMC
242
TPMD
326
Code Height adjustable mesh back.
Mesh back.
Height adjustable mesh back.
PCB mechanism. Antishock locking system.
Black tubular cantilever frame.
PCB mechanism. Antishock locking system.
Seat height adjustment. Moulded foam seat.
Protective glides. Moulded foam seat.
Seat height adjustment. Moulded foam seat. 690mm nylon 5 star base. Black nylon glides.
690mm nylon 5 star base. Black castors. Dimensions (mm) 955-1125
Height:
Height:
985
Height:
1060-1410
Back Width:
455
Back Width:
455
Back Width:
455
Seat Depth:
470
Seat Depth:
470
Seat Depth:
470
Seat Height:
480-590
Seat Height:
485
Seat Height:
640-910
Options £ Height Adjustable Arms Code 1D
£ Silver Frame
Per Pair
50
Code SF (Cantilever Chair Only)
13
Polished Base (Operator or Draughtsman) Code PB
1D
New for 2015
SF
48
PB
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
5
year guarantee
34
125
kg
max.weight tolerance
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
34-35 Team Plus Mesh- Kind Mesh (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 11:33
Kind Mesh
mesh
The mesh task chair is an exclusively unique product and features a dual mesh back with an integral adjustable lumbar, body weight responsive mechanism, fixed or 3D adjustable arms and a choice of 9 mesh colours are also available as standard.
New for 2015
KDT03B
Mesh High Back Code
ÂŁ
KDT01B - With No Arms
289
KDT02B - Fixed Arms
334
KDT03B - 3D Adjustable Arms
349
Upholstered seat. Adjustable lumbar support. Body weight responsive mechanism. Black nylon base. Nine colours available for mesh back. Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
620
Seat Height:
440-560
Seat Depth:
440
Overall Depth:
670
Overall Width
670
Back Width:
450
Options ÂŁ Synchro Mechanism
SY
25
Seat Slide
SS
27
Silver Base
P
44
Polished Base
C
44
Adjustable Head Rest
HR
65
Polished Aluminium Arms (3D Only)
AC
37
Polished Base
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
8-10
recommended hours usage
KDT03B
See pages 22 & 67-69 for more Kind chairs Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
34-35 Team Plus Mesh- Kind Mesh (15).indd 2
35
28/11/2014 11:33
Bass
mesh
The Bass mesh back chair is a practical and functional seating solution that can be specified for any project. The chair is available with or without arms and as a cantilever visitors chair. Tailor your chair with an optional polished base or frame.
No Arms
Cantilever
Code
£
BASS11B
349
Height Adjustable Arms
Code
£
BASS22B
307
Code
£
BASS12B
406
Black mesh back. Synchro mechanism.
Black coated frame.
Black mesh back. Synchro mechanism.
Seat height & depth adjustment.
Black mesh back.
Seat height & depth adjustment.
Black moulded base.
Black moulded base.
6cm twin wheel hooded castors.
6cm twin wheel hooded castors. 2D height & width adjustable arms.
Dimensions (mm) Overall Width: Seat Depth:
500
Overall Width:
500
Overall Width:
620
450-500
Overall Depth:
550
Overall Depth:
450-500
Back Height:
520
Back Height:
520
Back Height:
520
Seat Height:
450-570
Seat Height:
450
Seat Height:
450-570
Back Width:
460
Back Width:
460
Back Width:
460
Options £ Polished Base
£ Cantilever Frame
Code C
42
C
Code P
Silver
42
Code C
Chrome
55
C
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
36
36-37 Bass - My Mesh (15).indd 1
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 11:35
My Mesh
mesh
The stylish My Mesh provides body fitting support whilst offering a design which is uncluttered and contemporary. It has a black single skin fabric mesh back with an upholstered seat. The Base is black nylon and has 50mm hard wheeled castors. The black height adjustable arms have soft PU arm pads.
Shown with self-adjusting synchronised single lever mechanism
Shown with standard synchronised mechanism
Task Chair - with 60mm seat slide
Task Chair - with fixed seat
Code
£
Code
£
02MYAA2 - Standard synchronised mechanism
421
02MYBA2 - Standard synchronised mechanism
392
02MYAB2 - Self adjusting synchronised single lever mechanism
421
02MYBB2 - Self adjusting synchronised single lever mechanism
383
Dimensions (mm) 1000-1140
Height: Width: Depth:
Width:
660
Depth:
470-600
Seat Height:
1000-1140
Height:
630
630 660 470-600
Seat Height:
Stackable up to 4 high
Stacking Meeting Chair Code
Swivel Chair £
MMY3A - Silver Cantilever frame.
369
Nylon black base.
Code
£
OME2AAC - Height adjustable. Silver Frame.
396
Dimensions (mm) H: 960 W:560 D: 580 Seat Height:450 Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
8
recommended hours usage
T
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
H: 950-1080 W:670 D: 570 Seat Height: 440-580
Options
£
Polished Base - For OME2 Chair
47
Polished Aluminium Base With Polished Chrome Gas Lift For 02MY Chairs
57
year guarantee
Testing A fantastic value fully tested chair. BS 5459 PART 2 : 2000 EN/BS 1335 PART1, 2 & 3.
Polished Base Delivered to a room of choice within 35 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
36-37 Bass - My Mesh (15).indd 2
37
28/11/2014 11:35
Loreto
mesh
The Loreto operator chair provides an excellent solution to any seating environment. The chair provides a supporting back structure with a breathable mesh available in both black and white colours.
Shown with polished base
Mesh
Mesh Meeting
Code
£
Code
£
LOR/BM
Black mesh, no arms
373
LORC/BM
Black mesh, no arms
324
LOR/WM
White mesh, no arms
394
LORC/WM
White mesh, no arms
345
LOR/BM/1D
Black mesh, height adjustable arms
420
LORC/BM/FA
Black mesh, arms
361
LOR/WM/1D
White mesh, height adjustable arms
441
LORC/WM/FA
White mesh, arms
382
Synchronised mechanism. Optional height adjustable arms.
Fixed height arms and back. Adjustable lumbar support.
Adjustable lumbar support. Tension adjustment. Black base.
Chrome cantilever frame.
Dimensions (mm) 480
Seat Width:
480
Seat Height:
480-600
Seat Depth:
470
Seat Depth:
470-520
Overall Depth:
600
Seat Width:
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
5
Black or white mesh back available
year guarantee
38
Option £ Polished Aluminium Base
PB
21
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
38-39 Loreto - Sence Mesh (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 11:37
Sense Mesh
mesh
Back pain is a major cause of discomfort and absence from work. The modern Sense Mesh provides body fitting support whilst offering a design which gives lower back support and improves your posture.
Shown with ADJ5 arms
Shown with Polished Base & ADJ5 arms
Sense Task Mesh
Sense Task Mesh with Headrest
Code
£
Code
£
IS200
384
IS250
450
Black base, no arms. Synchro mechanism. High mesh backrest.
Black base, no arms. Synchro mechanism. High mesh backrest.
Lever control back height adjustment.
Lever control back height adjustment.
Seat slide, side tension body weight control.
Seat slide, Side tension body weight control. Adjustable headrest.
Adjustable lumbar panel. Gas lift height adjustment
Adjustable lumbar panel. Gas lift height adjustment
Dimensions (mm) 480
Seat Width:
480
Seat Width:
Floor to Seat Height:
480-600
Floor to Seat Height:
480-600
Seat to Top of Backrest:
610-680
Seat to Top of Backrest:
610-680
Seat Depth:
460-535
Seat Depth:
460-535
450
Backrest Width:
450
Backrest Width:
Options £
£
Suffix/ADJ5
44
Air Flo
Suffix/ASC
44
Adjustable Multifunctional Arm (height, depth, width) Suffix/A/MF
72
Coccyx Cutout
Suffix/CC
14
Polished Base
44
Height Adjustable Arms
Suffix/AB
Suffix/ADJ5
Suffix/A/MF
Suffix/AB
Suffix/ASC
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
38-39 Loreto - Sence Mesh (15).indd 2
39
28/11/2014 11:38
i-Sit Mesh
mesh
i-sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronus technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports to both mesh and upholstered versions. Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.
New for 2015 ISITM Shown
Shown with 4D Arms
Shown with polished base
Mesh Task Chair
Mesh Task Chair With Mesh Headrest
Code
£
ISITM
520
Code
£
ISITM/MH
589
Without arms. Upholstered seat with black base.
Without arms. Upholstered seat with black base and headrest.
Swivel chair with height adjustable mesh backrest.
Swivel chair with height adjustable mesh backrest.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.
Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
465
Seat Width:
465
Seat Depth:
455-515
Seat Depth:
455-515
Seat Height:
455-590
Seat Height:
455-590
Overall Width:
710
Overall Width:
710
Overall Depth:
710
Overall Depth:
710
Overall Height:
1010-1205
Overall Height:
1175-1370
Options £ Polished Base
- 5 star base.
PB
52
i-Sit 2D Arms
- Height & width adjustability.
2D
99
i-Sit 4D Arms
- Height & width adjustability, horizontal 4D1
132
4D2
153
rotation. Depth adjustability.
PB
2D
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
40
4D1
4D2
5
year guarantee
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
24
recommended hours usage
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
40-41 iSit Mesh - IS Mesh (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 11:45
Is Mesh
mesh
The most recent addition to the Is family features a light and contemporary height adjustable elastomeric mesh back. The mesh moulds to your body size and shape to provide all day ventilation and support. This flexible task chair has a sophisticated synchronised mechanism and the same exceptional adjustability as the upholstered version.
Self Adjusting Synchronised Dual Lever Mechanism
Standard Synchronised Mechanism
Medium Back
PCB Mechanism
Medium Back
Code
£
02ISAA2
465
Draughtsman Chair
Code
£
02ISAC2
468
Code
£
02ISEE2
408
Height adjustable back and arms.
Height adjustable back and arms.
Black nylon draughtsman base & glides.
Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide.
Black nylon base. 60mm seat slide.
PCB mechanism.
Dimensions (mm) Height:
1000-1120
1000-1120
Height:
1270-1520
Height:
Width:
545
Width:
545
Width:
600
Depth:
400-450
Depth:
400-450
Depth:
650
Seat Height:
420-540
Seat Height:
420-540
Seat Height:
670-940
Task Chair Options £ Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors
24
Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms Alternative Mesh Colours
Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift
£
57
68 POA
Coccyx Cushion
72
Draughtsman Chair Options £
New for 2015
Chrome Glide
16
Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift
Silver 60mm Soft Wheel Castors
Polished Aluminium Base with Polished Chrome Gas Lift
72
Polished Aluminium Multi-Adjustable Arms
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
40-41 iSit Mesh - IS Mesh (15).indd 2
41
28/11/2014 11:46
Amber
Moore
The Amber range represent affordability in the executive chair market. The High Back chairs come with a pivoting lock tilt mechanism and added cushioning for executive levels of comfort.
executive
The Moore, traditional in style, luxurious in feel. This popular range of executive chairs are upholstered in fabric or soft bonded leather and have generous cushioning on the seat and back.
Amber Fabric or Leather High Back
Moore Fabric High Back
Code
£
Code
£
AM2HB/F/BLUE
- Blue Fabric.
152
moore
AM2HB/F/BLK
- Black Fabric.
152
Matching padded arms.
287
AM1HB/L/BLK
- Bonded Leather.
162
Durable nylon base and arms.
Black base.
Lock Tilt Mechanism.
Gas lift tested up to 150kg.
Amber Fabric or Leather Visitor
Moore Dimensions (mm)
Code
£
530
Seat Width:
AM4/F/BLUE
- Blue Fabric.
133
Seat Height:
480-580
AM4/F/BLK
- Black Fabric.
133
Seat Depth:
520
AM3/PU/BLK
- Bonded Leather.
133
Back Height:
700
Back Width:
530
Amber Dimensions (mm) 495
Seat Width: Seat Height:
425-515
Seat Depth:
515
Back Height:
595
Back Width:
485
Options £ Polished Aluminium Base
CO/PAB
85
Amber Standard Colours
Blue Fabric
CO/PAB
Black Fabric Bonded Leather Moore Standard Colours
AM4/F/BLUE
AM3/PU/BLK
2
year guarantee
114
kg
max.weight tolerance
8
recommended hours usage
Blue Fabric
42
Black Fabric
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
42-43 Amber Moore - Obsidian Tanzanite (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 11:48
Executive Chairs
executive
These chairs will add style and comfort to any office environment. The two chairs come with a two year guarantee plus adjustable seat height and tilt for additional comfort in the office.
Obsidian High Back - Bonded Leather Code
£
OB1HB/BL/BLK
175
Black base. Lock Tilt Mechanism. Obsidian Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
500
Seat Height:
465-555
Seat Depth:
465
Back Height:
670
Tanzanite High Back - Bonded Leather Code
£
TZ1/HB/L/BLK
231
TZ1/HB/L/BLK
Black base. Soft padded arms. Lock Tilt Mechanism. Tanzanite Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
495
Seat Height:
490-580
Seat Depth:
515
E Space See our executive furniture from page 156.
Options
2
£ Polished Aluminium Base
CO/PAB
year guarantee
85
114
kg
max.weight tolerance
8
recommended hours usage
CO/PAB Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
42-43 Amber Moore - Obsidian Tanzanite (15).indd 2
43
28/11/2014 11:48
Atlas and Sapphire
executive
The Atlas is a versatile high back leather chair with a shaped seat and soft padded leather arms. The Sapphire offers fantastic comfort and value for money.
New for 2015
Atlas Code
ÂŁ
atlas-black
335
atlas-white
335
atlas-brown
335
Bonded leather. Simple and stylish design. Durable nylon base and arms. Padded fixed armrest. Gas lift tested up to 150kg. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
510
Seat Height:
420-520
Seat Depth:
480
Sapphire High Back Chair Code
ÂŁ
SAP/BL/BLK
285
Bonded Leather. Chrome base. Tilt and height adjustable mechanism. Chrome gas lift and chrome base. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width: SAP/BL/BLK
Sapphire High Back Chair Details and Bonded Leather Facings Colour
114
kg
max.weight tolerance
44
2
year guarantee
8
recommended hours usage
510
Seat Height (min-max):
465-555
Seat Depth:
520
Atlas Chair Details and Colours
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
2
year guarantee
8
recomended hours usage
Black Black Brown White Leather Leather Leather Leather Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
44-45 Sapphire Atlas - Classic Xenon (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:06
Classic and Xenon
executive
The Classic is an elegant, Italian style chair which will add charm to any office environment. These executive chairs are modern classics. The Xenon is a design inspired chair that offers contemporary design and a high quality finish at outstanding value.
Classic High Back
Classic Medium Back
Code
Code
£
Xenon - Medium Back £
Code
£
classic-high-back-black
516
classic-medium-back-black
475
xenon-medium-back
classic-high-back-white
516
classic-medium-back-white
475
Blue fabric. Knee tilt mechanism & seat height
530
Soft padded bonded leather. Leather
Soft padded bonded leather. Leather
adjustment. Brushed aluminium 5 star base.
padded arms. Large contoured seat.
padded arms. Large contoured seat.
Integral contoured lumbar support.
Chrome Frame.
Chrome Frame.
Dimensions (mm) 475-575
Seat Height:
Back Height:
550
Seat Width:
410-530
Width:
480
Width:
480
Seat Height:
450-520
Depth:
500
Depth:
470
Back Height:
540
Back Height:
640
Seat Height:
Width:
630
Depth:
610
460-560
Xenon - High Back Code
£
xenon-high-back
New for 2015
573
Knee tilt mechanism & seat height adjustment. Brushed aluminium 5 star base. With Headrest. Integral contoured lumbar support. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
410-530
Seat Height:
450-520
Back Height:
740
Width:
630
Depth:
610
Classic Chair Details
150
Xenon Chair Details
kg
max.weight tolerance
2
year guarantee
8
recommended hours usage
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
8
recommended hours usage
Black Black White Black Blue Leather Leather Leather Fabric Fabric Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
44-45 Sapphire Atlas - Classic Xenon (15).indd 2
45
04/12/2014 11:06
Opula
executive
The Opula chairs offer soft black leather upholstery along with a chrome finish to all metalwork.
New for 2015
High Back - With Headrest Code
ÂŁ
OPU
522
Black leather upholstery. Height adjustable seat & back. Synchronised mechanism. Lockable back angle adjustment. Aluminium 5 star base. 2D adjustable arms. Dimensions (mm) Height:
1280-1340
Width:
680
Seat Depth:
530
Seat Height:
490-550
Cantilever Chair Code OPUC
ÂŁ 391
Black leather upholstery. High back. Fixed arms with upholstered pads. Chrome cantilever frame. Dimensions (mm) Colour
125
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
8
recommended hours usage
Height:
995
Width:
605
Seat Depth:
520
Seat Height:
460
Black
46
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
46-47 Opula - Traditional (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 11:52
Traditional
executive
With iconic designs this line of furniture offers superb comfort. Featuring deep cushioned seats and backs along with soft, sturdy fixed armrests.
Available in brown, burgundy, and green.
Commodore
Available in brown, burgundy, cream and green.
Chesterfield
Code
£
commodore
995
Available in brown, burgundy, cream and green.
Baron
Code chesterfield
£
Code
£
360
baron
356
Top grain Italian leather faced upholstery with
Leather faced upholstery. Traditional button style
Sturdy 4 leg wood frame. Soft high quality
button upholstery & brass stud decoration
design. Wooden armrests with soft pad sleeve.
Italian leather with brass stud detail. Dimensions (mm)
560
Seat Width:
530
Seat Width:
Seat Width:
600
Seat Height:
510-570
Seat Height:
460-550
Seat Height:
480
Seat Depth:
530
Seat Depth:
490
Seat Depth:
530
Finsbury Code
£
finsbury
396
Soft bonded leather. Light Oak colour wooden arms and base. Gas lift tested up to 150kg Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
520
Seat Height (min-max):
450-540
Seat Depth:
490 Available in black, cream and brown leather. Tan micro-fibre (suede effect) option available.
New for 2015 Bonded Leather Colours
2
year guarantee
Black
Green
Brown
Burgundy
8
recommended hours usage
Cream
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
46-47 Opula - Traditional (15).indd 2
47
28/11/2014 11:52
i-Sit
executive
i-Sit task chairs feature the latest instant adjustment synchronous technology. The modular design allows the easy addition of ergonomically designed arms, headrests and lumbar supports. Easy to understand icons clearly show the individual function of the controls.
Shown with 4D2 Arms
Shown with 4D2 Arms
Shown with polished base
Upholstered Task Chair
Upholstered Task Chair with Headrest
Code
£
ISIT - Black Nylon 5 Star Base
520
Code
£
ISIT/UH - Black Nylon 5 Star Base
589
Without arms. Upholstered back with black base.
Without arms. Upholstered back with black base and headrest.
Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.
Swivel chair with height adjustable upholstered backrest.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
Adjustable seat height with integral damping facility.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.
60mm sliding seat depth adjustment.
Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
470
Seat Width:
470
Seat Depth:
455-515
Seat Depth:
455-515
Seat Height:
455-590
Seat Height:
455-590
Overall Width:
710
Overall Width:
710
Overall Depth:
710
Overall Depth:
710
Overall Height:
1010-1205
Overall Height:
1175-1370
Options £ Fabric Insert Back - Upholstered backrest outershell.
FIB
84
Polished Base
- 5 star base.
PB
52
i-Sit 2D Arms
- Height & width adjustability.
2D
99
i-Sit 4D Arms
- Height & width adjustability, horizontal rotation. Depth adjustability.
4D1 132 4D2 153
FIB
PB
2D
4D1
4D2
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
48
48-49 iSit - Ocean (15).indd 1
24
recommended hours usage
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 11:53
Ocean
executive
A sophisticated range of managerial/task seating that caters for the needs of the most discerning user. A fully synchronised seat and back tilt mechanism and aluminium finish detailing enhance any environment. The choice of wooden armrests, which can be stained to match furniture and fittings, ensure that Ocean blends harmoniously with any design.
Silver frame
Syncro action. Tension control. Black base.
Wood and silver frame
Medium Back - Cantilever Visitors Chair Code
Fabric £
OCN1039
442
Black Hide Facings £ 571
Medium Back - 4 Legged Armchair Code
Fabric £
OCN1040
Medium Back - Managerial Armchair
Black Hide Facings £
557
686
Fabric £
Black Hide Facings £
OCN1042 - Black Arms
559
688
OCN1044 - Wooden Arms
673
802
Code
Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
475
Back Height:
475
Back Height:
620
Back Width:
500
Back Width:
500
Seat Width:
515
Seat Depth:
430
Seat Depth:
430
Seat Depth:
430
Seat Height:
450
Seat Height:
450
Seat Height:
415-535
Options
£
Silver Base
SV
Polished Metal Base Wooden Base Seat Slide
SV
High Back - Armchair With Headrest Fabric £
Black Hide Facings £
OCN1045 - Black Arms
658
806
OCN1046 - Wooden Arms
773
923
42
Code
MT
52
WD
104
SS
26
MT
New for 2015
Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
800
Back Width:
515
Seat Depth:
430
Seat Height:
415-535
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
WD
Black Hide Facings
Standard Wood Finishes
Syncro action. Tension control. Black base.
Ocean Stock Fabrics
5
year guarantee
Oak
Rosewood
Beech
Cherry
Walnut
Maple
Black
Black
Royal
Claret
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
48-49 iSit - Ocean (15).indd 2
49
28/11/2014 11:53
Enna
executive
The Enna chair combines classic design with modern production techniques, featuring panelled luxury leather with fixed chrome arms and a chrome base.
High Back
Medium Back
Code
£
ENNHB
601
Medium Back Cantilever
Code
£
ENN
546
Code
£
ENNC
462
Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.
Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.
Ribbed soft black leather upholstery.
Knee tilt mechanism.
Knee tilt mechanism.
Knee tilt mechanism.
Body weight tension adjustment.
Body weight tension adjustment.
Chrome fixed height arms.
Seat height adjustment.
Seat height adjustment.
Protective glides.
650mm Polished aluminium 5 star base.
650mm Polished aluminium 5 star base.
Chrome cantilever frame.
Chrome fixed height arms.
Chrome fixed height arms.
Dimensions (mm) 540
Seat Width:
540
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
485
Seat Height:
450-550
Seat Height:
465
Overall Width:
565
Overall Height:
900
530
Seat Width:
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Height:
450-550
Seat Width:
Overall Width: Overall Height:
680 1080-1180
Overall Width: Overall Height:
680 890-990
Option £ Glides
Code G
13
Expanded range for 2015
5
year guarantee
125
kg
max.weight tolerance
8
recomended hours usage
Black Leather
50
50-51 Enna - Venice (15).indd 1
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 11:59
Venice
executive
These panelled leather luxury chairs have a synchronised mechanism with side tension adjustment and seat height adjustment. They have fully upholstered integral arms and a 700mm polished aluminium 5 star base with 65mm twin hard wheeled black castors.
New for 2015
High Back - Fully Upholstered In Leather Code
ÂŁ
VENHB
839
Synchronised mechanism with slide tension adjustment. Seat height adjustment. Embossed upholstery. CMHR foam. 700mm polished aluminium 5 star base. Dimensions (mm) Height:
1240-1300
Overall Width:
720
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Height:
490-550
Medium Back - Fully Upholstered In Leather Code
ÂŁ
VEN
787
Synchronised mechanism with slide tension adjustment. Seat height adjustment. Embossed upholstery. CMHR foam. 700mm polished aluminium 5 star base. Dimensions (mm) Height: Overall Width:
1080-1140 720
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Height:
490-550
125
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
8
recomended hours usage
Black Leather
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
50-51 Enna - Venice (15).indd 2
51
28/11/2014 11:59
Stakka
meeting & general purpose
The simple Stakka represents one of our most popular economy chairs. Versatility is affordable with this adaptable chair.
Extended Range for 2015
Black frame
Stakka Upholstered Code
ÂŁ
STP0500/B/CHA
Black Frame/ Charcoal Fabric
79
STP0500/B/BLUE
Black Frame/ Blue Fabric
79
STP0503/CH/CHA Chrome Frame/ Charcoal Fabric
88
STP0503/CH/BLUE Chrome Frame/ Blue Fabric
88
Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:
790
Overall Width:
560
Seat Width:
450
Seat Depth:
400
Back Height:
330
Meeting Tables
See our tables section from page 176.
Chrome frame with upholstered seat & backrest
8
recommended hours usage
Stock Fabric Colour BLUE
52
Special Order Fabric Colours
115
kg
max.weight tolerance
1
year guarantee
Frame Colours
CHA
Blue Charcoal Black Grey Aqua Claret Black Chrome Specials delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled, stock within 10 working days fully assembled Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
52-53 Stakka Double Page (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 12:15
Stakka
meeting & general purpose
Black frame with upholstered seat and mesh back
Black frame
Stakka Plastic
Shown in Wenge
Stakka Mesh
Code
£
Stakka Wood
Code
£
Code
£
STP0500/PB
Black Frame
60
STP0500/MB
Black Frame
84
STP0500/WB
Black Frame
STP0503/PC
Chrome Frame
68
STP0503/MC
Chrome Frame
92
STP0503/WC
Chrome Frame
95 103
Beech or wenge as standard please specify colour Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:
790
Overall Width:
560
Seat Width:
450
Seat Depth:
400
Back Height:
330
Stacks up to 20 high
Options £ Black Writing Tablet
ISO-BWT
45
Wooden Writing Tablet
ISO-WWT
60
Pair of Black Fixed Arms
ISO-ARMS
33
ISO-BWT
ISO-WWT
ISO-ARMS
Please note minimum order quantities may apply to the products on this page.
8
recommended hours usage
115
kg
max.weight tolerance
Stakka Wood Colours
Beech
Wenge
Chrome frame with wenge wood seat & back
1
year guarantee
Stakka Plastic Colours
Green
Blue
Stakka Mesh Colours
Red
Black
Black
Blue
Green
Orange
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
52-53 Stakka Double Page (15).indd 2
53
04/12/2014 12:15
Workchair
meeting & general purpose
A range of tough wearing factory and office chairs that offer durability in the workplace, and height adjusting contoured back rests. Both chairs also have a seat height gas adjustment.
Tough Wearing for Factory & Office
Adjustable Workchair - With Castors Code
ÂŁ
FC1/BLK
202
Height adjustable mechanism. Nylon base. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
455
Seat Height:
450-580
Seat Depth:
430
Fixed Footrest Workchair - With Glides Code
ÂŁ
FC1/FC1/D-BASE
262
Height adjustable mechanism. Nylon base. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
455
Seat Height:
605-735
Seat Depth:
430
2
year guarantee
110
kg
max.weight tolerance
Black
54
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
54-55 Workchair - 2000-2600 (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 12:14
meeting & general purpose
2000/2600 Folding Chairs
These chairs are a stylish, comfortable & lightweight polypropylene folding chair. The 2600 chair comes with an option of either a steel or upholstered seat finish. The storage trolleys will help eliminate the problem of storage in premises where space is restricted.
Folds flat for compact storage
Sold in boxes of 4 chairs
Sold in boxes of 8 chairs
2000 Folding Chair - Box of Eight
2600 Folding Chair - Suitable For Indoor & Outdoor Use. Code
£
Code
CF4002* - Box of four with steel seat
184
CF4001* - Box of Eight
CF4009* - Box of four with upholstered seat
288
Folds flat for compact storage.
Strong steel seat & folding frame. Twin double cross braces for added strength.
£ 240
Suitable for indoor & outdoor use.
Dimensions (mm) Width:
470
Width:
450
Height:
450
Height:
450
Depth:
540
Depth:
550
Transport Dolly - For use with 2000 chairs.
Low Hanging - For use with 2000 & 2600 chairs. Code
£
XH40030A - Stores 68 chairs (2000) & 36 chairs (2600)
645
Code
£
CF40045 - Stores up to 40 chairs.
216
Low Hanging Storage, 2 rows. Requires double door access. Dimensions (mm) Width:
1350
Width:
470
Height:
1220
Height:
1910
Depth:
1750
Depth:
1130
Options
£
Storage Strap with Alloy Buckle (5m)
CF40015
33
Chair Linking Clips
CF40075
2
2000/2600 Seat Frame Colours
5
CF40015
year guarantee
Blue/Grey
Burgundy/Grey
Charcoal/Grey
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
54-55 Workchair - 2000-2600 (15).indd 2
55
28/11/2014 12:14
Barcelona
meeting & general purpose
Ideal for any multi seating environment such as training, conference or lectures. A comfortable and stylish chair at an affordable price that is sure to please.
Shown with optional arm pads and chrome frame
New for 2015
Shown with chrome frame
Barcelona Code
ÂŁ
BCLA/BL - Black Frame With Black Plastic Arm Pads
113
BCLA/CH - Chrome Frame With Black Plastic Arm Pads
122
Dimensions (mm)
See page 88 for meeting table
Overall Height:
840
Overall Width:
530
Seat Width:
485
Seat Depth:
455
Back Width:
390
Back Height:
420
Options ÂŁ Pair of Beech Arm Pads
28
Pair of Alder, Wenge or Black Arm Pads
28
1
year guarantee
115
kg
max.weight tolerance
8
recommended hours usage
Wooden Arm Colours
Beech Plastic Arm Colours
Black
56
Grey
Alder
Wenge
Frame Colours
Chrome
Black
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
56-57 Barcelona - Academy (15).indd 1
03/12/2014 10:35
Academy
meeting & general purpose
Our new multi use heavy duty meeting chair is funky, modern and completely versatile. Chrome oval tube legs, well padded seat and curved back with breathable holes will look and feel good in any environment.
Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 6 High
Stacking Chair - Stacks Up To 6 High
Code
£
academy - without arms
216
Code
£
academy - with arms
224
Durable and stylish plastic backrest. Practical and comfortable.
Durable and stylish plastic backrest. Practical and comfortable.
Upholstered in black fabric.
Upholstered in black fabric.
Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
450
Seat Width:
450
Seat Depth:
485
Seat Depth:
485
Seat Height:
470
Seat Height:
470
Option £ Coloured upholstered seat
60
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
New for 2015
Suitable for stacking
Coloured seat pad subject to longer lead time
8
recommended hours usage
1
year guarantee
Black Plastic
Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
56-57 Barcelona - Academy (15).indd 2
57
03/12/2014 10:35
Turner
Client 4
The Turner is a simple woodframe chair which has a cushioned seat and back pad. It’s stackable 4 high, and available in a choice of either charcoal or blue fabric.
meeting & general purpose
The Client 4 offers a lightweight yet durable and comfortable cantilever meeting chair that gives style and elegance.
Client 4 Chair Code
£
CL4/BL/BLK
162
Black Hide Facings. Cantilever Frame. Chrome Frame. Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
430
Seat Height:
460
Seat Depth:
430
Back Height:
470
Overall Depth:
605
Overall Width:
555
Turner Stacking Chair - Beechwood frame. Code
£
TUP1 - No Arms
139
TUP2 - With Arms
139
Dimensions (mm) Width:
530
Depth:
520
Height:
800
Turner Colours and Information
2
year guarantee
114
CHA
BLUE
kg
max.weight tolerance
2
year guarantee
Charcoal
58
Client 4 Colour and Information
Blue
114
kg
max.weight tolerance
Black
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
58-59 Client 4 Turner - Step (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 12:23
Step
meeting & general purpose
Plastic seat and back available in black, grey and white. Mesh back option in black and grey. Upholstery pads available for seat and back. Arm option and optional writing tablet for either the left or right hand side. Chair dolly available for the four leg and castors version. Black frame fitted as standard.
Shown with mesh back and silver frame
Shown with mesh back and silver frame
Cantilever
Castors
Code
£
Four Leg
Code
£
Code
£
STPV-0-BLK-BLK
131
STP4C-0-BLK-BLK
131
STP4-0-BLK-BLK
96
STPV-0-GRY-BLK
136
STP4C-0-GRY-BLK
136
STP4-0-GRY-BLK
102
STPV-0-WHT-BLK
136
STP4C-0-WHT-BLK
136
STP4-0-WHT-BLK
102
STPV-MSH-0-BLK-BLK Mesh Back
176
STP4C-MSH-0-BLK-BLK Mesh Back
176
STP4-MSH-0-BLK-BLK Mesh Back
141
STPV-MSH-0-GRY-BLK Mesh Back
182
STP4C-MSH-0-GRY-BLK Mesh Back
187
STP4-MSH-0-GRY-BLK Mesh Back
147
Step Dimensions (mm) Height:
820
Depth:
540
Seat height:
455
Seat width:
460
Seat width with arms:
585
Seat depth:
460
New for 2015
Options £ Arm Option
Add A
34
Upholstered seat only
Replace 0 with 1
28
Upholstered seat & back Replace 0 with 2
46
Writing Tablet
85
Chair Trolley
136
Grey Frame
GRY
10
White Frame
WHT
10
Chrome Frame
P
12
Example product code: upholstery frame frame colour
STP 4 A - 0 - BLK BLK product arms
colour nylon
0 is plastic 1 is seat pad only 2 is seat pad & back pad
5
year guarantee
160
kg
max.weight tolerance
8
Shown with grey plastic back and arms and with a silver frame
recommended hours usage
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
58-59 Client 4 Turner - Step (15).indd 2
59
28/11/2014 12:23
Ikon
meeting & general purpose
Clear cut lines and inspirational shapes, Ikon chairs offer style and enhancement to any meeting or visitor environment. Whilst it provides contemporary elegance, Ikon is practical and provides comfort and ergonomics to the user. With the polypropylene seat and back in a choice of colours, the range also offers upholstered seat and back options.
IK01B with red plastic (RD) & silver frame (P)
IK03B with red plastic (RD) & chrome frame (C)
Plastic Seat & Back
IK05B with red plastic (RD) & chrome frame (C)
Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back
Code
£
Code
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad Code
£
£
IK01B - No arms, black frame
101
IK03B - No arms, black frame
116
IK05B - No arms, black frame
141
IK02B - With fixed arms, black frame
128
IK04B - With fixed arms, black frame
142
IK06B - With fixed arms, black frame
167
Seat Width (IK01B):
458
Seat Width (IK03B):
458
Seat Width (IK05B):
458
Seat Width (IK02B):
544
Seat Width (IK04B):
544
Seat Width (IK06B):
544
Seat Height:
443
Seat Height:
443
Seat Height:
443
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Dimensions (mm)
Options
£
Chrome Frame
Code C
22
Silver Frame
Code P
FOC
P
C
Stack up to 6 high IK02B Fixed Arms
IK04B Fixed Arms IK06B Fixed Arms Ikon Plastic Seat Colours Testing A fantastic value tested chair. BS EN 15373 SATRA Strength & Durability.
T
5
year guarantee
115
BLK
60-61 Ikon (15).indd 1
RD
BL
GY
SD
max.weight tolerance
Black
60
WH
kg
White
Red
Blue
Grey
Sand
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 12:30
Ikon
meeting & general purpose Offers Seat and Back Options
IK21B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (C)
IK23B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (P)
Plastic Seat & Back Code IK21B - No arms, black cantilever frame
Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back £ 126
IK22B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 153
Code
IK25B with white plastic (WH) and chrome frame (P)
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad £
Code
£
IK23B - No arms, black cantilever frame
141
IK25B - No arms, black cantilever frame
IK24B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame
167
IK26B - With fixed arms, black cantilever frame 192
166
Dimensions (mm) Seat Width (IK21B):
458
Seat Width (IK23B):
458
Seat Width (IK25B):
458
Seat Width (IK22B):
544
Seat Width (IK24B):
544
Seat Width (IK26B):
544
Seat Height:
443
Seat Height:
443
Seat Height:
443
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
High Stool - Plastic Seat & Back Code
£
High Stool - Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back
High Stool - Upholstered Seat & Back Pad
Code
Code
£
£
154
IK53B - No arms, black frame
168
IK55B - No arms, black frame
194
Seat Width:
458
Seat Width:
458
Seat Width:
458
Seat Height:
770
Seat Height:
770
Seat Height:
770
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
IK51B - No arms, black frame Dimensions (mm)
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
IK22B Fixed Arms
IK24B Fixed Arms
IK26B Fixed Arms
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
60-61 Ikon (15).indd 2
61
28/11/2014 12:30
Xpresso 1
meeting & general purpose
Xpresso 1 is designed to provide a practical and stylish solution for a range of environments including educational establishments, cafes, auditoria, conference facilities and meeting rooms. They can be linked together an the optional linking strip. Polypropylene seat and back, tubular chrome steel frame, nylon glides. Chair available with or without black arms. Option of upholstered seat and/or back.
MXP1A Shown
MXP1C/F Shown
Plastic Seat & Back
MXP1A/HF Shown
Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back
Code
£
Code
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad £
Code
£
MXP1A
130
MXP1A/F
166
MXP1A/HF
190
MXP1C - With black arms
211
MXP1C/F - With black arms
250
MXP1C/HF - With black arms
274
Width:
580
Width:
580
Width:
580
Width with arms:
595
Width with arms:
595
Width with arms:
595
Height:
830
Height:
830
Height:
830
Depth:
490
Depth:
490
Depth:
490
Trolley - Holds 45 Code MXP
515
Dimensions (mm)
Options £ Linking Feet
Code LXP
FOC
Writing Tablet
Code Writing Tablet
£
132
New for 2015
Writing Tablet
High Plastic Seat & Back Code
MXP
£
GXP1A
168
Dimensions (mm)
High density stacking with multi colour options!
600
Width:
595
Width with arms: Height:
1070
Depth:
490
Seat Height:
720 Xpresso Seat Colours
5
year guarantee
Black
62
62-63 Xpresso 1 (15).indd 1
Grey
White
Purple
Light Blue
Green
Red
Yellow
Stone
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 12:44
63
62-63 Xpresso 1 (15).indd 2
28/11/2014 12:44
Host
meeting & general purpose
Host is our multipurpose high density stacking chair. It can be specified with or without arms. It has a plastic seat and perforated back on a chromed steel frame as standard. Host is also available with an upholstered seat or back, to further enhance its design and prominence. It is suitable for use in the office, dining areas, waiting and meeting rooms as well as conference facilities.
Simple yet elegant & classic
Host Chrome Sledge Base Chair Code
HS06C Shown
£
HS01C Plastic Seat & Back
135
HS02C Plastic Seat, Back & Arms
200
HS03C Upholstered Seat & Plastic Back
157
HS04C Upholstered Seat, Plastic Back & Arms
222
HS05C Upholstered Seat & Back
165
HS06C Upholstered Seat, Back & Arms
231
Dimensions (mm) Seat Height:
430-540
Seat Depth:
450
Back Height:
570
Overall Width:
490
Overall Width with arms:
630
Overall Depth:
630
Option £ Host Mobile trolley
• • • • •
Stacks up to 40 high
Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
64-65 Host - Arena (15).indd 1
386
Breathable Plastic Back Upholstered Seat & Back Options Integral Linking System Stacks up to 6 high Stacks up to 40 on Trolley (Upholstered models - 25)
Plastic Colours
5
WH
RD
BL
GN
YL
BK
year guarantee
White
64
HST
Red
Blue
Green
Yellow
Black
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 12:51
Arena
meeting & general purpose
Arena is designed for conference rooms, meeting areas and general office applications. Four leg and cantilever options are stackable and available with writing tablets. The Arena comes as standard with a black frame, and options for either silver or chrome.
Shown with optional Chrome Frame
Round Back Cantilever - With Fixed Arms
Round Back - With Arms
Code
Code
£
AR4B - Fixed Arms
156
Round Back - With No Arms £
AR2B - Fixed Arms
158
Code AR1B - Without Arms
Black frame.
Stacks 4 high.
Stacks 4 high.
Round shaped back.
Black frame.
Black frame.
Round shaped back.
Round shaped back.
£ 116
Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
520
Seat Width:
600
Seat Width:
460
Seat Height:
435
Overall Height:
435
Seat Height:
435
Seat Depth:
480
Seat Depth:
480
Seat Depth:
480
Back Height:
440
Back Height:
440
Back Height:
440
Options £ Writing Tablet
£ Chrome/Silver Frame
Code WRT
Right Hand
74
Code C
Chrome Frame
Code WLT
Left Hand
74
Code P
Silver Frame
C
53 FOC
WRT
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
5
year guarantee
115
kg
max.weight tolerance
T
Testing A fantastic value tested chair. BS EN 4875 SATRA Strength & Durability.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
64-65 Host - Arena (15).indd 2
65
28/11/2014 12:51
La Kendo
meeting & general purpose
The La Kendo is a stylish and comfortable chair ideal for waiting rooms, conferences and lectures. With the polypropylene seat and back in a choice of colours, the range also offers upholstered seat and back options. Clever 4 legged nesting design ideal for space conscious environments, stacks up to 20 high.
All shown with optional chrome frame
Plastic Seat & Back Code
Plastic Seat & Back £
KN01B
142
Plastic Back & Upholstered Seat
Code
Code
£
KN02B
£
KN03B
164
154
No arms. Plastic seat & back.
With arms. Plastic seat & back
No arms. Plastic back & upholstered seat
Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.
Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.
Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.
Dimensions (mm) 380
Back Height:
Back Height:
380
Back Height:
365
Seat Height:
485
Seat Height:
470
Seat Height:
470
Seat Depth:
420
Seat Depth:
450
Seat Depth:
420
Overall Depth:
550
Overall Depth:
550
Overall Depth:
550
Overall Width:
540
Overall Width:
620
Overall Width:
620
Back Width:
440
Back Width:
440
Back Width:
440
Ideal for Training or Conference Rooms
Plastic Back & Upholstered Seat Code
£
KN04B
175
With arms. Plastic back & upholstered seat Black 4 leg frame. Black Plastic.
Options
Dimensions (mm)
£
365
Back Height: Seat Height:
485
Chrome Frame
C
33
Seat Depth:
420
Silver Frame
P
FOC
Overall Depth:
550
Linking Device
L
Overall Width:
620
Mobile Trolley
KEN/TR
Back Width:
440
Tip Up Seat
TP
16 110 19
Prices shown are for black plastic parts. For colours shown below add £6.
Plastic Colour Options
5
year guarantee
115
BL
GY
RD
max.weight tolerance
Blue
66
SD
kg
Grey
Sand
Red
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
66-67 LA Kendo - Kind Swivel (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:07
Kind Swivel
meeting & general purpose
The Kind swivel meeting chair has a four star polished aluminium base and chrome gas stem as standard. Available with or without arms, the height can be adjusted to the required position by a uniquely designed integral button under the seat.
New for 2015
KDMC82C
Mesh Back Swivel Chair Code
£
KDMC81C - With No Arms
344
KDMC82C - Fixed Arms
376
Upholstered seat and mesh back. Polished aluminium base. Choice of 9 colours for mesh back.
Swivel Chair - Upholstered Back Code
£
KDMC61C - With No Arms
347
KDMC62C - Fixed Arms
380
Upholstered seat and back. Polished aluminium base. Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
400
Seat Height:
430-550
Seat Depth:
450
Overall Depth:
560
Overall Width (without arms):
530
Overall Width (With arms):
635
Back Width:
450 KDMC62C
Options £ Upholstered outer back panel (KDMC61C/KDMC62C only)
UB
Black Nylon Base
B
FOC
Silver Base
P
-42
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
8-10
recommended hours usage
Add 5%
See pages 22, 35 & 68-69 for more Kind chairs
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
66-67 LA Kendo - Kind Swivel (15).indd 2
67
04/12/2014 11:07
Kind
meeting & general purpose
Kind meeting offers a cantilever and 4 leg chair which provides a perfect solution to all boardroom, training and conference applications. Frames can be specified in black, silver or chrome and as all meeting chair variants back panel options allow design integration with the task seating specified. All mesh back versions of the Kind chair are available in the following colours; Black, Sage, Slate, Burnt Orange, Graphite, White, Taupe, Mauve and Teal.
New for 2015 Black frame as standard. Range shown with optional chrome frame.
KDMC01B
Four Leg Meeting Chair Code
ÂŁ
KDMC01B - With No Arms
176
KDMC02B - With Fixed Arms
209
Upholstered seat and back. Black Plastic outer back & under shroud. Black four leg frame. Stackable 4 high.
Cantilever Frame Meeting Chair Code
ÂŁ
KDMC31B - With No Arms
215
KDMC32B - With Fixed Arms
247
Upholstered seat and back. Black Plastic outer back & under shroud. Black cantilever frame. Stackable 3 high. Kind Dimensions (mm)
KDMC32B
Back Height:
400
Seat Height:
500
Seat Depth:
450
Overall Depth:
560
Overall Width - with no arms:
530
Overall Width - with arms:
640
Back Width:
450
See pages 22, 35 & 67 for more Kind chairs
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
68
150
kg
max.weight tolerance
5
year guarantee
8-10
recommended hour usage
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
68-69 Kind Double Page (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 12:57
Kind
meeting & general purpose
The Kind four leg chair is a simple and elegant design. A choice of frame and upholstery variations can be specified, with the option to co-ordinate with the dual mesh design of the task seating.
KDMC12B
KDMC41B
Four Leg Mesh Meeting Chair
KDMC22B
Cantilever Mesh Meeting Chair
Code
£
Code
Four Leg Meeting Chair £
Code
£
KDMC11B - With No Arms
148
KDMC41B - With No Arms
182
KDMC21B - With No Arms
174
KDMC12B - With Fixed Arms
182
KDMC42B - With Fixed Arms
214
KDMC22B - With Fixed Arms
207
Plastic seat and mesh back. Black plastic
Plastic seat and mesh back. Black plastic
Upholstered seat and mesh back. Black 4 leg
back surround & under shroud. Black four
back surround & under shroud. Black
frame. Stackable 4 high. Black plastic back
leg frame. Stackable 4 high. Choice of 9
cantilever frame. Stackable 3 high. Choice
surround & under shroud. Choice of 9
colours available for mesh back.
of 9 colours available for mesh back.
colours available for mesh back.
Cantilever Frame Meeting Chair Code
£
KDMC51B - With No Arms
211
KDMC52B - With Fixed Arms
244
Upholstered seat and mesh back. Black cantilever frame. Stackable 3 high. Black plastic back surround & under shroud. Choice of 9 colours available for mesh back.
Options £ Silver Frame
P
FOC
Chrome Frame
C
22
Castors
CS
22
Stackable 4 high.
KDMC51B Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
68-69 Kind Double Page (15).indd 2
69
28/11/2014 12:57
Leola
meeting & general purpose
Comfort and ergonomics are core to the modern, simple, clean cut design of Leola. The result is a multifunctional chair suitable for almost every environment. Leola is a perfect choice for contemporary community areas, waiting rooms, conferencing, bars, bistro’s, waiting rooms, meeting rooms, boardrooms and multiple other applications within the office.
Stacks 4 chairs high
Shown with optional arms
Polypropylene fibreglass backrest, upholstered seat
Polypropylene fibreglass backrest, polypropylene seat
Upholstered Seat & Plastic Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs
Plastic Seat & Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs
Code
Code
£
£
LLBUSPB Black Plastic
171
LLBPSPB Black Plastic
137
LLGUSPB Grey Plastic
171
LLGPSPB Grey Plastic
137
LLWUSPB White Plastic
171
LLWPSPB White Plastic
137
Polypropylene seat
Upholstered seat
Upholstered Seat & Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs
Mesh Black Plastic Backrest - Without Arms, Chrome Legs
Code
Code
£
£
Code
£
LLBUSUB Black Plastic
204
Black Plastic Mesh Backrest,
Black Plastic Mesh Backrest,
LLGUSUB Grey Plastic
204
Polypropylene Seat
Upholstered Seat
LLWUSUB White Plastic
204
LLBPSMB Black Plastic
171
LLBUSMB Black Plastic
204
Options £
LLGPSMB Grey Plastic
171
LLGUSMB Grey Plastic
204
£
LLWPSMB White Plastic
171
LLWUSMB White Plastic
204
Black Plastic Arms
BLA
34 Writing Table (RH)
WTRH
39
Leola Dimensions (mm)
Plastic Seat
Grey Plastic Arms
GLA
34 Writing Table (LH)
WTLH
39
Seat Width:
470
485
White Plastic Arms
WLA
34 Leola Dolly
LCD
209
Seat Depth:
470
475
14
Seat Height:
455
480
Linking Device (Pair)
LD
Upholstered Seat
Priced in Group 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. Plastic Colours BLA, GLA or WLA
70
WTRH or WTLH (Available in black only)
LCD (Up to 8 chairs)
5
year guarantee
115
kg
max.weight tolerance
Black
Grey
White
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
70-71 Leola Double Page (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 13:05
71
70-71 Leola Double Page (15).indd 2
28/11/2014 13:05
Alina Upholstered
meeting & general purpose
The extensive Alina range is ideal for training, meeting or conference applications. The upholstered seat and back create a comfortable conference chair. Arm and writing tablets can be added to the 4 legged Alina models. The Alina is stackable up to 5 high, comes with a chrome frame and available in a choice of three frame styles.
4 Leg
4 Leg with Castors
Code
£
Code
Cantilever £
ALUP/CANT
Cantilever Frame
208
ALUP/CAST
195
ALUP/CAST/A With arms
239
Overall Width:
580
Overall Width:
580
Overall Width:
525
Seat Width:
450
Seat Width:
450
Seat Width:
450
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Overall Height:
860
Overall Height:
850
Overall Height:
860
No arms
ALUP/4LEG/A With arms
182
£
137
ALUP/4LEG
No arms
Code
Dimensions (mm)
Options £ 4 Leg with Writing Tablet ALUP/4LEG/WT
210
4 Leg with Writing Tablet & Castors ALUP/CAST/WT
ALUP/4LEG/WT
255
ALUP/CAST/WT
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. Note: Chairs will not stack with writing tablet or arms. Writing tablet is factory fitted only, no retro fit.
Stacks up to 5 high
5
year guarantee
72
72-73 Alina - Alina Mesh (15).indd 1
110
kg
max.weight tolerance
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 13:16
Alina Mesh
meeting & general purpose
Versatile and robust, the Alina Mesh is designed for training, meeting or conferencing environments. The upholstered seat is combined with a breathable mesh back for added comfort. Arm and writing tablets can be added to 4 legged models. The Alina Mesh is stackable up to 5 high, available in a choice of three frame styles, and comes with a chrome frame.
4 Leg
4 Leg with Castors
Code
£
Code
Cantilever £
Code
£
ALM/4LEG
No arms
205
ALM/CAST
No arms
250
ALM/4LEG/A
With arms
261
ALM/CAST/A
With arms
306
Overall Width:
580
Overall Width:
580
Overall Width:
450
Seat Width:
450
Seat Width:
450
Seat Width:
390
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
455
Overall Height:
850
Overall Height:
850
Overall Height:
780
ALM/CANT
Cantilever Frame
276
Dimensions (mm)
Options £ 4 Leg with Writing Tablet ALM/4LEG/WT
278
4 Leg with Writing Tablet & Castors ALM/CAST/WT
322
ALM/4LEG/WT
ALM/CAST/WT
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. Note: Chairs will not stack with writing tablet or arms. Writing tablet is factory fitted only, no retro fit.
5
year guarantee
110
Add arm or writing tablets kg
max.weight tolerance
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
72-73 Alina - Alina Mesh (15).indd 2
73
28/11/2014 13:16
Is
meeting & general purpose
The Is meeting chair has a light environmental impact and sustainability at the core of its design, it is simple to use, refurbish and eventually recycle. A flexible range of stacking meeting chairs are available with a number of options.
Shown with Fixed Arms
4 Leg Stacking Chair
4 Leg Stacking Chair
4 Leg Stacking Armchair
Code
£
Code
£
MIS2I
225
MIS5I
272
£
MIS2A
248
Moulded backrest, silver frame.
Full upholstered, silver frame.
Moulded backrest, silver frame.
Code
Dimensions (mm) Height:
820
Height:
820
Height:
820
Width:
505
Width:
505
Width:
590
Depth:
535
Depth:
535
Depth:
535
Seat Height:
480
Seat Height:
480
Seat Height:
480
Options £ Castors (4 leg only)
39
Chrome Steel Frame
POA
Trolley (Stacks 5 high)
293
* Linking Device (4 leg only)
4 Leg Stacking Armchair Code MIS5A
£
23
Writing Tablet (LH)
103
t Writing Tablet (RH)
103
* Must be specified at time of order. t 8mm white laminate surface. Specify left or right at time of ordering.
296
Moulded backrest, silver frame. Dimensions (mm) Height:
820
Width:
590
Depth:
535
Seat Height:
480
Trolley (Stacks 5 high)
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
74
74-75 Is Double Page (15).indd 1
Writing Tablet (RH)
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 14:12
Is
meeting & general purpose Expanded Is range for 2015
Cantilever Stacking Chair
Cantilever Stacking Chair
Code
£
MIS2M
284
Moulded backrest, silver frame.
Code MIS5M
Cantilever Stacking Armchair £ 331
Full upholstered, silver frame.
Code MIS2E
£ 304
Moulded backrest, silver frame.
Dimensions (mm) Height:
820
Height:
820
Height:
820
Width:
590
Width:
590
Width:
590
Depth:
600
Depth:
600
Depth:
600
Seat Height:
485
Seat Height:
485
Seat Height:
485
Cantilever Stacking Armchair Code MIS5E
£ 355
Full upholstered, silver frame. Dimensions (mm) Height:
820
Width:
590
Depth:
600
Seat Height:
485
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
74-75 Is Double Page (15).indd 2
75
28/11/2014 14:12
Colletta
meeting & general purpose
Simple yet classic - elegant and comfortable, Colletta offers a comprehensive range of chairs that make the perfect addition to any meeting or conference environment. Colletta combines style and versatility. Made for meetings.
Mesh Back Five Star Base Code
High Back Cantilever £
COLS-B - Black base with Castors
397
Code
Medium Back Cantilever £
Code
£
COLV2 - Polished Chrome Frame
284
COLV1 - Polished Chrome Frame
272
Dimensions (mm) 430-530
Height:
465
Height:
465
Width:
480
Width:
480
Width:
480
Depth:
440
Depth:
455
Depth:
455
Width + Arms:
545
Width + Arms:
530
Width + Arms:
530
Overall Height:
855-955
Overall Height:
890
Overall Height:
860
Overall Depth:
660
Overall Depth:
565
Overall Depth:
565
Height:
Options
Expanded range for 2015
£ Polished Chrome Base
COLS-P
Grey Mesh
GRY
FOC
40
White Mesh
WHT
FOC
Mesh Back Pedestal Base Code
£
COLP-P - Polished Chrome Frame
441
Dimensions (mm) Height:
465
Width:
480
Depth:
440
Width + Arms:
545
Overall Height:
880
Overall Depth:
680
COLS-P
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
76
76-77 Colletta - One (15).indd 1
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 14:18
One
meeting & general purpose
It really is the One. A meeting or task chair with complete unexaggerated honesty in design. The moulded plastic back, seat-pan and armrest form one unified sculptured piece. Moulded polypropylene backrest and seat-pan in black as standard with the option of white. Removable seat cushion. Height adjustable swivel chair has 5 star black plastic base as standard, with option of polished base. Available with black castors or glides. Silver cantilever and 4 leg versions have option of chrome frame.
New for 2015 Shown with Polished 5 star base with castors & white body
Shown with white body
Armchair with 5 Star Base - Black Base
Cantilever Stacking Armchair
Code
Code
£
M0N1AAA/AAA - Silver Frame
M0N1C - Silver Frame
258
Armchair - Non Stacking £ 221
Moulded backrest. Upholstered Seat.
Adjustable Seat Height. Moulded backrest.
Code M0N1A - Silver Frame
£ 240
Moulded backrest. Upholstered Seat.
Dimensions (mm) 830-960
Height:
Height:
830
Height:
830
Width:
560
Width:
560
Width:
560
Depth:
590
Depth:
590
Depth:
590
Seat Height:
490
Seat Height:
490
490-620
Seat Height:
Options £ 00N1AAA Polished 5 Star Base
47
00N1AAA Chrome Steel Frame
37
White Body Components
30
MON1A Chrome Steel Frame
POA
MON1C White Frame
FOC
00N1AAA/AAB Glides (Specify on order) FOC
00N1AAA/AAB
Stackable to 5 high
5
year guarantee
Testing Meeting chair tested BS EN 15373: 2007. Swivel chair tested BS EN 1335 Parts 2 & 3.
120
kg
max.weight tolerance
T
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
76-77 Colletta - One (15).indd 2
77
28/11/2014 14:18
Desking, Storage and Screens A desk is not just some wood and metal, it is an object for which many of us spend several hours, of several days sitting at. So don’t settle for anything less than the exact desk which meets your every requirement. You may like a functional desk, a contemporary look, an executive feel, or one that adjusts in height for different users. Once you have located the ideal desk, don’t forget to accessorise! With a choice of cable management gadgets which ensure a tidy and trip free workspace or a noise reducing desk mounted screen that can also add some colour to your environment. These can be found on pages 110-111.
2015 Range Highlights Fraction Plus Newly extended and improved range of entry level furniture available in two standard finishes and three special finishes.
Optima Plus Designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation
78
78-79 Desking, Storage, Screens Intro-Full Page (15).indd 1
02/12/2014 14:17
79
78-79 Desking, Storage, Screens Intro-Full Page (15).indd 2
02/12/2014 14:17
Fraction Plus
desking, storage and screens contents
Filing Cabinets Page 85
Workstations Page 90
Storage Page 86
Bookcases Page 87
Tables Page 88
Panel End
Pedestals Page 84
Jetstream
Workmode Plus
Workstations Page 82
Panel End Page 94
Storage
Workstations Page 92
Steel Pedestals Page 97
Filing Cabinets Page 108
Bookcases Page 109
Lyle Desk Mounted Page 98
Lyle Standing Page 99
Wooden Cupboards Page 104
Steel Tambours Page 106
Wooden Tambours Page 107
Troon Desk Mounted Page 100
Hove Desk Mounted Page 101
Monitor Arms
Meeting Tables Page 102
Accessories
Meeting Tables
Screens
Wooden Pedestals Page 96
Accessories Page 110
Monitor Arms Page 111
80
80-81 Desking, Storage, Screens Contents (15).indd 1
02/12/2014 12:57
Eclipse
Norton
desking, storage and screens contents
Desks Page 114-115
Pedestal Supported Desks Page 116
Desk Extensions Page 118
Cable Trays/ Risers Page 119
Optima Plus
Workstations Page 88 - 89
Desk Extensions Page 123
Meeting Tables Page 123
Height Adjustable Desks Page 124 - 125
Desks Page 126-128
Desk Extensions Page 129
Meeting Tables Page 129
Height Adjustable Desks Page 130 - 131
Height Settable Page 132-134
Meeting Table Page 135
Storage
Advance
Kassini
Desks Page 120-122
Storage Page 153
‘I’ Frame Electronic
Screenbox
Pedestals Page 152
Height Adjustable Desks Page 136
Matrix Bench
Screenbox Page 139
Meeting Extensions Page 142
Meeting Tables Page 142
Screens Page 143
Workstations Page 144-147
Conference Tables Page 147
Meeting Extensions Page 148
Screens Page 149
Linnea Bench
Workstations Page 141
Extra Storage Page 150 - 151
81
80-81 Desking, Storage, Screens Contents (15).indd 2
02/12/2014 12:57
Fraction Plus
desking, storage and screens
The Fraction Plus range is the first choice in affordable and practical office furniture. Fraction Plus is available in two standard finishes and three special finishes and offers a comprehensive range of furniture including these desks, pedestals, meeting tables, bookcases and filing cabinets. Fraction comes with 25mm desk tops, silver powder coated steel cantilever frames and 2mm PVC edging on the tops.
Core Workstation
Wave Workstation Codes
W x H x D (mm)
268
ZFPW1410(L) Left Hand
1400 x 730 x 800/1000
228
268
ZFPW1410(R) Right Hand
1400 x 730 x 800/1000
228
1600 x 730 x 800/1200
289
ZFPW1610(L) Left Hand
1600 x 730 x 800/1000
245
1600 x 730 x 800/1200
289
ZFPW1610(R) Right Hand
1600 x 730 x 800/1000
245
ZFPC1812(L) Left Hand
1800 x 730 x 800/1200
304
ZFPC1812(R) Right Hand
1800 x 730 x 800/1200
304
Codes
W x H x D (mm)
£
ZFPC1412(L) Left Hand
1400 x 730 x 800/1200
ZFPC1412(R) Right Hand
1400 x 730 x 800/1200
ZFPC1612(L) Left Hand ZFPC1612(R) Right Hand
25mm work tops
ZFPCE/1000
Rectangular Workstation
ZFPCE/1600
Desk End Tables
Codes
W x H x D (mm)
Codes
W x H x D (mm)
ZFP0800
800 x 730 x 800 (Square)
146
ZFPCE1000
1100 x 730 x 1000
142
ZFP1208
1200 x 730 x 800
181
ZFPCE1600
1600 x 730 x 800
153
ZFP1408
1400 x 730 x 800
192
ZFP1608
1600 x 730 x 800
206
ZFP1808
1800 x 730 x 800
212
£
Standard Colours
2
NOAK
Frame Colour
BCH
£
Special Colours WHT
CAP
MAP
year guarantee
Nova Oak
82
£
Beech
Silver
White
Cappuccino
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Maple
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
82-83 Fraction Workstations (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 14:37
83
82-83 Fraction Workstations (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 14:37
Fraction Plus
desking, storage and screens
Fraction Plus is available in two standard finishes and three special finishes and offers a comprehensive range of furniture including these drawers and this pedestal. All are supplied with silver handles.
Fixed Pedestal
Low Mobile Pedestal 2 Drawer
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
FPFP2D
2 Drawer
410 x 400 x 606
138
FPFP3D
3 Drawer
410 x 400 x 606
149
Low Mobile Pedestal 3 Drawer Code
W x H x D (mm)
FPMP3D
430 x 510 x 500
Code
W x H x D (mm)
FPMP2D
430 x 510 x 500
£ 182
High Mobile Pedestal 3 Drawer £ 191
Code
W x H x D (mm)
FPHMP3D
430 x 650 x 600
£ 223
Is
See the seating section from page 10.
Desk High Pedestal 3 Drawer Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
FPDHP63
430 x 730 x 600
228
FPDHP83
430 x 730 x 800
245
Standard Colours
2
NOAK
BCH
Special Colours WHT
CAP
MAP
year guarantee
Nova Oak
84
Beech
White
Cappuccino
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Maple
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
84-85 Fraction peds - Filing Cabinets (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:09
Fraction Plus
desking, storage and screens
Practical, durable and stylish. Choose from these filing cabinets to meet any office filing requirement.
2 Drawer Filing Cabinet
3 Drawer Filing Cabinet
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
FPFC2
500 x 730 x 600
260
4 Drawer Filing Cabinet Code
W x H x D (mm) 500 x 1320 x 600
2
NOAK
BCH
W x H x D (mm)
FPFC3
500 x 1020 x 600
£ 319
Code
W x H x D (mm)
FPDHFC600
800 x 730 x 600
Beech
WHT
CAP
MAP
White
Cappuccino
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Maple
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
84-85 Fraction peds - Filing Cabinets (15).indd 2
£ 319
Special Colours
year guarantee
Nova Oak
£ 291
Desk High Lateral Filing Cabinet
FPFC4
Standard Colours
Code
85
04/12/2014 11:09
Fraction Plus
Desk High Storage Unit
desking, storage and screens
800 High Storage Unit
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
ZFPDDC720
800 x 730 x 600
225
Supplied with 1 shelf
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPDDC800
800 x 800 x 400
Supplied with 1 shelf
1200 High Storage Unit £ 225
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPDDC1200
800 x 1200 x 400
£ 295
Supplied with 2 shelves Standard Colours
2
NOAK
BCH
year guarantee
Nova Oak
Beech
Special Colours WHT
CAP
MAP
White Cappuccino Maple Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
1600 High Storage Unit Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPDDC1600 800 x 1600 x 400 Supplied with 3 shelves
86
2000 High Storage Unit £
365
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPDDC2000 800 x 2000 x 400
£ 411
Supplied with 4 shelves
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
86-87 Storage Unit - Bookcases (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 14:57
Fraction Plus
desking, storage and screens
These smart and affordable open fronted bookcases come complete with solid wood back panels, and fully height adjustable shelving, (one fixed shelf).
Complete with solid wood back panels
1200mm High Bookcase - Includes 2 shelves
800mm High Bookcase - Includes 1 shelf Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBC800
800 x 800 x 400
£ 136
1600mm High Bookcase - Includes 3 shelves Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBC1600
800 x 1600 x 400
Standard Colours
2
NOAK
BCH
Beech
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBC1200
800 x 1200 x 400
£ 212
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBC2000
800 x 2000 x 400
199
£ 229
Special Colours WHT
CAP
MAP
White
Cappuccino
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Maple
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
86-87 Storage Unit - Bookcases (15).indd 2
£
2000mm High Bookcase - Includes 4 shelves
year guarantee
Nova Oak
Code
87
26/11/2014 14:57
Fraction Plus
Rectangular Meeting Table
desking, storage and screens
Free Standing Return
Dia x H (mm)
119
ZFPCMT10D
1000 x 730
197
1000 x 730 x 600
126
ZFPCMT12D
1200 x 730
199
1200 x 730 x 600
130
W x H x D (mm)
165
ZFPRET800
800 x 730 x 600
1400 x 730 x 800
185
ZFPRET1000
ZFPMT1608
1600 x 730 x 800
206
ZFPRET1200
ZFPMT1808
1800 x 730 x 800
218
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPMT1208
1200 x 730 x 800
ZFPMT1408
£
ZFPBD1800
Circular Meeting Table Codes
Codes
Codes
£
ZFPBD2400
Boardroom Table - Metal Legs Codes
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBD1800
1800 x 730 x 1200
Boardroom Table - Metal Legs £ 295
Codes
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBD2400
2400 x 730 x 1200
Standard Colours
2
NOAK
Frame Colour
BCH
Barrel Table - Wooden Legs £ 382
Codes
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBT2400
2400 x 730 x 1200
Nova Oak
Beech
WHT
Silver
£ 361
Special Colours CAP
MAP
year guarantee
88
£
White
Cappuccino
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Maple
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
88-89 Fraction Meeting Table Boardroom Table (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 15:02
Practical, durable and stylish. Choose from filing cabinets to cupboards to meet any office filing requirement.
Fixed Pedestal
Low Mobile Pedestal 2 Drawer
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
FPFP2D 2 Drawer
409 x 450 x 530
000
FPFP3D 3 Drawer
409 x 450 x 530
000
Low Mobile Pedestal 3 Drawer Code
W x H x D (mm)
FPMP3
419 x 595 x 530
Code
W x H x D (mm)
FPMP2
419 x 595 x 530
£ 000
High Mobile Pedestal 3 Drawer £ 000
Code
W x H x D (mm)
FPHMP3
419 x 680 x 530
£ 000
Is
See the seating section from page 10.
Desk High Pedestal 3 Drawer Code
W x H x D (mm)
FPDHP63
419 x 727 x 600
000
£
FPDHP83
419 x 727 x 800
000
Standard Colours
2
NOVA OAK
BCH
Special Colours ?
?
?
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
year guarantee
Nova Oak Beech
White
Cherry
Maple
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
88-89 Fraction Meeting Table Boardroom Table (15).indd 2
89
26/11/2014 15:02
Workmode Plus
desking, storage and screens
Keep your workspace tidy with Workmode Plus. The leg design has been engineered to offer fully integrated cable management to ensure work areas remain safe and tidy.
25mm quality tops
Pedestal not included, see pages 96-97.
Core Workstation
Rectangular Workstation Code
W x H x D (mm)
409
ZWMP8080C
800 x 727 x 800
261
423
ZWMP1280C
1200 x 727 x 800
286
1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600
409
ZWMP1480C
1400 x 727 x 800
307
1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600
423
ZWMP1680C
1600 x 727 x 800
322
ZWMP1880C
1800 x 727 x 800
334
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZWMP16LC Left Hand
1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600
ZWMP18LC Left Hand
1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600
ZWMP16RC Right Hand ZWMP18RC Right Hand
£
Narrow Workstation Code
£
Wave Workstation W x H x D (mm)
£
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
ZWMP8060C
800 x 727 x 600
225
ZWMP1410LWC
Left Hand
1400 x 727 x 800/1000
359
ZWMP1260C
1200 x 727 x 600
259
ZWMP1610LWC
Left Hand
1600 x 727 x 800/1000
382
ZWMP1660C
1600 x 727 x 600
297
ZWMP1410RWC
Right Hand
1400 x 727 x 800/1000
359
ZWMP1610RWC
Right Hand
1600 x 727 x 800/1000
382
For complimenting storage see pages 104-109
Screens
See the seating section from page 98-101
Standard Features
Integrated cable management.
Colours
5
O/S
BLUE
B/S
year guarantee
Oak & Silver
90
90-91 Workmode Plus (15).indd 1
Beech & Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 15:12
91
90-91 Workmode Plus (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 15:12
Jetstream
desking, storage and screens
This stylish and contemporary leg system supports 25mm MFC worktops fitted with integral cable ports. A wide range of storage solutions compliment the Jetstream range.
25mm quality tops
Core Workstation Code
Rectangular Workstation W x H x D (mm)
£
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
ZJT16LCW
Left Hand
1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600
444
ZJT8080CW
800 x 727 x 800
273
ZJT18LCW
Left Hand
1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600
455
ZJT1280CW
1200 x 727 x 800
297
ZJT16RCW
Right Hand
1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600
444
ZJT1480CW
1400 x 727 x 800
313
ZJT18RCW
Right Hand
1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600
455
ZJT1680CW
1600 x 727 x 800
331
ZJT1880CW
1800 x 727 x 800
344
Narrow Rectangular Workstation Code
W x H x D (mm)
Wave Workstation £
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
ZJT8060CW
800 x 727 x 600
227
ZJT1410LWCW
Left Hand
1400 x 727 x 800/1000
365
ZJT1260CW
1200 x 727 x 600
259
ZJT1610LWCW
Left Hand
1600 x 727 x 800/1000
390
ZJT1660CW
1600 x 727 x 600
293
ZJT1410RWCW
Right Hand
1400 x 727 x 800/1000
365
ZJT1610RWCW
Right Hand
1600 x 727 x 800/1000
390
For complimenting storage see pages 104-109
Tambours See the range from page 106
Colours Testing Tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 5: 2001- Level 4 and BS EN 527: Part 1: 2000.
T
5
O/S
BLUE
year guarantee
Oak & Silver
92
92-93 Jetstream (15).indd 1
B/S
Beech & Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 15:29
93
92-93 Jetstream (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 15:29
Panel End
desking, storage and screens
This stylish and contemporary system supports 25mm MFC worktops. A wide range of storage options compliment the Panel End range. Traditionally styled in two colour finishes.
25mm quality tops
Core Workstation Code
Rectangular Workstation W x H x D (mm)
£
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
ZWM16LP
Left Hand
1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600
373
ZWM8080P
800 x 727 x 800
216
ZWM18LP
Left Hand
1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600
386
ZWM1280P
1200 x 727 x 800
241
ZWM16RP
Right Hand
1600 x 727 x 1200/800/600
373
ZWM1480P
1400 x 727 x 800
262
ZWM18RP
Right Hand
1800 x 727 x 1200/800/600
386
ZWM1680P
1600 x 727 x 800
279
ZWM1880P
1800 x 727 x 800
289
Narrow Rectangular Workstation Code
W x H x D (mm)
Wave Workstation £
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
ZWM8060P
800 x 727 x 600
180
ZWM1410LWP
Left Hand
1400 x 727 x 800/1000
313
ZWM1260P
1200 x 727 x 600
214
ZWM1610LWP
Left Hand
1600 x 727 x 800/1000
338
ZWM1660P
1600 x 727 x 600
252
ZWM1410RWP
Right Hand
1400 x 727 x 800/1000
313
ZWM1610RWP
Right Hand
1600 x 727 x 800/1000
338
For complimenting storage see pages 104-109
Colours
Meeting Tables See our range on page 102-103.
5
OAK
year guarantee
Oak
94
94-95 Panel End (15).indd 1
BCH
Beech
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 15:33
95
94-95 Panel End (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 15:33
Wooden Pedestals
desking, storage and screens
A range of high quality, heavy duty pedestals; desk high, mobile, and our stylish steel pedestals opposite.
600 Desk High Pedestal Code
800 Desk High Pedestal £
DHP3-6
294
Code DHP3-8
High Mobile Pedestal £
Code
£
342
HMP3
294
D800
W392
Dimensions (mm) W392
H727
D600
W392
H727
H680
D600
Delivery & installation included
Low Mobile - 2 Drawer Code
Low Mobile - 3 Drawer £
MP2
282
Code
£
MP3
282
Dimensions (mm) W392
H550
D600
W392
H550
D600
Multidrawers Standard Features Steel sided drawers.
See our Storage & Filing from page 248.
Locking drawers and folding key fob.
Standard Colours
5
OAK
BCH
year guarantee
Oak
96
Beech
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
96-97 Wooden - Steel Pedestals (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 15:44
Steel Pedestals
desking, storage and screens
Delivered from stock
Stock Item
Stock Item
3 Drawer Mobile - Silver Code
3 Drawer Mobile - White £
JMRP01SIL
279
Code
Low Mobile - 2 Drawer £
JMRP01WHT
279
Code
£
NWA59M1SF
278
Dimensions (mm) W392
H580
D575
£
NWA59M1SSS
H580
D575
Narrow Mobile - 3 Drawer
Low Mobile - 3 Drawer Code
W392
290
Code
H501
D565
High Mobile - 3 Drawer £
NW35AM1IIF
W420
290
Code
£
NWA5AM1IIF
290
Dimensions (mm) W420
H501
D565
W300
H573
D565
W420
H573
D565
Colours - Add 15%
Orange
Yellow
Green
New Blue
Pink
Standard Colours
Colours - Add 10%
5
year guarantee
Light Grey
White
Edinburgh
Beige
Cream
Black
Coffee
Goose Grey
Oxford Blue Graphite
Stock Pedestals are delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days and fully assembled. Bisley Pedestals are delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
96-97 Wooden - Steel Pedestals (15).indd 2
Silver
97
26/11/2014 15:44
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Lyle Desk Mounted Screens
desking, storage and screens
This entry level screen boasts 25mm thickness, 4mm thick PVC trim in either silver [s] or white [w] and a comprehensive Desk Mounted Stan 580 range of accessories to choose from. The Lyle will fit to the Fraction, Workmode Plus, Jetstream and Panel End ranges. Curve screens Desk Mount Mounted Stan
Curve screen
Desk Mounted Stan
Straight Top - 380mm High Mounted Stan 480
Mounted Stan 580
Wave - 180mm Curve screens DeskTop Mount480 £ Code
Width (mm)
£
Code
To 380mm High
Width (mm)
£ Code
Width (mm)
£
Code
Width (mm)
L-ST-0638R
585
77 L-ST-1438R
1385
585
77 L-WV-1438R
1385
L-ST-0838R
785
84 L-ST-1438
1400
105
L-WV-0838R
785
84 L-WV-1438
1400
L-ST-0838
800
84 L-ST-1638R
1585
124
L-WV-0838
800
84 L-WV-1638R
1585
124
L-ST-1038R
985
90 L-ST-1638
1600
124
L-WV-1038R
985
90 L-WV-1638
1600
124
L-ST-1038
1000
90 L-ST-1838R
1785
130
L-WV-1038
1000
90 L-WV-1838R
L-ST-1238R
1185
100 L-ST-1838
1800
L-ST-1238
1200
100 L-ST-2038
2000
screens Desk Mount
L-WV-0638R Desk105 Mounted Stan 480
130 screens L-WV-1238R Modesty Desk Mounted Stan 580 135
L-WV-1238
Curve screen
105 Wave105 screens Desk Mount580
1785
130
1185
100 L-WV-1838
1800
130
1200
100 L-WV-2038
2000
135
Modesty scre
Wave screens Desk Mount
Arc Top - 180mm To 380mm High
e screens Desk Mount580
Wave screens Desk Mount
£ Code
Accessory Rail Width (mm)
Code
Rail Width (mm)
Code
Rail Width (mm)
105
ACR-08
600
15
ACR-14
1200
19
105
ACR-10
800
17
ACR-16
1400
24
18
ACR-18
1600
25
£
£
£
Code
Width (mm)
L-AC-0638R
585
77 L-AC-1438R
1385
L-AC-0838R
785
84 L-AC-1438
1400
L-AC-0838
800
84 L-AC-1638R
1585
L-AC-1038R
985
90 L-AC-1638
1600
124
Accessories
L-AC-1038
1000
90 L-AC-1838R
1785
130
A4 Letter Tray
SA-A4LT
14
L-AC-1238R
1185
100 L-AC-1838
1800
130
A3 Letter Tray
SA-A3LT
17
L-AC-1238
1200
100 L-AC-2038
2000
135
Pencil Pot
SA-PEPT
12
Phone Holder
SA-PHLD
12
Name Holder
SA-NHLD
11
Trinket Pot
SA-TRPT
12
Wave screens ACR-12 Desk Mount580 1000 124
£
Note: a rail must be ordered for any accessory.
SA-A4LT
SA-PEPT SA-PHLD
SA-NHLD
Brackets
2 brackets must be ordered with each screen. Code: SBKT-01 Add £16 each.
SA-TRPT
5
year guarantee
Specification
Codes with ‘R’ refer to the return screen. Add suffix ‘S’ for silver and ‘W’ for white trim. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit:
www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara 98
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
98-99 Lyle Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:10
desking, storage and screens
Lyle Free Standing Screens
Lyle Free Standing Screens
Supplied with two feet
Lyle Free Standing Screens • • • • •
UPVC uprights supplied in silver Supplied with 2x height adjusters Fabric wrapped top Non Linking Supplied with 2 x T-feet
Lyle One Free Standing Screens • • • • •
Lyle One Free Standing screens
UPVC uprights supplied in silver Supplied with 2x height adjusters Fabric wrapped top Supplied with 1x Inline Link and 1x Cover Strip Supplied with 2 x T-feet
All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit:
www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara Lyle One Free Standing Screens
Lyle Free Standing Screens Code
Dimensions W x H (mm)
£
Code
Dimensions W x H (mm)
EL/12.08
800
x 1200
185
1/12.08
800
x 1200
226
EL/12.12
1200 x 1200
196
1/12.12
1200 x 1200
237
EL/12.16
1600 x 1200
233
1/12.16
1600 x 1200
274
EL/16.08
800
x 1600
214
1/16.08
800
x 1600
255
EL/16.12
1200 x 1600
225
1/16.12
1200 x 1600
266
EL/16.16
1600 x 1600
257
1/16.16
1600 x 1600
297
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
98-99 Lyle Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 2
£
99
04/12/2014 11:10
Desk Mounted Stan 480 Curve screens Desk Mount
Troon Desk Mounted Screens Desk Mounted Stan
desking, storage and screens
Framed on 3 sides using lightly proportioned bespoke aluminium extrusions, conceived to reflect the latest trends inDeskCurve screens Mounted StanDesk 580 Mount480 office furniture. Troon screens will integrate with our stocked desk ranges. Curve screens Desk Mount Desk Mounted Stan 480
Mounted Stan
Curve screen Desk Mounted Stan Curve screens Desk Mount480
Straight Top - 380mm High
Mounted Stan 480
Mounted Stan 580
£ Code
Wave Top - 380mm at Highest Point
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Width (mm)
Code
Width (mm)
T-T1-0838R
785
102 T-T1-1438R
1385
T-T1-0838
800
102 T-T1-1438
1400
T-T1-1038R
985
114 T-T1-1638R
1585
Wave screens Desk Mount
£ 129
£ Code
Width (mm)
Code
Width (mm)
T-T5-0638R
585
102 T-T5-1238
1200
Desk Mounted Stan 480
129
T-T5-0838R
785
102 T-T5-1438R
1385
149
T-T5-0838
800
102 T-T5-1438
1400
Wave screens Desk Mount149 T-T1-1638 1600 T-T5-1038R Modesty screens
Modesty screens
£
121 129
Wave screens Desk Mount580
129
T-T1-1038
1000
114
985
114 T-T5-1638R
1585
149
T-T1-1238R
1185
121 T-T1-1838R
1785
160
T-T5-1038
1000
114 T-T5-1638
1600
149
T-T1-1238
1200
121 T-T1-1838
1800
160
T-T5-1238R
1185
121 T-T5-1838
1800
160
Desk Mounted Stan 580
screens Desk Mount
Modesty scre
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Arc Top - 380mm at Highest Point
screens Desk Mount580
Curve screen
Toolbar - 380mm High
Code
Width (mm)
Code
Width (mm)
T-T6-0638R
585
102 T-T6-1238
1200
121
T-T2-0838R 785
118
T-T2-1438R
1385
161
T-T6-0838R
785
102 T-T6-1438R
1385
129
T-T2-0838
800
118
T-T2-1438
1400
161
T-T6-0838
800
102 T-T6-1438
1400
129
T-T2-1038R 985
136
T-T2-1638R
1585
180
T-T6-1038R
985
114 T-T6-1638R
1585
149
T-T2-1038
1000
136
T-T2-1638
1600
180
T-T6-1038
1000
114 T-T6-1638
1600
149
T-T2-1238R 1185
141
T-T2-1838R
1785
204
T-T6-1238R
1185
121 T-T6-1838
1800
160
T-T2-1238
141
T-T2-1838
1800
204
£ Code
Code Width (mm) £ Wave screens Desk Mount
Width (mm)
Wave screens Desk Mount580
All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
1200
£
Accessories
£
£
A4 Letter Tray
SA-A4LT
14
A3 Letter Tray
SA-A3LT
17
Pencil Pot
SA-PEPT
12
Phone Holder
SA-PHLD
12
Name Holder
SA-NHLD
11
Trinket Pot
SA-TRPT
12
SA-A4LT
SA-PEPT SA-PHLD
SA-NHLD
SA-TRPT
Brackets & Linking Two brackets must be ordered with each screen. One kit required for each return screen. Code: SBKT-01 Add £16 each. Code: SA-LINK-KIT. Add £15 each.
Specification Testing These Screens successfully satisfied the relevant sections of BS EN 1023 and BS46.
100
T
5
year guarantee
30mm Screen thickness. Integral hanging facility. Codes with ‘R’ refer to the return screen. Add suffix ‘S’ for silver and ‘W’ for white trim. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit:
www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
100-101 Troon Hove Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 16:01
Desk Mounted Stan
Mounted Stan
Mounted Stan 480
Hove Mounted Screens
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Curve screens Desk Mount
desking, storage and screens
Desk Mounted Stan 480
Framed on 4 sides, Hove is a highly functional contemporary desk mounted screen. Thoughtful design, clever engineering, beautiful build quality and competitiveCurve prices ensure Hove screens can be confidently specified for use screens Desk that Mount480 within the full hierarchy of office furniture. Desk Mounted Stan 580
Curve screens Desk Mounted Stan
Acrylic - 380mm High
Straight Top - 380mm High
Mounted Stan 580
screens Desk Mount
Code
Width (mm)
£ Code
H-T1-0638R
585
109 H-T1-1438R
Width (mm) Modesty £ screens Code 1385 163 H-T3-0638R
H-T1-0838R
785
132 H-T1-1438
1400
H-T1-0838
800
132 H-T1-1638R
1585
178
H-T3-0838
H-T1-1038R
985
138 H-T1-1638
1600
178
H-T1-1038
1000
138 H-T1-1838R
1785
204
H-T1-1238R
1185
145 H-T1-1838
1800
204
H-T1-1238
1200
145
Width (mm)
£ Code
Wave screens Desk Mount Width (mm) £
585
149 H-T3-1438R
1385
210
785
157 H-T3-1438
1400
210
800
157 H-T3-1638R
1585
227
H-T3-1038R
985
172 H-T3-1638
1600
227
H-T3-1038
1000
172 H-T3-1838R
1785
H-T3-1238R
1185
195 H-T3-1838
1800
H-T3-1238
1200
195
Desk163 MountedH-T3-0838R Stan 480
Desk Mounted Stan 580
Curve screens
259
Wave screens Desk Mount580
259
Modesty scree
screens Desk Mount580 Wave screens Acrylic Desk Mountand
Toolbar - 380mm High Code
Width (mm)
131
H-T2-1438R
1385
785
147
H-T2-1438
800
147
H-T2-1638R
H-T2-1038R
985
173
H-T2-1638
1600
H-T2-1038
1000
173
H-T2-1838R
1785
H-T2-1238R
1185
181
H-T2-1838
1800
H-T2-1238
1200
181
Code
Width (mm)
H-T2-0638R
585
H-T2-0838R H-T2-0838
£
£
£ Code
Width (mm)
£
Width (mm)
209
H-T4-0638R
585
154 H-T4-1438R
1385
233
1400
209
H-T4-0838R
785
167 H-T4-1438
1400
233
1585
227
H-T4-0838
800
167 H-T4-1638R
1585
245
227
H-T4-1038R
985
180 H-T4-1638
1600
245
271
H-T4-1038
1000
180 H-T4-1838R
1785
290
271
H-T4-1238R
1185
204 H-T4-1838
1800
290
H-T4-1238
1200
204
Wave screens Desk Mount580
Accessories
£
A4 Letter Tray
SA-A4LT
14
A3 Letter Tray
SA-A3LT
17
Pencil Pot
SA-PEPT
12
Phone Holder
SA-PHLD
12
Name Holder
SA-NHLD
11
Trinket Pot
SA-TRPT
12
SA-A4LT
Toolbar - 380mm High
Code
SA-PEPT SA-PHLD
SA-NHLD
SA-TRPT
Brackets & Linking. These must be ordered for each screen. Code: SBKT-10. One Pair required for each screen. Add £21 (pair). Code: SA-LINK-KIT. One kit required for each return screen. Add £15 each. All screens are priced in Camira Cara fabric. To view colours and order samples visit: www.camirafabrics.com/fabrics-and-samples/cara Acrylic Colours
5
year guarantee
Chilli Perfect Mandarin Acid Lime Electric Glacier Aurora Polar Slate Red Plum Orange Green Zest Blue Green Violet White Grey Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
100-101 Troon Hove Desk Mounted Screens (15).indd 2
101
26/11/2014 16:01
Tables
desking, storage and screens
Practical, stylish and affordable meeting tables to suit your requirements for any type of office. Choose from a selection of different shaped and sized meeting tables to compliment the Fraction, Workmode Plus, and Jetstream ranges.
Circular with Tubular Legs Code
Dimensions Dia x H (mm)
Circular with Gullwing Legs £
Code
Dimensions Dia x H (mm)
Rectangular with Gullwing Legs £
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
£
ZTABT4D10 1000 x 727
252
ZTABTD10
1000 x 727
227
ZTABTG12
1200 x 727 x 800
241
ZTABT4D12 1200 x 727
287
ZTABTD12
1200 x 727
263
ZTABTG16
1600 x 727 x 800
285
Rectangular with Silver Tubular Legs
Elliptical with Gullwing Legs
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ZTABT12
1200 x 727 x 800
242
ZTABT24
2400 x 727 x 1047
ZTABT16
1600 x 727 x 800
286
25mm quality tops
Table Finishes
5
OAK
£
£ 391
Finishes for Tubular Leg Tables BCH
O/S
BLUE
B/S
year guarantee
Oak
102
Beech
Oak & Silver
Beech & Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
102-103 Meeting Tables (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 16:08
103
102-103 Meeting Tables (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 16:08
Wooden Cupboards
desking, storage and screens
These robust storage units compliment the Workmode Plus, Jetstream and Panel End desk ranges. All are supplied with locks and silver handles. Specify internal fitments to meet your storage requirements.
Desk End Cupboards
Double Door Storage Units
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ZSU70825DD
800 x 727 x 500
£ 339
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
£
ZSU710DD
926 x 720 x 500
339
ZSU1610DD
926 x 1600 x 500
523
ZSU2010DD
926 x 2000 x 500
603
Supplied empty ready to take internal fitments
Shelves
Lateral Filing Cradle
Code
£
SUS08
38
SUS10
38
Code
Pull-out Filing Frame £
ZSULCR10 (926mm wide only)
60
Code
£
ZSULFS10 (926mm wide only)
133
Stock Finishes Testing These Storage Units have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify strength and durability.
T
5
OAK
year guarantee
Oak
104
BCH
Beech
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
104-105 Wooden Cupboards (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 16:20
105
104-105 Wooden Cupboards (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 16:20
Steel Tambours
desking, storage and screens
The tambour cupboard represents great value and flexibility for office storage. Tambour doors open into the steel carcass saving on valuable office space. These tambour cupboards are supplied empty ready to accept internal fitments.
High
Medium
Code
Finish
IME191SOTO/S
Oak/Silver
IME191SOTB/S
Beech/Silver
IME191SOTG/G
Goose Grey
Low
Code
Finish
702
IME161SOTO/S
Oak/Silver
702
IME161SOTB/S
Beech/Silver
584
IME161SOTG/G
Goose Grey
W1000
H1651
£
Code
Finish
665
IME101SOTO/S
Oak/Silver
571
665
IME101SOTB/S
Beech/Silver
571
552
IME101SOTG/G
Goose Grey
451
W1000
H1016
£
£
Dimensions (mm) W1000
H1968
D470
Standard Shelf Code
Description
BBSP1
Grey as standard
D470
Slotted Shelf £
D470
Roll-out Suspension Filing Frame
Code
Description
£
Code
Description
£
Single pack
138
BSSPDP1
Slotted shelf
53
ROSFF
Allow 25mm for the shelf plus clearance
SHDV85P5PS
Pack of 5 dividers
57
Allow 258mm when used with standard
height for items to be stored on the shelf.
Allow 175mm for shelf and dividers plus
suspension files. Safety Note: Will only fit in
clearance for the items to be stored.
lower half of storage unit.
37
Stock Colours O/S
Oak & Silver
Roll-out Shelf - Allow 60mm for shelf
B/S
Lateral Filing Rail - Allow 285mm
Code
Description
£
ROSH
Single pack
120
Code
Description
BUR
Adjustment lateral file
£ 48
Beech & Silver
5
G/G
year guarantee
Goose Grey
106
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
106-107 Steel and Wooden Tambours (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 16:26
Wooden Tambours
desking, storage and screens
High quality storage tambour cupboards offering space saving and security features. Fully lockable. Select your fitments below.
Fully lockable Supplied empty
2000mm High Wooden Tambour
720mm High Wooden Tambour
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
SU2010SOT
1050 x 2000 x 500
Pull-out Filing Frame
941
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
SU710SOT
1050 x 720 x 500
Lateral Filing Cradle
Code
£
ZSULFS10
£
133
Code ZSULCR10
£ 495
Shelves £
Code
£
60
SUS10
38
Note: Storage fitments will not be installed into any units on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly.
Wooden Tambours Stock Colour BCH
5
year guarantee
Titan See our education section from page 272.
Beech Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
106-107 Steel and Wooden Tambours (15).indd 2
107
26/11/2014 16:26
Filing Cabinets
desking, storage and screens
Simple clean lines for a professional quality finish. Fitted with locks and stylish silver handles. Choose from filing cabinets to side filers to meet any office filing requirement.
Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage.
2 Drawer Side Filer Code
2 Drawer Filing Cabinet £
SUSF2
566
3 Drawer Filing Cabinet
Code
£
SUFC2
408
Code
£
SUFC3
488
Dimensions (mm) W975
H727
D600
W490
H720
D640
W490
H1066
D640
Standard Features Silver Handles
4 Drawer Filing Cabinet Code
£
SUFC4
Fully lockable
Metal Roller Runners
Fully lockable Durable & stylish
676
Dimensions (mm) W490
H1421
D640 Stock Finishes Testing These filing cabinets have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify strength and durability.
T
5
OAK
Oak
108
BCH
year guarantee
Beech
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
108-109 Filing Cabinets - Bookcases (15) .indd 1
26/11/2014 16:49
Bookcases
desking, storage and screens
These smart and affordable open fronted bookcases come complete with solid wood back panels, and fully height adjustable shelving.
Desk High with one shelf
800mm High with one shelf
Code
£
ZIMBC728
188
1400mm High with two shelves
Code
£
ZIMBC800
195
Code
£
ZIMBC1400
210
Dimensions (mm) W800
H727
D310
W800
H800
D310
W800
H1400
D310
See our seating range from page 10
1600mm High with three shelves Code
1800mm High with four shelves £
ZIMBC1600
221
Code
£
ZIMBC1800
240
Dimensions (mm) W800
H1600
BCH
5
year guarantee
Oak
W800
H1800
D310
My
Colours OAK
D310
T
Testing These filing cabinets have been tested for contract use to BS4875: Part 7 & 8 to certify strength and durability.
See our seating section from page 10.
Beech
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
108-109 Filing Cabinets - Bookcases (15) .indd 2
109
26/11/2014 16:49
Universal Accessories and Cable Management
desking, storage and screens
These accessories enable you to create a tidy and clean workplace environment.
Basket Style Cable Tray
Wipe-in Cable Tray Code
Length (mm)
822.22.310
1500
£
CPU Holder
Code
Length (mm)
Code
Description
VICMB08
600
34
ZJTBCPUSL
Standard
Black plastic cable trunking with soft top that
VICMB10
800
35
JTBCPUSL
Jetstream only
allows cables to be “wiped-in” and easily
VICMB12
1000
38
CPU holder fixes to underside of desk.
removed without the need for tools.
VICMB14
1200
41
Can be cut to the desired length.
VICMB16
1400
45
VICMB18
1600
49
35
Keep neat, tidy & safe
£
£ 102 74
DTK-2PINF/1S
A sturdy steel mesh basket ensures cables are neat, safe and visible. Can be cut to required length.
DTK-2PINF/1S/2D
DTK-3PINF/1S
Connector Leads
Vertical Cable Spine Code
£
Desk Top Power Modules
Code
Length (mm)
ROSP-GR
Grey
32
CL1M-B
1000
10
£
DTK-2PINF/1S
ROSP-BL
Black
32
CL2M-B
2000
12
2 power, Ind Fused, Neon switch
ROSP-OP
Opaque
32
Code
£ 65
DTK-2PINF/1S/2D
92
Unique rotating desk fixing.
2 power, Ind Fused, Neon switch, 2 data
Attractive oval shape spine segments.
DTK-3PINF/1S
Large weighted base for extra stability.
3 power, Ind Fused, Neon switch.
Available in grey, black & opaque white.
Prices include leads and fixings. Shown are our most popular items. Other configurations are available.
Mains Leads
Under Desk Power Modules
Code
Length (m)
ML3M-B
3
110
110-111 Accessories (15).indd 1
74
£ 15
Code
Sockets
PMK303-E
3
26
£
PMK405-E
4
33
Note: For items on this page a minimum order quantity may apply. Please check with our sales office.
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
04/12/2014 11:13
Monitor Arms
desking, storage and screens
Desk Mounted Moniter Arm - For One Screen
Tool Rail Mounted Monitor Arm
Code
Colour
Code
Colour
HAFSA-SR
Silver
137
£
TRFSA-S
Silver
154
HAFSA-WH
White
152
TRFSA-W
White
154
£
Supplied with both through desk & edge clamp fittings as standard.
Has all the features of more expensive arms. Suits a wide range of tool
Universal 75 & 100mm Vesa plates included. Cable management
rails. Weight capacity 20kg (subject to tool rail capacity). Easy height
clips. Can be adjusted to any height via the quick release clamp.
adjustment. Can be adjusted to above and below the mounting point.
Tool Rail Mounted Monitor Gas Arm
Desk Mounted Monitor Gas Arm Code
£
Code
Colour
£
FFGA-SR
Silver
314
TRGA-SR
Silver
284
FFGA-WH
White
323
TRGA-WH
White
294
75 & 100mm quick release Vesa plates included. Excellent cable
75 & 100mm quick release Vesa plates included. Excellent cable
management (concealed on lower arm). Supplied with both through
management. Suites perfectly with Aero flip and Konnective products.
desk & edge clamp fittings as standard. Suites perfectly with Aero flip
Weight capacity 3 to 8KG (subject to tool rail capacity).
and Konnective products. Weight capacity 3 to 8KG.
See our
5
year guarantee
screens
section from page 98-101.
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
110-111 Accessories (15).indd 2
111
04/12/2014 11:13
Norton
desking, storage and screens
Attractive clean style with economy in mind. Norton desking offers 25mm silver square frame legs and is available in beech or oak finish with 18mm tops and lockable drawers.
Double Pedestal Desk Codes
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
DP72
1800 x 720 x 750
DP60
1500 x 720 x 750
Single Pedestal Desk
Single Pedestal Desk £
Codes
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
1800 x 720 x 750
305
SPF72
1800 x 720 x 750
305
Codes
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
387
SP72
336
£
£
SP60
1500 x 720 x 750
258
SPF60
1500 x 720 x 750
258
Complete with 2 pedestals,
SP48
1200 x 720 x 750
222
SPF48
1200 x 720 x 750
222
1 x 3 drawer, 1 x 1 drawer & 1 filing drawer.
Complete with 3 drawer pedestal.
Complete with 1 drawer & 1 filing drawer pedestal.
Delivery & installation included
Norton MFC Colours
5
B/S
year guarantee
Beech
112
112-113 Norton (15).indd 1
O/S
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 17:04
Norton
desking, storage and screens
Desk High Secretarial Return Codes
W x H x D (mm)
Desk High Secretarial Return £
Codes
W x H x D (mm)
Reference Table £
Codes
W x H x D (mm)
£
SR RH Right Hand 1025 x 720 x 550
259
SRT RH Right Hand 1025 x 720 x 550
259
REF A0
1340 x 830 x 960
182
SR LH Left Hand
259
SRT LH Left Hand
259
REF A1
992 x 830 x 707
160
1025 x 720 x 550
Complete with 3 drawer pedestal
1025 x 720 x 550
Complete with tambour pedestal
Available to accommodate paper size A0 (841mm x 1189mm) & A1 (594mm x 841mm)
Sturdy, traditional & practical
Storage
For complimentary storage see pages 152-153.
Telephone Table Code
W x H x D (mm)
TEL
750 x 720 x 400
£ 153
Complete with undershelf.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
112-113 Norton (15).indd 2
113
26/11/2014 17:04
Eclipse
desking, storage and screens
Eclipse desking is an elegant and stylish post legged modular system providing the solution for individual desks or an entire office space. Designed with flexibility to allow cable management.
RH illustrated (LH also available)
Rectangular Desk - 800mm Deep
Rectangular Desk - 600mm Deep
Dune Wave Desks - 800mm Deep
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Code
W x H x D (mm)
244
ED8-6
800 x 727 x 600
230
EDD12-8
1200 x 727 x 1000/800
304
1000 x 727 x 800
261
ED10-6
1000 x 727 x 600
247
EDD14-8
1400 x 727 x 1000/800
318
1200 x 727 x 800
275
ED12-6
1200 x 727 x 600
261
EDD16-8
1600 x 727 x 1000/800
328
ED14-8
1400 x 727 x 800
288
ED14-6
1400 x 727 x 600
274
EDD18-8
1800 x 727 x 1000/800
339
ED16-8
1600 x 727 x 800
299
ED16-6
1600 x 727 x 600
285
ED18-8
1800 x 727 x 800
309
ED18-6
1800 x 727 x 600
295
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ED08-8
800 x 727 x 800
ED10-8 ED12-8
£
£
24
colour Key Features options • Modular system desking • Optional cable management • Extensive selection of shapes and sizes • Complementary range of screens and accessories • Designed for use with mobile or desk height pedestals • Stylish angular leg frame using 40mm square tube for strength and stability 10
RH illustrated (LH also available)
Dune Wave Desks - 600mm Deep
year guarantee
Code
W x H x D (mm)
EDD12-6
1200 x 727 x 800/600
290
EDD14-6
1400 x 727 x 800/600
303
EDD16-6
1600 x 727 x 800/600
314
EDD18-6
1800 x 727 x 800/600
325
£
Frame/Trim Colours
Top Colours
Autumn Cherry
£
Ash
Apple
Beech
English Oak
Grey
Light Oak
Maple
Pear
Verade Oak
White
Walnut
White
Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
114
114-115 Eclipse (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 17:24
Eclipse
desking, storage and screens
Scalloped Wave Desk - 800mm Deep Code
W x H x D (mm)
ESD14-8
1400 x 727 x 800/700
ESD16-8
1600 x 727 x 800/700
ESD18-8
1800 x 727 x 800/700
Scalloped Wave Desk - 600mm Deep £
W x H x D (mm)
310
ESD14-6
1400 x 727 x 600/500
298
ECS3W10-6 1000x727x1000x600x600 445
321
ESD16-6
1600 x 727 x 600/500
307
ECS3W12-6 1200x727x1200x600x600 492
330
ESD18-6
1800 x 727 x 600/500
316
ECS3W12-8 1200x727x1200x800x800 492
RH illustrated (LH also available)
Contact Cockpit Workstation Code
W x H x D (mm)
ECCWS19 1900x727x1300x800x600
120° Cluster Workstation
Code
£
521
W x H x D (mm)
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ECWS16F
1600x727x1600x800x800
ECWS18F
1800x727x1600x800x800
£
RH illustrated (LH also available)
RH illustrated (LH also available)
Cockpit Workstation - F Type £
Code
Cockpit Workstation - A Type Code
W x H x D (mm)
520
ECWS14A
1400x727x1200x800x600
391
577
ECWS16A
1600x727x1200x800x600
409
ECWS18A
1800x727x1200x800x600
439
£
£
New for 2015
Frames and trim available in white or silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
114-115 Eclipse (15).indd 2
115
26/11/2014 17:24
Eclipse
desking, storage and screens
RH illustrated (RH also available)
RH illustrated (RH also available)
Pedestal Supported Rectangular Desk - 800mm Deep Code
W x H x D (mm)
ED12-8PS
1200 x 727 x 800
ED14-8PS
1400 x 727 x 800
ED16-8PS ED18-8PS
Pedestal Supported Rectangular Desk - 600mm Deep £
Code
W x H x D (mm)
457
ED12-6PS
1200 x 727 x 600
443
471
ED14-6PS
1400 x 727 x 600
456
1600 x 727 x 800
485
ED16-6PS
1600 x 727 x 600
470
1800 x 727 x 800
498
ED18-6PS
1800 x 727 x 600
483
Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.
£
Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.
LH illustrated (RH also available)
RH illustrated (LH also available)
Pedestal Supported Cockpit Workstation - H Type
Pedestal Supported Contact Desk - 600mm Deep
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ECWS16C-PS
1600 x 727x 1600 x 600 x 600
715
ECD16-6PS
1600 x 727 x 1000/600
525
ECWS18C-PS
1800 x 727x 1600 x 600 x 600
776
ECD18-6PS
1800 x 727 x 1000/600
538
Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.
25mm work tops
£
£
Price includes pedestal with 2, 3 or 4 drawers.
Top Colours
Ash
Apple
Beech
English Oak
Grey
Light Oak
Maple
Pear
Autumn Cherry
Verade Oak White Frame/Trim Colours
Walnut
10
year guarantee
White
116
116-117 Eclipse (15).indd 1
Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 17:28
117 000
116-117 Eclipse (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 17:28
Eclipse
desking, storage and screens
RH illustrated (LH also available)
1200 Deep
Bulb Conference Extension Code
Dia x H (mm)
ECE-B12
1200 x 727
D-Ended Conference Extension £ Code
W x H x D (mm)
Pedestal Extension Tops - Wave £
Code
W x D (mm)
£
360 ECE-D120
1200 x 727 x 450
255
EPETW08-6
800 x 800/600
151
ECE-D121
1210 x 727 x 450
255
EPETW10-6
1000 x 800/600
157
ECE-D123
1230 x 727 x 450
255
Pedestals are not included in the above price.
Connects to end of any 800mm deep workstation.
Connects to end of two 600mm deep workstations.
1600 Deep
Teardrop Conference Extension Code
Dia x H (mm)
ECE-T12
1200 x 727
D-Ended Conference Extension £ Code
Pedestal Extension Tops - Rectangular £
Code
W x D (mm)
£
387 ECE-D160
1600 x 727 x 450
279
EPET08-6
800 x 600
133
ECE-D161
1610 x 727 x 450
279
EPET10-6
1000 x 600
136
ECE-D163
1630 x 727 x 450
279
EPET08-8
800 x 800
133
Connects to end of two 800mm deep workstations.
EPET10-8
1000 x 800
140
Connects to end of any 800mm deep workstation.
New for 2015
W x H x D (mm)
Rectangular pedestal extension tops are unhanded. Pedestals are not included in the above price.
Top Colours
Ash
Apple
Beech
English Oak
Grey
Light Oak
Maple
Pear
Autumn Cherry
Verade Oak White Frame/Trim Colours
Walnut
10
year guarantee
White
0 118 00
118-119 Eclipse (15).indd 1
Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 17:31
Eclipse
desking, storage and screens
Cable Trays Code
Size (mm)
UCAB08
800
48
£
UCAB10
1000
51
UCAB12
1200
53
UCAB14
1400
56
UCAB16
1600
59
UCAB18
1800
62
Cable trays fit all corresponding size of desk & workstations. For example: UCAB08 would fit a ED08-8 desk. When ordering cable trays for pedestal supported desks & workstations please order the next size down For example: UCAB16 would fit a ED18-6PS desk.
Cable Riser Code UMCR
£ Affixes to rear leg of all Eclipse desks.
25
119
118-119 Eclipse (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 17:31
Optima Plus
desking, storage and screens
Optima Plus has been designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation of desk top hardware via discreet apertures in the modesty panels and removable rises within the leg upright.
New for 2015
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Rectangular Workstation
Core Workstation
Code
WxHxD
Left Hand
OPR10
1000x725x800
367
516
Code
OPR12
1200x725x800
382
532
OPC14LH 1400x725 x 1200
581
811
OPW12LH 1200x725x800-1000 453
633
OPR14
1400x725x800
394
551
OPC16LH 1600x725 x 1200
600
840
OPW14LH 1400x725x800-1000 474
662
OPR16
1600x725x800
406
570
OPC18LH 1800x725 x 1200
626
876
OPW16LH 1600x725x800-1000 491
683
OPR18
1800x725x800
422
591
Right Hand
OPW18LH 1800x725x800-1000 507
708
MFC £ Veneer £
Code
Cable management included in leg
Single Wave Workstation Left Hand
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Right Hand
OPC14RH 1400x725x1200
581
811
Code
OPC16RH 1600x725x1200
600
840
OPW12RH 1200x725x800-1000 453
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £ 633
OPC18RH 1800x725x1200
626
876
OPW14RH 1400x725x800-1000 474
662
OPW16RH 1600x725x800-1000 491
683
OPW18RH 1800x725x800-1000 507
708
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Right hand shown
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation
Double Wave Workstation
Left Hand
Code
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
OPCB18LH 1800x725x1300
788
1101
WxHxD
For matching storage see pages 152-153
MFC £ Veneer £
OPDW16/9 1600 x 725 x 900 502
700
OPDW18/9 1800 x 725 x 900 521
721
Right Hand Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
OPCB18RH 1800x725x1300
788
1101
MFC Colours
5
A/S
Veneer Colours
C/S
B/S
O/S
S/S
WH/S
W/S
WE/S
A/SV
O/SV
year guarantee
Ash
120
120-121 Optima Plus Fixed Height (15).indd 1
Autmn Cherry
Beech
Oak
Silver
White
Walnut
Wenge
Ash
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
27/11/2014 09:48
121
120-121 Optima Plus Fixed Height (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 09:48
Optima Plus
desking, storage and screens
Optima Plus has been designed with emphasis on wire management solutions. The design enables the swift and effective installation of desk top hardware via discreet apertures in the modesty panels and removable rises within the leg upright.
New for 2015
For matching storage see pages 152-153
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Radius Crescent Workstation
Radius Executive Desk
Code
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
WxHxD
Right hand shown
D-Ended Desk MFC £ Veneer £
Left Hand
OPRC19RH 1900 x 725 x 1200
788 1101
OPRE19RH 1900 x 725 x 1000
585
818
Code
OPRC19LH 1900 x 725 x 1200
788 1101
OPRE19LH 1900 x 725 x 1000
585
818
OPR22DLH 2200 x 725 x 800
623
869
OPR20DLH 2000 x 725 x 800
608
853
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Right Hand Code
Delivery & installation included
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
OPR22DRH 2200 x 725 x 800
623
869
OPR20DRH 2000 x 725 x 800
608
853
B
A
The grain is as illustrated with arrows
Symmetrical Crescent Workstation Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
OPSC18A 1800 x 725 x 1800
788 1101
OPSC18B 1800 x 725 x 1800
788 1101
OPSC16A 1600 x 725 x 1600
741 1035
OPSC16B 1600 x 725 x 1600
741 1035
MFC Colours A/S
S/S
Ash
Silver
B/S
Beech
MFC Colours WH/S
White
122
122-123 Optima Plus (15).indd 1
5
year guarantee
O/S
Oak
C/S
Autmn Cherry
Veneer Colours
W/S
Walnut
WE/S
Wenge
A/SV
Ash
O/SV
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
27/11/2014 17:57
Optima Plus
desking, storage and screens
Meeting Extension Code
WxHxD
OPSCMT8
800x725x600
MFC £ Veneer £
120O Workstation Meeting Extension
Meeting Extension
Code
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £ 511
716
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
458
643
OPSCMT120 1600x725x660
OPSCMT12 1200x725x600
492
686
Complete with support leg.
Complete with support leg.
OPSCMT16 1600x725x660
511
716
Suitable for 120O Desking.
Suitable for Double Wave Desking.
OPDWSCMT18 1800x725x800 594
836
Complete with support leg.
Seating up to 8 people
Seating up to 8 people
Seating up to 10 people
Double D-Ended Conference Table Double D-Ended Conference Table Double D-Ended Conference Table Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
OPCONF1CA 2000x725x1200
740 1108
OPCONF1CB 2400x725x1200
886 1331
Code
WxHxD
OPCONF1A 2000x725x1200
MFC £ Veneer £ 740
1108
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
OPCONF2 3400x725x1200
1480 2218
Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections
123
122-123 Optima Plus (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 17:57
Optima Plus Height Adjustable
desking, storage and screens
Optima Plus Height Adjustable is well suited to most applications. The desk can be heightened using a push in - pull out rotating handle, ideal for wheelchair users. Crank handle adjustment
Delivery & installation included
Bow Fronted Rectangular Workstation Code
W x H x D (mm)
OPRB16 HA OPRB18 HA
Rectangular Workstation Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
MFC £
Veneer £
1600 x 650 - 850 x 900
1006
1259
800mm Ends
1800 x 650 - 850 x 900
1026
1286
OPR8 HA
800 x 650 - 850 x 800
745
892
OPR10 HA
1000 x 650 - 850 x 800
780
943
OPR12 HA
1200 x 650 - 850 x 800
795
968
OPR14 HA
1400 x 650 - 850 x 800
813
985
OPR16 HA
1600 x 650 - 850 x 800
823
1005
OPR18 HA
1800 x 650 - 850 x 800
844
1029
OPR8/6 HA
800 x 650 - 850 x 600
742
884
OPR10/6 HA
1000 x 650 - 850 x 600
772
931
OPR12/6 HA
1200 x 650 - 850 x 600
788
953
OPR14/6 HA
1400 x 650 - 850 x 600
800
972
OPR16/6 HA
1600 x 650 - 850 x 600
814
990
OPR18/6 HA
1800 x 650 - 850 x 600
823
1005
600mm Ends
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details. MFC Colours A/S
Ash C/S
Autmn Cherry
S/S
Silver WH/S
White
B/S
O/S
Beech W/S
Walnut
Oak WE/S
Wenge
Veneer Colours A/SV
O/SV
5
year guarantee
Ash
124
124-125 Optima Plus Height Adjustable (15).indd 1
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
27/11/2014 12:10
desking, storage and screens
Optima Plus Height Adjustable
Right hand illustrated
Right hand illustrated
Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand
Single Wave Workstation - Left & Right Hand Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
1000mm - 800mm Table Depth
Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
OPC14 LH HA
1400x650-850x1200
1136
1391
OPW12 LH HA
1200x650-850x1000-800
876
1192
OPC16 LH HA
1600x650-850x1200
1154
1423
OPW14 LH HA
1400x650-850x1000-800
898
1225
OPC18 LH HA
1800x650-850x1200
1183
1464
OPW16 LH HA
1600x650-850x1000-800
918
1248
OPC14 RH HA
1400x650-850x1200
1136
1391
OPW18 LH HA
1800x650-850x1000-800
937
1276
OPC16 RH HA
1600x650-850x1200
1154
1423
OPW12 RH HA
1200x650-850x1000-800
876
1192
OPC18 RH HA
1800x650-850x1200
1183
1464
OPW14 RH HA
1400x650-850x1000-800
898
1225
OPW16 RH HA
1600x650-850x1000-800
918
1248
OPW18 RH HA
1800x650-850x1000-800
937
1276
800mm - 600mm Table Depth OPW12/6 LH HA
1200x650-850x800-600
852
1158
OPW14/6 LH HA
1400x650-850x800-600
873
1190
OPW16/6 LH HA
1600x650-850x800-600
892
1212
OPW18/6 LH HA
1800x650-850x800-600
910
1238
OPW12/6 RH HA
1200x650-850x800-600
852
1158
OPW14/6 RH HA
1400x650-850x800-600
873
1190
OPW16/6 RH HA
1600x650-850x800-600
892
1212
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand
OPW18/6 RH HA
1800x650-850x800-600
910
1238
Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
OPCB18 LH HA
1800x650-850x1300
1365
1716
OPCB18 RH HA
1800x650-850x1300
1365
1716
Right hand illustrated
125
124-125 Optima Plus Height Adjustable (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 12:10
Kassini
desking, storage and screens
A unique wire management system. Cable risers within the leg frames together with horizontal cable ducts along the beams, facilitates discreet management of all wires and cables, any excess can be neatly hidden within the large cable ducts. Power and data modules can easily be mounted at any position along the cable beams.
25mm work tops
Right hand shown
Rectangular Workstation
Core Workstation
Code
WxHxD
Left Hand
KR10
1000 x 725 x 800
MFC £ Veneer £ 410
Right hand shown
Single Wave Workstation Left Hand
574
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
KR12
1200 x 725 x 800
427
599
KC14LH
1400 x 725 x 1200
653
908
KW12LH 1200 x 725 x 800-1000
508
709
KR14
1400 x 725 x 800
444
617
KC16LH
1600 x 725 x 1200
672
940
KW14LH 1400 x 725 x 800-1000
529
742
1800 x 725 x 1200
701
981
KW16LH 1600 x 725 x 800-1000
549
766
KW18LH 1800 x 725 x 800-1000
569
793
KR16
1600 x 725 x 800
454
636
KC18LH
KR18
1800 x 725 x 800
474
660
Right Hand Code
Delivery & installation included
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Right Hand
KC14RH 1400 x 725 x 1200
653
908
Code
KC16RH 1600 x 725 x 1200
672
940
KW12RH 1200 x 725 x 800-1000
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £ 508
709
KC18RH 1800 x 725 x 1200
701
981
KW14RH 1400 x 725 x 800-1000
529
742
KW16RH 1600 x 725 x 800-1000
549
766
KW18RH 1800 x 725 x 800-1000
569
793
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
Right hand shown
For matching storage see pages
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation
Double Wave Workstation
Left Hand
Code
WxHxD
KDW16/9
1600 x 725 x 900
577
795
KDW18/9
1800 x 725 x 900
598
822
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
KCB18LH 1800 x 725 x 1300
882
1233
152-153
MFC £ Veneer £
Right Hand Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
KCB18RH 1800 x 725 x 1300
882
1233
MFC Colours
5
A/S
Veneer Colours
C/S
B/S
O/S
S/S
WH/S
W/S
WE/S
A/SV
O/SV
year guarantee
Ash
126
126-127 Kassini (15).indd 1
Autmn Cherry
Beech
Oak
Silver
White
Walnut
Wenge
Ash
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
27/11/2014 12:24
127
126-127 Kassini (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 12:24
Kassini
desking, storage and screens
The radius executive desks provide style and individuality and our radius crescent workstations are the executive solution providing a generous surface area. Symmetrical desks offer the user additional work space with ergonomic benefits.
For matching storage see pages 152-153
Right hand shown
Right hand shown
Radius Crescent Workstation
Radius Executive Desk
Code
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
WxHxD
Right hand shown
Radius Crescent Workstation MFC £ Veneer £
Left Hand
KRC19RH 1900 x 725 x 1200
882
1233
KRE19RH 1900 x 725 x 1000
657
917
Code
KRC19LH 1900 x 725 x 1200
882
1233
KRE19LH 1900 x 725 x 1000
657
917
KR22DLH 2200 x 725 x 800
695
974
KR20DLH 2000 x 725 x 800
683
957
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Right Hand Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
KR22DRH 2200 x 725 x 800
695
974
KR20DRH 2000 x 725 x 800
683
957
B
A
The grain is as illustrated with arrows
Symmetrical Crescent Workstation Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
KSC18A
1800 x 725 x 1800
927
1298
KSC18B
1800 x 725 x 1800
927
1298
KSC16A
1600 x 725 x 1600
869
1217
KSC16B
1600 x 725 x 1600
869
1217
MFC Colours A/S
S/S
Ash
Silver
B/S
Beech
MFC Colours WH/S
White
128
128-129 Kassini (15).indd 1
5
year guarantee
O/S
Oak
C/S
Autmn Cherry
Veneer Colours
W/S
Walnut
WE/S
Wenge
A/SV
Ash
O/SV
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
27/11/2014 13:19
Kassini
desking, storage and screens
Meeting Extension Code
WxHxD
KSCMT8
800x725x600
MFC £ Veneer £
120O Workstation Meeting Extension
Meeting Extension
Code
WxHxD
Code
1600x725x660
MFC £ Veneer £ 511
716
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
458
641
KSCMT120
KSCMT12 1200x725x600
492
686
Complete with support leg.
Complete with support leg.
KSCMT16 1600x725x660
511
716
Suitable for 120O Desking.
Suitable for Double Wave Desking.
KDWSCMT18 1800x725x800
604
848
Complete with support leg.
This barrel shaped meeting/conference table is supported by four stylish 90 degree support legs. This table caters for up to eight persons comfortably.
Delivery & installation included
Barrel Shaped Conference Table Code
WxHxD
KBST24
2400x725x1200
MFC £ Veneer £ 1110
1535
Oval Conference Table Code
WxHxD
KOVT24
2400x725x1200
MFC £ Veneer £ 1110
1535
Double ‘D’ Ended Conference Table Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
KCONF1A 2000x725x1200
982
1365
KCONF1B 2400x725x1200
1108
1535
KCONF2
3400x725x1200
1836
2603
KCONF3
4800x725x1200
2461
3543
128-129 Kassini (15).indd 2
129
27/11/2014 13:19
Kassini Height Adjustable
desking, storage and screens
Kassini height adjustable desking offers a stylish yet functional workstation complying with DDA regulations. The manual crank handle allows for desk height adjustments of between 650mm to 850mm.
Crank handle adjustment
Rectangular Desk
Bow Fronted Rectangular Desk
800mm Ends
Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
MFC £
Veneer £
KRB16 HA
1600 x 650 - 850 x 900
1006
1259
800 x 650 - 850 x 800
745
892
KRB18 HA
1800 x 650 - 850 x 900
1026
1286
KR10 HA
1000 x 650 - 850 x 800
780
943
KR12 HA
1200 x 650 - 850 x 800
795
968
KR14 HA
1400 x 650 - 850 x 800
813
985
KR16 HA
1600 x 650 - 850 x 800
823
1005
KR18 HA
1800 x 650 - 850 x 800
844
1029
KR8/6 HA
800 x 650 - 850 x 600
742
884
KR10/6 HA
1000 x 650 - 850 x 600
772
931
KR12/6 HA
1200 x 650 - 850 x 600
788
953
KR14/6 HA
1400 x 650 - 850 x 600
800
972
KR16/6 HA
1600 x 650 - 850 x 600
814
990
KR18/6 HA
1800 x 650 - 850 x 600
823
1005
Code
W x H x D (mm)
KR8 HA
600mm Ends
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
MFC Colours A/S
S/S
Ash Silver MFC Colours WH/S
White
W/S
Walnut
B/S
Beech WE/S
Wenge
O/S
Oak
C/S
Autmn Cherry Veneer Colours A/SV
Ash
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
O/SV
Oak
5
year guarantee
130
130-131 Kassini Height Adjustable (15).indd 1
27/11/2014 13:59
desking, storage and screens
Kassini Height Adjustable
Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand
Single Wave Desk - Left & Right Hand Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £ Veneer £
1000mm - 800mm Table Depth
Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
Left Hand
Left Hand
KC14 LH HA
1400x650-850x1200
1136
1391
KW12 LH HA
1200x650-850x1000-800
876
1192
KC16 LH HA
1600x650-850x1200
1154
1423
KW14 LH HA
1400x650-850x1000-800
898
1225
KC18 LH HA
1800x650-850x1200
1183
1464
KW16 LH HA
1600x650-850x1000-800
918
1249
Right Hand
KW18 LH HA
1800x650-850x1000-800
937
1276
KC14 RH HA
1400x650-850x1200
1136
1391
KC16 RH HA
1600x650-850x1200
1154
1423
KC18 RH HA
1800x650-850x1200
1183
1464
Right Hand KW12 RH HA
1200x650-850x1000-800
876
1192
KW14 RH HA
1400x650-850x1000-800
898
1225
KW16 RH HA
1600x650-850x1000-800
918
1249
KW18 RH HA
1800x650-850x1000-800
937
1276
800mm - 600mm Table Depth Left Hand KW12/6 LH HA
1200x650-850x800-600
852
1158
KW14/6 LH HA
1400x650-850x800-600
873
1190
KW16/6 LH HA
1600x650-850x800-600
892
1212
KW18/6 LH HA
1800x650-850x800-600
910
1238
KW12/6 RH HA
1200x650-850x 800-600
852
1158
Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
KW14/6 RH HA
1400x650-850x800-600
873
1190
KCB18 LH HA
1800x650-850x1300
1365
1716
KW16/6 RH HA
1600x650-850x800-600
892
1212
KCB18 RH HA
1800x650-850x1300
1365
1716
KW18/6 RH HA
1800x650-850x800-600
910
1238
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation - Left & Right Hand
Right Hand
131
130-131 Kassini Height Adjustable (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 13:59
Advance Elegant cohesive design enables Advance workstations to be configured at a height that suits the user. Workstations can easily be reset to different heights within minutes via simple adjustment of each telescopic leg to the preferred height. Clear markings on each leg denote dimensions to ensure adjustments are simple and accurate.
desking, storage and screens Assembly A combination of unique engineering and design ensures that the assembly of Advance is made simple to reduce installation times. This maintains the clean lines, strength and stability of the workstation.
Height settable desking Height Adjustment Each telescopic fully adjustable leg offers height variations of between 650mm and 850mm. The height can be adjusted using an Allen key by simply loosening the fixing bolt positioned on the inside of the vertical leg upright. The leg can be set / positioned with the aid of clear height markings on the leg frame.
Advance Steel Structure The Advance frame consists of two end legs and two cross rails. Optional Modesty panels and cable trays can be added. (Please note, cable trays can be installed retrospectively).
132
132-133 Advance (15).indd 1
27/11/2014 14:38
Delivery & installation included
133
132-133 Advance (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 14:38
Advance
desking, storage and screens
Advance workstations provide a contemporary look and offer flexibility for single desks or multiple users working as a team. Optional modesty panels and cable management are compatible with all Advance workstations. The workstation offers the user height adjustment from 650mm - 850mm.
Right hand shown
Rectangular Workstation - 800mm and 600mm Deep
Angular Workstation
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Code
W x H x D (mm)
AR10/8 AR12/8
MFC £
Veneer £
MFC £
Veneer £
1000 x 650 - 850 x 800
461
670
A14/10/8LH
1200 x 650 - 850 x 800
472
683
A14/10/8RH
1400 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800
523
760
1400 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800
523
760
AR14/8
1400 x 650 - 850 x 800
480
699
AR16/8
1600 x 650 - 850 x 800
492
711
A16/10/8LH
1600 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800
532
771
A16/10/8RH
1600 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800
532
771
AR18/8
1800 x 650 - 850 x 800
500
AR20/8
2000 x 650 - 850 x 800
509
726
A18/10/8LH
1800 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800
544
788
738
A18/10/8RH
1800 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800
544
788
AR10/6
1000 x 650 - 850 x 600
AR12/6
1200 x 650 - 850 x 600
460
668
A20/10/8LH
2000 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800
551
800
470
679
A20/10/8RH
2000 x 650 - 850 x 1000 - 800
551
800
AR14/6 AR16/6
1400 x 650 - 850 x 600
476
690
-1600 x 650 - 850 x 600
485
705
AR18/6
1800 x 650 - 850 x 600
494
716
AR20/6
2000 x 650 - 850 x 600
501
727
Secretarial Return - 600mm Deep Code
W x H x D (mm)
ASR10/6LH
1000 x 650 - 850 x 600
317
457
ASR10/6RH
1000 x 650 - 850 x 600
317
457
120° Cluster Workstation - 800mm & 600mm Ends
ASR12/6LH
1200 x 650 - 850 x 600
332
480
Code
ASR12/6RH
1200 x 650 - 850 x 600
332
480
Can be configured as singular desking or in modules of 3, 6, 9, etc
W x D x H (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
Only compatible with 600mm & 800mm rectangular workstations.
1200mm x 1200mm x 800mm Ends AC120
MFC £ Veneer £
2078 x 850 x 650 - 800
677
981
636
922
1000mm x 1000mm x 600mm Ends AC120/6
1732 x 850 x 650 - 800
Cable Trays Code
Description
W x H x D (mm)
£
MA3
For use with 1.2m 120° Desks
800x110x100
38
MA2
For use with 1m 120° Desks
600x110x100
35
Up to 2 trays per desk can be specified, however this is not always necessary when using desks in clusters. Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
134
134-135 Advance (15).indd 1
27/11/2014 14:51
Advance
desking, storage and screens Height settable desking
Modesty Panels
Meeting Table Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
Code
W x H (mm)
AMT10/8 AMT12/8
1000 x 650 - 850 x 800
461
1200 x 650 - 850 x 800
472
AMT14/8
1400 x 650 - 850 x 800
AMT16/8
1600 x 650 - 850 x 800
AMT18/8 AMT20/8
£
670
ARMP10
760 x 275
112
683
ARMP12
960 x 275
115
480
695
ARMP14
1160 x 275
117
492
711
ARMP16
1360 x 275
120
1800 x 650 - 850 x 800
500
726
ARMP18
1560 x 275
122
2000 x 650 - 850 x 800
509
738
ARMP20
1760 x 275
126
Silver finish as standard, illustrated in red. Suffix /B for Black, suffix /W for White.
Options
Cable Trays Code
Desk (mm)
W x H x D (mm)
£
MA2
1000
600 x 110 x 100
35
Cable Risers
CPU Holders
Standard silver finish (illustrated in red). Single channel cable riser. (2 per pack).
Fixing kit included. Adjustable CPU holder for PC towers. Includes mounting kit.
MA3
1200
800 x 110 x 100
38
MA5
1400
1000 x 110 x 100
41
MA7
1600
1200 x 110 x 100
44
MA9
1800
1400 x 110 x 100
50
MA10
2000
1600 x 110 x 100
55
Cable trays can be accessed from back or front of desk via the easy slot and hook design. The standard finish is silver, illustrated in red. MFC Colours A/S
Ash WH/S
White
S/S
Silver W/S
Walnut
B/S
O/S
Beech
Oak
C/S
Autmn Cherry
WE/S
Wenge
Veneer Colours A/SV
O/SV
5
year guarantee
Ash
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
134-135 Advance (15).indd 2
135
27/11/2014 14:51
‘I’ Frame Electronic Height Adjustable desking, storage and screens Desks can be adjusted using electronic keypad. 3 settings, memory function and store. Illuminated LED display for height indication.
Electronic keypad adjustment
Rectangular Electronic Sit & Stand Desk Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
OR12 EHA OR14 EHA
1200 x 630-1310 x 800
1283
1539
1400 x 630-1310 x 800
1290
1549
OR16 EHA
1600 x 630-1310 x 800
1298
1557
OR18 EHA
1800 x 630-1310 x 800
1313
1575
Wave Electronic Sit & Stand Desk Code
W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
Right Hand OW12 RH EHA
1200 x 630-1310 x 1000-800
1359
1629
OW14 RH EHA
1400 x 630-1310 x 1000-800
1376
1650
OW16 RH EHA
1600 x 630-1310 x 1000-800
1394
1673
OW18 RH EHA
1800 x 630-1310 x 1000-800
1416
1698
OW12 LH EHA
1200 x 630-1310 x 1000-800
1359
1629
OW14 LH EHA
1400 x 630-1310 x 1000-800
1376
1650
OW16 LH EHA
1600 x 630-1310 x 1000-800
1394
1673
OW18 LH EHA
1800 x 630-1310 x 1000-800
1416
1698
Left Hand
Note: Electronic Sit & Stand desks only compatible with MPF & MP3 pedestals which will protrude 140mm. Right hand shown
MFC Colours
5
A/S
Veneer Colours
C/S
B/S
O/S
S/S
WH/S
W/S
WE/S
A/SV
O/SV
year guarantee
Ash
136
136-137 I Frame Electric (15).indd 1
Autmn Cherry
Beech
Oak
Silver
White
Walnut
Wenge
Ash
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
27/11/2014 15:13
137
136-137 I Frame Electric (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 15:13
Screenbox
desking, storage and screens
Delivery & installation included
Screenbox allows for multi-purpose use of a workstation, integrating monitor, keyboard and mouse into the desktop. This allows for a quick change over from IT based tasks to paper based. The unit also adds to the security of IT equipment in the workplace as the unit is operational using a lock and key facility. Standard Features Locking as standard.
Screenbox in fully closed & locked position
Screenbox in the transitional midway position
Screenbox in the operational position
138
138-139 Screenbox (15).indd 1
27/11/2014 15:17
Screenbox
desking, storage and screens
Kassini
Kassini
Modular
Modular
Single - Left
Single - Centre
Kassini Code
Modular Code W x H x D
17” Screen
17” Screen
Kassini £ Modular £
Kassini Code
Modular Code W x H x D
17” Screen
17” Screen
Kassini £ Modular £
SBLH17/KR12 SBLH17/TR12 1200x725x800
989
807
SBC17/KR10
SBC17/TR10
1000x725x800
973
796
SBLH17/KR14 SBLH17/TR14 1400x725x800
1005
829
SBC17/KR12
SBC17/TR12
1200x725x800
989
807
SBLH17/KR16 SBLH17/TR16 1600x725x800
1016
849
SBC17/KR14
SBC17/TR14
1400x725x800
1005
829
SBLH17/KR18 SBLH17/TR18 1800x725x800
1036
872
SBC17/KR16
SBC17/TR16
1600x725x800
1016
849
SBC17/KR18
SBC17/TR18
1800x725x800
1036
872
SBLH19/KR12 SBLH19/TR12 1200x725x800
1004
823
19” Screen
19” Screen
SBLH19/KR14 SBLH19/TR14 1400x725x800
1021
846
SBC19/KR10
SBC19/TR10
1000x725x800
989
813
SBLH19/KR16 SBLH19/TR16 1600x725x800
1032
865
SBC19/KR12
SBC19/TR12
1200x725x800
1004
823
SBLH19/KR18 SBLH19/TR18 1800x725x800
1053
887
SBC19/KR14
SBC19/TR14
1400x725x800
1021
846
SBC19/KR16
SBC19/TR16
1600x725x800
1032
865
SBC19/KR18
SBC19/TR18
1800x725x800
1053
887
19” Screen
19” Screen
Kassini
Kassini Modular
Modular
Single - Right Kassini Code
Modular Code W x H x D
17” Screen
17” Screen
Double Kassini £ Modular £
Kassini Code
Modular Code W x H x D
17” Screen
17” Screen
Kassini £ Modular £
SBRH17/KR12 SBRH17/TR12 1200x725x800
989
807
SBD17/KR16
SBD17/TR16
1600x725x800
1735
1404
SBRH17/KR14 SBRH17/TR14 1400x725x800
1005
829
SBD17/KR18
SBD17/TR18
1800x725x800
1755
1427
SBRH17/KR16 SBRH17/TR16 1600x725x800
1016
849
19” Screen
19” Screen
SBRH17/KR18 SBRH17/TR18 1800x725x800
1036
872
SBD19/KR18
SBD19/TR18
1800x725x800
1772
1451
SBRH19/KR12 SBRH19/TR12 1200x725x800
1004
823
SBRH19/KR14 SBRH19/TR14 1400x725x800
1021
846
SBRH19/KR16 SBRH19/TR16 1600x725x800
1032
865
SBRH19/KR18 SBRH19/TR18 1800x725x800
1053
887
19” Screen
19” Screen
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
MFC Colours A/S
Ash WH/S
S/S
Silver W/S
B/S
Beech WE/S
O/S
Oak C/S
White
Walnut
Wenge Autumn Cherry
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
138-139 Screenbox (15).indd 2
5
year guarantee
139
27/11/2014 15:17
Matrix Bench
desking, storage and screens
Delivery & installation included
Rectangular workstations offer a traditional workspace available in several widths and two depth options, 800d & 600d. Meeting Extensions are compatible with Double Bench Workstations. There are two widths available when specifying on Double Benches with screens and without screens. The meeting extension is supported by brackets to ensure maximum strength and stability without the use of a visible support leg. Double Bench workstations offer clean lines and symmetry with the use of vertical leg frame uprights. Double modules share components reducing the number of legs required. This also increases the movement for the user under the workstations via a recessed shared leg frame between adjoining modules. Optional horizontal and vertical wire management is available and a choice of screen panels. Matrix Bench is available in three paint finishes for the desk metalwork and system screen trim, Silver RAL9006 is standard and White RAL9003 & Black RAL9005 are an optional extra. Complimentary conference and meeting tables form part of the portfolio.
MFC Colours A/S
Ash
5
WH/S
S/S
Silver W/S
B/S
Beech WE/S
O/S
Oak C/S
year guarantee
White
Walnut
Wenge Autumn Cherry
140
140-141 Matrix Bench (15).indd 1
27/11/2014 16:33
Matrix Bench
desking, storage and screens
Rectangular Workstation - Shared Leg
Angular Workstation
Code
WxHxD
Code
416
MR10/8/INT
1000 x 725 x 800
388
Right Hand
423
MR12/8/INT
1200 x 725 x 800
393
M16/10/8RH
1600 x 725 x 1000-800
447
1400 x 725 x 800
428
MR14/8/INT
1400 x 725 x 800
399
M18/10/8RH
1800 x 725 x 1000-800
457
1600 x 725 x 800
434
MR16/8/INT
1600 x 725 x 800
405
Left Hand
MR18/8
1800 x 725 x 800
439
MR18/8/INT
1800 x 725 x 800
411
M16/10/8LH
1600 x 725 x 1000-800
447
MR20/8
2000 x 725 x 800
446
MR20/8/INT
2000 x 725 x 800
416
M18/10/8LH
1800 x 725 x 1000-800
457
Rectangular Workstation Code
WxHxD
MR10/8
1000 x 725 x 800
MR12/8
1200 x 725 x 800
MR14/8 MR16/8
£
Not including horizontal cable tray.
WxHxD
M10/12
1000 x 725 x 1200
M12/12 M14/12
WxHxD
590
M10/12/INT
1000 x 725 x 1200
561
1200 x 725 x 1200
596
M12/12/INT
1200 x 725 x 1200
566
1400 x 725 x 1200
601
M14/12/INT
1400 x 725 x 1200
573
M16/12
1600 x 725 x 1200
607
M16/12/INT
1600 x 725 x 1200
578
M18/12
1800 x 725 x 1200
619
M18/12/INT
1800 x 725 x 1200
584
M20/12
2000 x 725 x 1200
630
M20/12/INT
2000 x 725 x 1200
601
M10/16
1000 x 725 x 1600
619
M10/16/INT
1000 x 725 x 1600
590
M12/16
1200 x 725 x 1600
624
M12/16/INT
1200 x 725 x 1600
596
M14/16
1400 x 725 x 1600
630
M14/16/INT
1400 x 725 x 1600
601
M16/16
1600 x 725 x 1600
636
M16/16/INT
1600 x 725 x 1600
607
M18/16
1800 x 725 x 1600
647
M18/16/INT
1800 x 725 x 1600
619
M20/16
2000 x 725 x 1600
659
M20/16/INT
2000 x 725 x 1600
630
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
For complimentary storage see pages 150-153.
£
See colours available on opposite page
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
140-141 Matrix Bench (15).indd 2
£
Double Bench - Shared Inset Leg £
Code
Storage
WxHxD
Not including horizontal cable tray.
Double Bench Code
£
141
27/11/2014 16:33
Matrix Bench
desking, storage and screens
Single channel Cable Riser Illustrated in red.
Straight Meeting Extension Code
WxHxD
MSME12/5
1200 x 725 x 500
MSME16/6
1600 x 725 x 650
Straight Meeting Extension
Bench Cable Risers - 2 per pack £
Code
WxHxD
1227 x 725 x 500
361
MLCR
575 x 50 x 50
1627 x 725 x 650
376
Single channel Cable Riser (2 per pack).
Code
WxHxD
361
MSME12/5/S
376
MSME16/6/S
£
For use with Double Bench Desking
For use with Double Bench Desking
without Dividing Screens.
with Dividing Screens.
£ 30
For Single & Double Bench Desks. Illustrated in red. 2 recommended for Double Bench Workstations.
Bench Cable Trays Code
WxHxD
MFC Modesty Panels £
Code
WxH
Meeting Table £
Code
WxHxD
£
MA2
(1m Desk)
600x100x110
35
MRMP10
700 x 300
78
MMT12/10
1200 x 725 x 1000
431
MA3
(1.2m Desk) 800x100x110
38
MRMP12
900 x 300
81
MMT14/10
1400 x 725 x 1000
436
MA5
(1.4m Desk) 1000x100x110
41
MRMP14
1100 x 300
84
MMT16/10
1600 x 725 x 1000
441
MA7
(1.6m Desk) 1200x100x110
44
MRMP16
1300 x 300
88
MMT18/10
1800 x 725 x 1000
447
MA9
(1.8m Desk) 1400x100x110
50
MRMP18
1500 x 300
90
MMT20/10
2000 x 725 x 1000
452
55
MRMP20
1700 x 300
93
Available with 1000mm depth. 25mm Fixed Top.
MA10 (2m Desk)
1600x100x110
Meeting Table - 25mm Fixed Top
Conference Table - 25mm Fixed Top £
Code
WxHxD
WxHxD
MMT16/16
1600 x 725 x 1600
636
MCONF34 3400 x 725 x 1200
MMT18/16
1800 x 725 x 1600
647
Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections. Shared
MMT20/16
2000 x 725 x 1600
659
centre leg frame. Seats up to 10 people.
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details.
A/S
142-143 Matrix Bench (15).indd 1
Ash
1271
5
year guarantee
MFC Colours
142
£
Code
C/S
Autmn Cherry
B/S
Beech
O/S
Oak
S/S
Silver
WH/S
White
W/S
Walnut
WE/S
Wenge
27/11/2014 16:06
Matrix Screens
desking, storage and screens
Fabric System Screen
Fabric System - Screen with Management Rail
Acrylic System Screen
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
265
ELSS10MF
973 x 375 x 27
330
ELSS10A
973 x 350 x 27
265
280
ELSS12MF
1173 x 375 x 27
363
ELSS12A
1173 x 375 x 27
280
1373 x 375 x 27
307
ELSS14MF
1373 x 375 x 27
390
ELSS14A
1373 x 375 x 27
307
ELSS16F
1573 x 375 x 27
330
ELSS16MF
1573 x 375 x 27
443
ELSS16A
1573 x 375 x 27
330
ELSS18F
1773 x 375 x 27
361
ELSS18MF
1773 x 375 x 27
479
ELSS18A
1773 x 375 x 27
361
ELSS20F
1973 x 375 x 27
381
ELSS20MF
1973 x 375 x 27
512
ELSS20A
1973 x 375 x 27
381
Code
WxHxD
£
ELSS10F
973 x 375 x 27
ELSS12F
1173 x 375 x 27
ELSS14F
£
£
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with management
Acrylic screen with aluminium trim. With acrylic
aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
rail and aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
finishes below.
Acrylic System - Screen with Management Rail
Single Workstation Screen - Fabric
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
ELSS10MA
973 x 375 x 27
330
ECS10F
970 x 375 x 27
ELSS12MA
1173 x 375 x 27
363
ECS12F
1170 x 375 x 27
ELSS14MA
1373 x 375 x 27
390
ECS14F
ELSS16MA
1573 x 375 x 27
443
ECS16F
ELSS18MA
1773 x 375 x 27
479
ELSS20MA
1973 x 375 x 27
512
£
Acrylic screen with management rail and
Double Workstation Screen - Fabric Code
WxHxD
184
ECS10F/M
970 x 375 x 27
184
195
ECS12F/M
1170 x 375 x 27
195
1370 x 375 x 27
205
ECS14F/M
1370 x 375 x 27
205
1570 x 375 x 27
215
ECS16F/M
1570 x 375 x 27
215
ECS18F
1770 x 375 x 27
223
ECS18F/M
1770 x 375 x 27
223
ECS20F
1970 x 375 x 27
233
ECS20F/M
1970 x 375 x 27
233
Fully upholstered screen.
£
£
Fully upholstered screen.
aluminium trim. With acrylic finishes below. Return screens & linking posts available for all screens, ask sales for details. Please note: When fixing screens to a) Rectangular Desk b) Angular Desk Remove /L from product code.
5
Fabric Finishes: Group 1 Camira Lucia
year guarantee
Acrylic Finishes B
G
Blue
Green
O
Orange
W
R
Red
White
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
142-143 Matrix Bench (15).indd 2
143
27/11/2014 16:07
Linnea Bench
desking, storage and screens
Linnea provides space for multiple users working as a team or individually. The frame structure is strong, easy to assemble and reconfigure. Linnea has been engineered to allow leg sharing to reduce costs and maximise space. Dividing screens can also be included and are available in several styles.
For screens to compliment this range see page 149
Configuring Multiple Linnea Bench Desking
Delivery & installation included Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Stage 4
Product Code: L18/16 Double Bench. Remove end leg frame (illustrated red) from Double Bench
Product Code: L18/16 & L18/16INT Re-attach the leg frame from the Double Bench to the Double Bench Shared Leg Desk
Product Code: L18/16INT Add a double bench shared insert leg
Finished Result. Typical 4 workstation layout
144
144-145 Linnea Bench (15).indd 1
27/11/2014 17:35
145
144-145 Linnea Bench (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 17:35
Linnea Bench
desking, storage and screens
Shared Inset Leg
Angular Workstation - Right & Left Hand
Rectangular Workstation
Rectangular Workstation
Code
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
MFC £ Veneer £
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
670
LR10/8/INT 1000x725x800
461
472
683
LR12/8/INT 1200x725x800
472
683
480
695
LR14/8/INT 1400x725x800
480
695
492
711
LR16/8/INT 1600x725x800
492
711
500
726
LR18/8/INT 1800x725x800
500
726
509
738
LR20/8/INT 2000x725x800
509
738
L14/8/6RH 1400x725x800-600
517
746
LR10/8
1000x725x800
461
L16/8/6RH 1600x725x800-600
523
760
LR12/8
1200x725x800
L18/8/6RH 1800x725x800-600
534
773
LR14/8
1400x725x800
L20/8/6RH 2000x725x800-600
545
790
LR16/8
1600x725x800
L14/8/6LH 1400x725x800-600
517
746
LR18/8
1800x725x800
L16/8/6LH 1600x725x800-600
523
760
LR20/8
2000x725x800
L18/8/6LH 1800x725x800-600
534
773
L20/8/6LH 2000x725x800-600
545
790
670
Note: Silver frames as standard. White and black frames are available, ask sales for more details. Complete with central cable tray and sliding top.
Complete with central cable tray and sliding top.
Double Bench Code
Shared Inset Leg
Double Bench
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
L10/12
1000x725x1200
804
1166
L10/12/INT 1000x725x1200
769
1116
L12/12
1200x725x1200
826
1198
L12/12/INT 1200x725x1200
792
1148
L14/12
1400x725x1200
855
1241
L14/12/INT 1400x725x1200
821
1191
L16/12
1600x725x1200
884
1281
L16/12/INT 1600x725x1200
850
1232
L18/12
1800x725x1200
910
1318
L18/12/INT 1800x725x1200
876
1271
L20/12
2000x725x1200
936
1358
L20/12/INT 2000x725x1200
902
1309
L10/16
1000x725x1600
856
1242
L10/16/INT 1000x725x1600
822
1192
L12/16
1200x725x1600
882
1280
L12/16/INT 1200x725x1600
849
1230
L14/16
1400x725x1600
909
1317
L14/16/INT 1400x725x1600
875
1268
L16/16
1600x725x1600
937
1360
L16/16/INT 1600x725x1600
900
1306
L18/16
1800x725x1600
962
1396
L18/16/INT 1800x725x1600
929
1346
L20/16
2000x725x1600
992
1437
L20/16/INT 2000x725x1600
956
1386
MFC Colours A/S
S/S
Ash Silver Veneer Colours A/SV
O/SV
B/S
Beech
5
year guarantee
146
146-147 Linnea Bench (15).indd 1
Ash
O/S
Oak
C/S
Autmn Cherry
WH/S
White
W/S
Walnut
WE/S
Wenge
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Oak
27/11/2014 17:44
Linnea Bench
desking, storage and screens
800mm Ends
600mm Ends
120O Cluster Workstations
120O Cluster Workstations
Code
Code
Size
LC120
2886 Dia. 725 (h)
Size
LC120/6 2683 Dia. 725 (h)
MFC £ Veneer £ 1736
2430
Meeting Table
MFC £ Veneer £ 1929
2700
Intermediate Leg
Intermediate Leg
1200x1000x725
MFC £ Veneer £ 481
700
LMT14/10
1400x1000x725
492
711
2700
LMT16/10
1600x1000x725
499
723
Configured as a three person desking module.
LMT18/10
1800x1000x725
508
737
Shared leg option available when ordering
Shared leg option available when ordering
LMT20/10
2000x1000x725
519
752
multiple LC120.
multiple LC120.
1736
2430
1929
WxHxD
LMT12/10
Configured as a three person desking module.
LC120/6INT
LC120INT
Code
Please Note: If fitting screens on Linnea 120 degree workstation cluster a 3-way link post is required, please contact sales for details.
Delivery & installation included
Seats up to 8 people
Seats up to 10 people
Boardroom/ Conference Table
Boardroom/ Conference Table
Code
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
LCONF24 2400x725x1200 1103
1601
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
LCONF34 3400x725x1200 1585
2299
Storage
For complimentary storage see pages 150-153.
Supplied in 2x 1700mm sections. Shared centre leg frame.
147
146-147 Linnea Bench (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 17:44
Linnea Bench
For use without screen
For use with screen
Curved Extensions Code
desking, storage and screens
WxDxH
For use without screen
Curved Extensions MFC £ Veneer £
Code
Straight Extensions
WxDxH
MFC £ Veneer £
Code
WxDxH
MFC £ Veneer £
LCME12/5 1200x725x500
464
672
LCME12/5/S 1227x725x500
464
672
LSME12/5
1200x725x500
464
672
LCME16/6 1600x725x650
481
700
LCME16/6/S 1627x725x650
481
700
LSME16/6
1600x725x650
481
700
Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard.
Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard.
Cable Trays
Modesty Panels
Straight Extensions WxDxH
MFC £ Veneer £
WxH
Code
WxH
LRCT10
470x75x222
60
LRMP10
760x275
117
LSME12/5/S 1227x725x500
464
672
LRCT12
670x75x222
73
LRMP12
960x275
120
LSME16/6/S 1627x725x650
481
700
LRCT14
870x75x222
80
LRMP14
1160x275
122
For use with screen
LRCT16
1070x75x222
93
LRMP16
1360x275
126
LRCT18
1270x75x222
105
LRMP18
1560x275
130
LRCT20
1470x75x222
117
LRMP20
1760x275
134
£
£
Code
Code
Note: Cable Trays for Rectangular & Angular Workstations and Secretarial Returns will only accept 2 Gang Sockets. Cable Trays can be accessed either sides of Linnea desking via the easy slot and hook design.
Illustrated in red. Silver finish as standard. Single channel cable risers (2 pack)
5
year guarantee
Cable Riser Code
£
LLCR
33
MFC Colours A/S
S/S
Ash
Silver
B/S
Beech
MFC Colours WH/S
White
148
148-149 Linnea Bench and Screens (15).indd 1
O/S
Oak
C/S
Autmn Cherry
Veneer Colours
W/S
Walnut
WE/S
Wenge
A/SV
Ash
O/SV
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
27/11/2014 17:23
Linnea Screens
desking, storage and screens
Fabric System Screen
Fabric System - Screen with Management Rail
Acrylic System Screen
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
265
ELSS10MF
973 x 375 x 27
330
ELSS10A
973 x 375 x 27
265
280
ELSS12MF
1173 x 375 x 27
363
ELSS12A
1173 x 375 x 27
280
1373 x 375 x 27
307
ELSS14MF
1373 x 375 x 27
390
ELSS14A
1373 x 375 x 27
307
ELSS16F
1573 x 375 x 27
330
ELSS16MF
1573 x 375 x 27
443
ELSS16A
1573 x 375 x 27
330
ELSS18F
1773 x 375 x 27
361
ELSS18MF
1773 x 375 x 27
479
ELSS18A
1773 x 375 x 27
361
ELSS20F
1973 x 375 x 27
381
ELSS20MF
1973 x 375 x 27
512
ELSS20A
1973 x 375 x 27
381
Code
WxHxD
ELSS10F
973 x 375 x 27
ELSS12F
1173 x 375 x 27
ELSS14F
£
£
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with
Fully upholstered pinnable surfaces with management
Acrylic screen with aluminium trim.
aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
rail and aluminium trim. Standard Lucia fabric.
With acrylic finishes below.
£
Acrylic System - Screen with Management Rail Code
WxHxD
£
ELSS10MA
973 x 375 x 27
330
ELSS12MA
1173 x 375 x 27
363
ELSS14MA
1373 x 375 x 27
390
ELSS16MA
1573 x 375 x 27
443
ELSS18MA
1773 x 375 x 27
479
ELSS20MA
1973 x 375 x 27
512
Acrylic screen with management rail and aluminium trim. With acrylic finishes below. Return screens & linking posts available for all screens, ask sales for details. Please note: When fixing screens to a) Rectangular Desk b) Angular Desk Remove /L from product code.
5
Fabric Finishes: Group 1 Camira Lucia
year guarantee
Acrylic Finishes B
G
Blue
O
Green
Orange
W
R
Red
White
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
148-149 Linnea Bench and Screens (15).indd 2
149
27/11/2014 17:23
Linnea Bench
desking, storage and screens
Double Sided Desk High Mobile Unit
Single Sided Desk High Mobile Unit
Double Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
DHSU
1000 x 725 x 600
SHSU
1000 x 725 x 400
DLSU
1000 x 630 x 600
MFC £ Veneer £ 519
777
MFC £ Veneer £ 449
675
With Seat Pad
WxHxD
DLSU/SP 1000 x 690 x 600
496
745
With Seat Pad
Double Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit Single Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit Code
MFC £ Veneer £
MFC £ Veneer £ 609
858
Code
WxHxD
SLSU
1000 x 630 x 400
Single Sided Under Desk Mobile Unit
MFC £ Veneer £ 427
640
Code
WxHxD
SLSU/SP
1000 x 690 x 400
MFC £ Veneer £ 540
754
For other storage options see pages 152-153
MFC Colours A/S
Ash WH/S
White
S/S
Silver W/S
Walnut
B/S
Beech WE/S
Wenge
O/S
Oak C/S
Autmn Cherry
Veneer Colours A/SV
O/SV
5
year guarantee
Ash
150
150-151 Linnea Bench (15).indd 1
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
27/11/2014 17:00
Linnea Bench
desking, storage and screens
Left hand shown
Left hand shown
Single Sided Mobile Under Desk Unit Code
WxHxD
Single Sided Mobile Under Desk Unit with Seat Pad MFC £ Veneer £
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
2 Drawer
2 Drawer MPP2D LH
1000 x 570 x 600
606
849
MPP2D LH/SP
1000 x 630 x 600
720
962
MPP2D RH
1000 x 570 x 600
606
849
MPP2D RH/SP
1000 x 630 x 600
720
962
MPP3D LH
1000 x 570 x 600
606
849
MPP3D LH/SP
1000 x 630 x 600
720
962
MPP3D RH
1000 x 570 x 600
606
849
MPP3D RH/SP
1000 x 630 x 600
720
962
3 Drawer
3 Drawer
MFC Colours A/S
Veneer Colours
S/S
B/S
O/S
C/S
WH/S
W/S
WE/S
A/SV
O/SV
5
year guarantee
Ash
Silver
Beech
Oak
Autmn Cherry
White
Walnut
Wenge
Ash
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
150-151 Linnea Bench (15).indd 2
Oak
151
27/11/2014 17:00
Pedestals
desking, storage and screens
600 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
800 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer
Desk High Pedestal Code
Desk High Pedestal
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Code
Low Mobile Pedestals
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Code
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
DHPF - Wooden Drawer 420x725x600 309
466
DHPF/8 - Wooden Drawer 420x725x800 408
609
MPF - 2 Drawer 420x460x600 231
349
SDHPF - System Drawer 420x725x600 366
521
SDHPF/8 - System Drawer 420x725x800 461
666
MP3 - 3 Drawer 420x460x600 231
349
Narrow Mobile Pedestal Code
WxHxD
DMPF/N - 3 Drawer
300x630x600
90° Desk High
MFC £ Veneer £ 279
419
Code
WxHxD
SU8X8ST
800x725x800
MFC £ Veneer £ 450
675
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days for MFC, 25 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
MFC Colours
5
A/S
Veneer Colours
C/S
B/S
O/S
S/S
WH/S
W/S
WE/S
A/SV
O/SV
year guarantee
Ash
Autmn Cherry
Beech
Oak
Silver
White
Walnut
Wenge
Ash
Oak
152
152-153 Pedestals - Cupboards - Filers (15).indd 1
27/11/2014 17:13
Cupboards and Filers
desking, storage and screens
Tambour Door System Storage Unit
Side Filing Unit
Code
WxHxD
NSSC7ST
1050x725x500
Double Door System Storage Unit
MFC £
Veneer £
Code
WxHxD
MFC £
Veneer £
666
853
NSF2/5
800x725x500
591
885
NSSC7
990x725x500
418
626
NSSC12ST 1050x1200x500 784
984
NSF2/6
800x725x600
623
931
NSSC12
990x1200x500
477
716
NSSC16ST 1050x1600x500 844
1057
NSSC16
990x1600x500
535
807
NSSC18ST 1050x1800x500 931
1164
NSSC18
990x1800x500
597
893
NSSC20ST 1050x2000x500 1020
1257
NSSC20
990x2000x500
660
987
Code
Complete with System Storage Unit Skins.
WxHxD
MFC £ Veneer £
Wooden Storage Unit Shelf. (Not compatible with System Storage Unit Skins) NSSC
950x18x450
33
52
Filing Cabinet
System Storage Unit Skins are required for all accessories.
Code
WxHxD
FC2 - 2 Drawer
468x725x600
MFC £ Veneer £ 320
511
FC3 - 3 Drawer
468x1060x600
402
637
FC4 - 4 Drawer
468x1385x600
475
761
Internal Storage Accessories System Storage Unit Skins
Code
Adapts System Storage Units to
Slotted Filing Shelf
accept accessories.
BMSFS10 Shelf
57 52
£
£
BMSDIV (5 x Dividers)
BTS20
2000 High
155
Lateral Filing Cradle
BTS18
1800 High
147
Adjustable lateral filing cradle,
BTS16
1600 High
125
between 250mm & 350mm centres
BTS12
1200 High
109
BMALCR10
BTS7
725 High
95
Code
Standard Shelf BMS10/1
1 Shelf
50
Pull Out Vertical Filing Cradle Two cross bars to accept foolscap filing side on.
32
Pull Out Reference Shelf
Foolscap front to back. A4 front to back. BMPCR10
119
System Storage Unit Skins are required for this shelf. BMRS10
119
See colours available on opposite page 153
152-153 Pedestals - Cupboards - Filers (15).indd 2
27/11/2014 17:13
Executive Furniture The increasingly popular Prime, E Space and Windsor offer stylish and affordable executive furniture solutions. The range includes all the essential executive furniture products, from a large bow fronted desk to meeting extensions and tables, cupboards and side filers. New for 2015 we also included the traditional but beautiful Corniche and the superb contemporary design of the Aston range. Why not flick to page 42 to view some equally affordable and stylish executive seating.
2015 Range Highlights Aston By mixing and matching complimentary finishes on individual items and across suites, quietly stylish or eye catching schemes can be easily created using this simple to specify range of executive furniture.
Windsor Veneer New for 2015, the Windsor Veneer range is designed to embrace the classic executive look but combining with the modern technology era.
154
154-155 Executive Intro and Contents (15).indd 1
02/12/2014 12:51
Prime
executive furniture contents
Pedestals Page 156
Storage Page 156
Meeting Tables Page 156
Desks Page 158
Pedestals Page 158
Storage Page 160
Meeting Tables Page 161
Desks Page 162
Side Filing Units Page 164
Pedestals Page 164
Storage Units Page 164
Desks Page 166
Pedestals Page 166
Storage Page 168
Tables Page 169
Desks Page 170
Pedestals Page 171
Storage Page 172
Console Tables Page 173
Conference Tables Page 165
Aston
Corniche
Windsor Veneer
E Space
Desks Page 156
Bookcases Page 173
155
154-155 Executive Intro and Contents (15).indd 2
02/12/2014 12:51
Prime
executive furniture
This range is a traditional yet affordable executive group of furniture which adds style to any office. Choose from a multitude of extension, storage and table options to compliment the presence of this executive desk.
Bow Front Executive Desk Code
WxHxD
ZWSPME389
1800 x 750 x 1050
Return Shell £ 438
Desk High Cabinet
Code
WxHxD
WSPME392
890 x 750 x 590
£ 194
Code
WxHxD
£
WSPME313
800 x 750 x 560
348
Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage. Makes desk height
2 Drawer Side Filer Code
WxHxD
WSPME312
800 x 750 x 560
Supplied without top
Top & Under Desk Pedestal £ 562
Code
WxHxD
Connection Tops £
WSPME166T
36mm thick
43
WxHxD
£
400 x 714 x 550
WSPMECT (L)
900 x 36 x 1000
121
900 x 36 x 1000
121
Right Hand
Under Desk Pedestal WSPM166
Code Left Hand
Top for Pedestal
246
WSPMECT (R) Metal Black Leg WSMLPL720-3E
720 x 75
48
Oval Conference Table Code
WxHxD
ZWSPM135
1800 x 750 x 900
314
£
ZWSPM136
2400 x 750 x 1000
413
Standard Features Circular cable ports. 36mm thick tops.
Colour
5
LP
year guarantee
Lucida Pear
156
156-157 Prime (15).indd 1
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 10:08
157
156-157 Prime (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 10:08
E Space
executive furniture
E Space is the modern, stylish and affordable executive office solution. With 36mm thick tops and substantial 50mm wide leg panels, E Space provides strength and presence.
Right Hand Shown
Executive Desk - with 3 Drawer Pedestal Code
WxHxD
Executive Desk £
Code
WxHxD
Side Return - 2 Drawer Pedestal £
Code
WxHxD 1380 x 700 x 480
ZES601 - RH Pedestal 2200x750x1190
639
ZES605 - RH
2200x750x1190
492
ZES606
ZES603 - LH Pedestal 2200x750x1190
639
ZES604 - LH
2200x750x1190
492
For ZES604/ZES605
Side Return - 3 Drawer Pedestal Code
WxHxD
ZES607
1380 x 700 x 480
Mobile Pedestal - 2 Drawer £ 381
Code
WxHxD
ES622
406 x 640 x 550
£ 407
Mobile Pedestal - 3 Drawer £ 221
Code
WxHxD
£
ES621
406 x 640 x 550
203
For ZES604/ZES605
Executive Desk - with 2 Drawer Pedestal Code
WxHxD
£
ZES600 - RH Pedestal
2200x750x1190
664
ZES602 - LH Pedestal
2200x750x1190
664
Standard Features Brushed aluminium handles. Pen tray drawer. Silver leg with height adjustment
Colour
5
year guarantee
Cappuccino
158
158-159 E Space (15).indd 1
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 10:11
159
158-159 E Space (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 10:11
E Space
executive furniture
Note: Filing Cabinets are for hanging files only. They are not designed for bulk storage.
High Storage Cabinet Code
WxHxD
ZES624
806 x 1900 x 425
Wooden doors with three shelves
Low Cabinet £ 496
Code
WxHxD
ES626
806 x 825 x 425
Two Drawer Side Filer £ 245
Code
WxHxD
ES623
806 x 680 x 500
£ 386
One shelf included
High Storage Cabinet with Glass Doors Code
WxHxD
ZES625
806 x 1900 x 425
£ 703
Wooden and glass doors with three shelves
Colour
5
year guarantee
Cappuccino
160
160-161 E Space (15).indd 1
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 10:16
E Space
executive furniture
Circular Meeting Table Code
Dia x H
ZES609
1200 x 750
Barrel Shaped Table £ 382
Code
WxHxD
ZES608
2200 x 750 x 1000
£ 470
161
160-161 E Space (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 10:17
Windsor Veneer
executive furniture
The Windsor Veener range is designed to embrace the classic executive look but combining with the modern day technology era. Integrating cable management outlets in the desk top allows for the use of IT equipment in multiple locations on the work surface. The desking range is manufactured using 25mm Veneer panels giving the product a quality and modern feel. As the product is manufactured from natural materials the desk will age with its surroundings making it look and feel like part of the environment.
New for 2015
600mm return. Right hand shown.
Bow Fronted Crescent Workstation Bow Fronted Rectangular Desk
Rectangular Desk Veneer £
Code
Code
WxHxD
WR10
1000x725x800
472
Left Hand
WR12
1200x725x800
490
WCB18LH
WR14
1400x725x800
507
Right Hand
WR16
1600x725x800
528
WCB18RH
WR18
1800x725x800
546
WSR10/6LH
1000x725x600
WSR10/6RH
1800x725x600
1800x725x1300
858
1800x725x1300
858
Extension Meeting Table
Secretarial Return WxHxD
Veneer £
Code
WxHxD
Veneer £
WRB16
1600x725x900
761
WRB18
1800x725x900
780
Left hand shown.
Right hand shown
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
364
DEXTRH
1600 x 725 x 800
364
DEXTLH
1600 x 725 x 800
Veneer £
Note: Only compatible with rectangular desks
Circular Meeting Table Code
Dia x H
716
CMT12
1200 x 725
716
120mm diameter leg on 300mm diameter base.
Veneer £
Veneer £ 660
120mm diameter leg on 300mm diameter base.
Veneer Colour
25mm work tops 162
5
W/SV
A/SV
O/SV
year guarantee
Walnut
Ash
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
162-163 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 10:34
163
162-163 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 10:35
Windsor Veneer
executive furniture
800 desk high 600 desk high pedestal, 2 drawers, pedestal, 2 drawers, 1 filing drawer 1 filing drawer
Desk High Pedestals
Side Filing Units Code
WxHxD
Veneer £
NSF2/5
800 x 725 x 500
885
NSF2/6
800 x 725 x 600
931
Code
Glass Fronted Top Storage Unit
WxHxD
Veneer £
Code
WxHxD
DHPF/8 - Wooden Drawer 420x725x800
609
TCG8
800 x 725 x 350
447
SDHPF/8 - System Drawer 420x725x800
666
TCG12
1200 x 725 x 350
565
DHPF - Wooden Drawer
420x725x600
466
1 adjustable shelf.
SDHPF - System Drawer
420x725x600
521
2 x 4mm toughened glass sliding doors.
Double Door System Storage Unit Filing Cabinets Veneer £
Veneer £
Desk High Storage Unit
Code
WxHxD
NSSC7
990 x 725 x 500
626
FC2 - 2 Drawer 468 x 725 x 600
511
NSU12/5 1200 x 725 x 500
744
NSSC12
990 x 1200 x 500
716
FC3 - 3 Drawer 468 x 1060 x 600
637
NSU8/5
581
NSSC16
990 x 1600 x 500
807
FC4 - 4 Drawer 468 x 1385 x 600
761
2 sliding doors. Lockable, includes 2 keys.
NSSC18
990 x 1800 x 500
893
NSSC20
990 x 2000 x 500
987
Storage Unit Shelf. NSSC
950 x 18 x 450
52
Code
WxHxD
Veneer £
Code
WxHxD
Veneer £
800 x 725 x 500
1 adjustable shelf.
Delivery & installation included
Veneer Colour
5
W/SV
A/SV
O/SV
year guarantee
Walnut
164
Ash
Oak
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
164-165 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 10:38
Windsor Veneer
executive furniture
Real Wood Veneer
Double D Ended Conference Table Code
WxHxD
DDT24
2400x725x1200
Barrel Shaped Conference Table Veneer £ 1640
Code
WxHxD
BST24
2400x725x1200
Veneer £ 1640
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Double D Ended Conference Table
Oval Conference Table
Code
WxHxD
CONF2AL
3400x725x1200
Veneer £ 2340
Code
WxHxD
OVT24
2400x725x1200
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 10 people.
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel.
Supplied in two 1700mm Sections
Seating up to 8 people.
Veneer £ 1640
165
164-165 Windsor Veneer (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 10:38
Corniche
executive furniture
Corniche represents a commitment to providing a range of executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Manufactured with solid wood lipping’s all round and available in five real wood veneer finishes, the superior Corniche range of executive furniture will enhance any environment.
Left hand shown
Rectangular Desk
Teardrop Conference End
Bow Fronted Desk
Code
WxHxD
£
CRD1808
1800 x 720 x 800
1534
CRD2010
2000 x 720 x 1000
1638
Code
WxHxD
CBD2008
2000 x 720 x 1000/800
Code
£
WxHxD
£
Left Hand
1690
CME08/L
920 x 720 x 1020
962
CME10/L
1000 x 720 x 1465
1040
Right Hand
Mobile Under Desk Pedestal - 3 Drawer
610 Desk High Pedestal - 2 Drawer
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
CMP3
420 x 675 x 600
CDHP602
420 x 720 x 610
£ 973
800 Desk High Pedestal - 2 Drawer Code
WxHxD
CDHP802
420 x 720 x 800
£
Code
WxHxD
CDHP803
420 x 720 x 800
920 x 720 x 1020
962
CME10/R
1000 x 720 x 1465
1040
610 Desk High Pedestal - 3 Drawer £
1014
Code
WxHxD
CDHP603
420 x 720 x 610
£ 1035
Options
800 Desk High Pedestal - 3 Drawer
1139
CME08/R
£
£ 1170
Wooden Cable Ports - Pair
CCP
141
Wire Management - Ask Sales For Details Wood Veneer Finish Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
5
C
M
166-167 Corniche (15).indd 1
W
RW
year guarantee
Cherry
166
O
Maple
Oak
Cherry Cherry Stained to Stained to Walnut Rosewood Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 10:45
167
166-167 Corniche (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 10:45
Corniche
executive furniture
Desk High 2 Door Storage Unit Code
W x H x D (mm)
Supplied empty ready to accept system
W x H x D (mm)
Code
£
1508
1000 x 720 x 530
CSSD1507 CCSD1507
£
internal units. 1500 x 720 x 530
CSSD2007
2262
1500 x 720 x 530
2000 x 720 x 530
3016
Supplied with a single wooden shelf.
Supplied with a single wooden shelf. 1508
W x H x D (mm)
Supplied empty ready to accept system
internal units. 1000 x 720 x 530
Supplied with a single wooden shelf. CCSD1007
Code
Supplied empty ready to accept system
internal units. CSSD1007
Desk High 4 Door Storage Unit
Desk High 3 Door Storage Unit £
CCSD2007
2262
2000 x 720 x 530
3016
Real Wood Veneer
Bookcase Unit - With Clear Glass Doors
Desk High 2 Door Storage Unit
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Code
W x H x D (mm)
CSBU1009
1000 x 920 x 330
CSSF1007
1000 x 720 x 530
£ 1144
£ 1716
With a ‘soft close’ feature
Options
High Storage Cabinet Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
CSSD1016
1000 x 1600 x 530
1976
VCFSS
£
Steel Shelf
VFSS
37
Lateral Filing Cradle
VLFC
37
Steel Slotted Shelf
VSSS
84
Wardrobe Kit
VWKM
VLFC
VSSS
146
VWKM
Wood Veneer Finish
5
year guarantee
Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
C
M
Cherry
168
168-169 Corniche (15).indd 1
Maple
O
Oak
W
RW
Cherry Stained to Walnut
Cherry Stained to Rosewood
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 10:57
Corniche
executive furniture The Corniche table and Corniche coffee tables represent a commitment to providing executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Table tops are 40mm thick with solid wood lippings all round and with a Bull nose profile. A choice of three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample ensures that Corniche conference tables will enhance any meeting environment.
Extended range for 2015 Radial Veneer. Arrowhead leg frame.
Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile Code
Diam x H (mm)
COR1
1220 x 720
Arrowhead leg frame.
Square Coffee Table with Bull Nose Profile £ 1976
Code
W x H x D (mm)
COF4
660 x 400 x 660
Radial Veneer. Arrowhead leg frame.
Circular Coffee Table with Bull Nose Profile Code
Diam x H (mm)
COF5
930 x 400
M
O
1040
W
RW
COR2 Shown Arrow head leg frames
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile £
Wood Veneer Finish C
Code
W x H x D (mm)
COR2
2500 x 720 x 1100 Seating up to 8 people
2262
COR3
3000 x 720 x 1100 Seating up to 10 people
2418
5
year guarantee
Cherry
Maple
Oak
Cherry Stained to Walnut
Cherry Stained to Rosewood
£ 791
Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
£
For matching conference tables see pages 191
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
168-169 Corniche (15).indd 2
169
26/11/2014 10:57
Aston
executive furniture
Aston has the elegance of a classic car along with gravitas and attention to detail. Featuring a crisp mitred corner and stylish reverse chamfer, the Aston executive desk can be specified with a single wood veneer finish, either oak or natural walnut and including a solid wood edge profile of the same finish, or in ice white or black, through-colour laminate with a solid wood edge profile. By mixing and matching complementary finishes on individual items and across suites, quietly stylish or eye-catching schemes can be easily created using this simple to specify range of executive furniture.
Right Hand
Left Hand
Rectangular Desk
Supported Desk Top
Supported Desk Top £
Code
WxHxD
£
2372
ASST2210R
2200 x 740 x 1000
2372
2268
ASST2010R
2000 x 740 x 1000
2268
Code
WxHxD
ARD2210
2200 x 740 x 1000
2060
ARD2010
2000 x 740 x 1000
1956
ASST2010L
ARD1808
1800 x 740 x 800
1789
With one standard right hand leg frame, modesty
With one standard left hand leg frame, modesty
panel & one supporting left hand leg frame.
panel & one supporting right hand leg frame.
Note: Supplied without cable ports as standard
Code
WxHxD
£
ASST2210L
2200 x 740 x 1000 2000 x 740 x 1000
New for 2015 Left Hand
Right Hand
Desk Supporting Return Unit
Desk Supporting Return Unit
Code
WxHxD
ADSR2006L
2000 x 565 x 600
£ 1935
Code
WxHxD
ADSR2006R
2000 x 565 x 600
£ 1935
Options £ Wooden Cable Ports - Pair
ACP/V
141
Laminate Cable Ports - Pair
ACP/L
141
Please Specify: 1.
desk top finish
2.
modesty panel finish
3. edge profile finish Desk Top & Storage Finishes
5
year guarantee
O
170-171 Aston (15).indd 1
I
BL
Ice White Laminate
Black Laminate
O
W
25mm
Edge profile detail
170
W
Edge Profile Finishes
Oak
Natural Walnut
Oak
Natural Walnut
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 11:26
Aston
executive furniture
Suspended Lockable Single Drawer 2 Drawer Shallow Mobile Pedestal
3 Drawer Tall Mobile Pedestal
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
ASP1
420 x 110 x 500
AMP3
420 x 640 x 600
Including solid cherry sculptured pen tray.
£ 676
Code
WxHxD
AMP2S
420 x 525 x 530
£ 817
£ 936
Under Return.
Under Desk.
One single drawer & one deep filing drawer.
Two single drawers & one deep filing drawer.
Real Wood Veneer
Pen Tray Code IPT
£ Sculptured Solid Cherry
78
Included in suspended lockable single drawer.
171
170-171 Aston (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 11:26
Aston
executive furniture
Single Storage Cupboard Unit Code
W x H x D (mm)
ACSD1008
1000 x 860 x 550
2 doors. With one adjustable shelf.
Double Storage Cupboard Unit
Double Storage Cupboard Unit £
1602
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ACSD2008
2000 x 860 x 550
£ 2559
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ACSF2008
2000 x 860 x 550
£ 2767
2 doors & one adjustable shelf in left side.
4 doors. With one adjustable shelf in each side.
2 pullout filing drawers right side.
New for 2015
Wardrobe Pack
Tall Storage Cupboard Code
W x H x D (mm)
ACSD1016
1000 x 1600 x 550
Code
£
£
AWP
2018
146
Includes shelf with rail under and mirror.
Single vertical division. 6 adjustable narrow shelves.
Fits unit ACSD1016 only. Note: A fridge may be added in the single or double length cupboards by adding the suffix “F” after the product code. Ask sales for details
Edge Profile Finishes
5
W
O
year guarantee
Oak
Natural Walnut
Desk Top & Storage Finishes O
W
Oak
172
172-173 Aston (15).indd 1
Natural Walnut
I
BL
Ice White Laminate
Black Laminate
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
26/11/2014 11:30
Aston
executive furniture
Console Table
Console Table
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ACT1605
1600 x 740 x 525
ACT1205
1260 x 740 x 525
Code
W x H x D (mm)
1794
ACT1605D
1600 x 740 x 525
2231
1623
ACT1205D
1260 x 740 x 525
2060
£
£
With open shelf & two single drawers.
With open divided shelf.
Over Credenza Bookcase Unit Code
W x H x D (mm)
ASBU2007
2000 x 740 x 350
Over Credenza Bookcase Unit £ 1852
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ASBU2011
2000 x 1110 x 350
£ 2933
Double open shelves, with an overall combined height of 1970mm
Single open shelf, with an overall combined height of 1600mm
Real Wood Veneer Credenza and Bookcase Unit Code
W x H x D (mm)
ACSU2008
2000 x 860 x 550
£ 2933
Credenza double length unit with four doors and one adjustable wooden shelf in each side. Accepts 1 x row A4 filing only.
172-173 Aston (15).indd 2
173
26/11/2014 11:30
Tables For 2015 we have met the increased demand for tables by ensuring several options for all types of meeting, conference and training requirements. Many of our hugely popular stocked tables are now available fully delivered and installed within ten working days.
2015 Range Highlights Impact Our cost effective conference and meeting tables return for 2015 with three new special finishes now available.
Corniche Achieving the highest standards of elegance and quality. Available in three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample.
174
174-175 Tables Intro - Contents (15).indd 1
02/12/2014 12:48
Tables
tables contents
Impact Page 176
Box Page 177
General Office Page 178
Union Folding Page 179
One Eighty Page 180
Gyrate Page 181
Domino Flip Page 182
Modular Page 183
Enviro Page 184
Conference Page 185
E Space Page 186
Prime Page 186
Windsor Page 187
Aerofoil Page 188
Chiltern Page 189
Premier Page 190
Corniche Page 191
Wooden Coffee Tables Page 192
Glass Coffee Tables Page 193
175
174-175 Tables Intro - Contents (15).indd 2
02/12/2014 12:48
Impact Office
tables
Impact office tables are a cost effective conference and meeting furniture solution. The range can be quickly rearranged and stored, saving space and time. Designed for simplicity and economy with a sturdy 30 x 30mm frame for durability, 18mm thick MFC table tops and a choice of two finishes from stock.
Rectangular Code IMOT1208 IMOT1408 IMOT1608 IMOT1808
Semi Circular Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1200 x 725 x 800 1400 x 725 x 800 1600 x 725 x 800 1800 x 725 x 800
£ 135 151 167 181
Code IMOTSC1608
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1600 x 725 x 800
£ 187
(3 tables make a ‘U’ shape)
Square
Trapezoidal 300
Code IMOT0808
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 800 x 725 x 800
Stock Colours NOAK
Nova Oak
Frame Colour BCH
Beech
176
176-177 Impact & Box (15).indd 1
S
Silver
£ 133
Code IMOTT1608
Special Colours WHT
White
CAP
Cappuccino
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1600 x 725 x 800
£ 187
Special Frame Colour MAP
Maple
B
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
2
year guarantee
Black
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
28/11/2014 14:34
Box
tables A more substantial office table than Impact, the Box range offers practical and reconfigurable tables featuring a 40mm diameter tubular leg in silver and a 25mm top in a range of attractive finishes.
Fantastic Quality & Value!
For Barcelona chair see page 56
Square/Rectangular
Trapezoidal
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
£
BX0808
800 x 730 x 800 (Square)
140
BX1008
1000 x 730 x 800
157
BX1208
1200 x 730 x 800
175
BX1408
1400 x 730 x 800
196
BX1608
1600 x 730 x 800
218
BX1808
1800 x 730 x 800
238
Delivery & Installation Included
Stock Colours NOAK
Nova Oak
Frame Colour BCH
Beech
S
Silver
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
BXTR1608
1600 x 730 x 800
248
Semi Circular Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
BXSC1608
1600 x 730 x 800
Special Colours WHT
White
CAP
Cappuccino
£ 248
Special Frame Colour MAP
Maple
B
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
2
year guarantee
Black
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
176-177 Impact & Box (15).indd 2
£
177
28/11/2014 14:34
General Office
tables
Practical, stylish and affordable. Choose from this selection of meeting tables to match the stocked Fraction, Workmode Plus & Jetstream.
Rectangular with Gullwing Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZTABTG12
1200 x 727 x 800
ZTABTG16
1600 x 727 x 800
Circular with Gullwing £
Elliptical with Gullwing
Code
Dia x H (mm)
£
241
ZTABTD10
1000 x 727
227
285
ZTABTD12
1200 x 727
263
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZTABT24
2400 x 727 x 1047
£ 391
Stock Colours OAK
BCH
2
year guarantee
Oak
Beech
Rectangular with Silver Tubular
Circular with Silver Tubular Dia x H (mm)
165
ZFPCMT10D
1000 x 730
197
185
ZFPCMT12D
1200 x 730
199
W x H x D (mm)
£
ZFPMT1208
1200 x 730 x 800
ZFPMT1408
1400 x 730 x 800
ZFPMT1608
1600 x 730 x 800
206
ZFPMT1808
1800 x 730 x 800
218
Boardroom Table - Metal Legs Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBD1800
1800 x 730 x 1200
Stock Colours NOAK
Nova Oak
178
BCH
Beech
S
295
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBD2400
2400 x 730 x 1200
Code
W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBT2400
2400 x 730 x 1200
£ 382
£ 361
Delivery & Installation Included
Special Colours WHT
Silver
£
Boardroom Table - Metal Legs £
Frame Colour
Barrel Shaped
Code
Code
White
CAP
Cappuccino
MAP
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
2
year guarantee
Maple
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
178-179 General & Union (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 14:40
Union Folding
tables
Shown in Beech and Chrome
Union Folding Tables are a range of conference and meeting furniture which allows instant re-configuration. A sturdy folding frame, with 25mm thick table tops and a choice of five top finishes and two frame finishes. These tables offer great style and affordability.
Rectangular Code UNR127 UNR128 UNR147 UNR148 UNR167 UNR168
Trapezoidal W x H x D (mm) 1200 x 725 x 700 1200 x 725 x 800 1400 x 725 x 700 1400 x 725 x 800 1600 x 725 x 700 1600 x 725 x 800
Silver £ 285 290 308 314 315 321
Chrome £ 303 307 326 331 333 339
Code UNTZ147 UNTZ168
W x H x D (mm) 1400 x 725 x 700 1600 x 725 x 800
Silver £ 293 324
Chrome £ 311 341
W x H x D (mm) 1400 x 725 x 700 1600 x 725 x 800
Silver £ 320 327
Chrome £ 338 345
Note: Suffix CR for Chrome Legs or S for Silver Legs Stock Colours NOAK
Frame Colours BCH
Nova Oak
S
Beech
CR
Silver
D-End
Chrome
Special Colours WHT
White
CAP
Cappuccino
MAP
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
5
year guarantee
Code UNDE147 UNDE168
Maple
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
178-179 General & Union (15).indd 2
179
28/11/2014 14:40
One Eighty
tables
This is our entry level flip-top mobile table. Offered in all the popular shapes, sizes and colours to provide a stylish and affordable meeting and conferencing table choice.
Rectangular
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
289
Z180/TZ168
1600 x 720 x 800
1200 x 720 x 800
293
Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 800mm wide tables
Z180/R147
1400 x 720 x 700
313
Z180/R148
1400 x 720 x 800
318
Z180/R167
1600 x 720 x 700
319
Z180/R168
1600 x 720 x 800
325
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
Z180/R127
1200 x 720 x 700
Z180/R128
Stock Top Colours NOAK
Trapezoidal Code
Code
BCH
Frame Colour S
£
£ 327
Special Top Colours (Add 5%) WHT
CAP
MAP
D-End Nova Oak Beech
Silver
Cappuccino
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
5
year guarantee
180
White
Maple
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
Z180/DE147
1400 x 720 x 700
£ 321
Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 700mm wide tables Z180/DE168
1600 x 720 x 800
329
Note: Can be used on the end of two rectangular 800mm wide tables
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
180-181 One Eighty & Gyrate (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 14:45
Gyrate
tables
The Gyrate is our premium flip-top mobile table. Superior design and engineering has developed this silver leg and mechanism to ensure a high quality movement when reconfiguring. A heavy duty mechanism ensures long life and durability.
Rectangular
D-End Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
412
ZGYDE147
1400 x 720 x 700
444
427
ZGYDE168
1600 x 720 x 800
466
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
£
ZGYR127
1200 x 720 x 700
ZGYR128
1200 x 720 x 800
ZGYR147
1400 x 720 x 700
439
ZGYR148
1400 x 720 x 800
455
ZGYR167
1600 x 720 x 700
444
ZGYR168
1600 x 720 x 800
461
£
Delta
Trapezoidal Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ZGYTZ147
1400 x 720 x 700
423
ZGYTZ168
1600 x 720 x 800
461
High quality heavy duty castors
£
Code
Dimensions W x H (mm)
ZGYDL7
700 x 720
442
ZGYDL8
800 x 720
444
Stock Top Colours NOAK
BCH
Nova Oak Beech
5
year guarantee
Frame Colour S
Silver
£
Special Top Colours (Add 5%) WHT
White
CAP
Cappuccino
Maple
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
180-181 One Eighty & Gyrate (15).indd 2
MAP
181
28/11/2014 14:45
Domino Flip
tables
Domino Flip is a highly functional and attractive range of flip top tables. Featuring an attractive polished chrome frame and a heavy duty castor, the range can be easily re-configured to suit your needs. A heavy duty and easy to use release mechanism make for easy storage.
Rectangular Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ZDF1480
1400 x 720 x 800
435
ÂŁ
ZDF1680
1600 x 720 x 800
450
ZDF1880
1800 x 720 x 800
480 Stock Top Colour
182
5
Special Finishes are on a 30 day lead time Special Top Colours
BCH
NOAK
Beech
Nova Oak
WHT
White
year guarantee
Frame Finish CAP
Cappuccino
MAP
Maple
CR
Chrome
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
182-183 Domino Flip & Modular (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 14:47
Modular
tables
Realising the need for re-configurable meeting facilities this training and conference room furniture fits the bill precisely. A huge range of colours are available in MFC tops to sit on a welded underframe, and 40mm diameter tubular legs.
Rectangular
Trapezoidal
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
TR8
800 x 725 x 800 (Square)
MFC £
Veneer £
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
MFC £
Veneer £
236
353
TT14
1400 x 725 x 690
448
675
TT16
1600 x 725 x 690
489
734
MFC £
Veneer £
489
734
TR10
1000 x 725 x 800
246
369
TR12
1200 x 725 x 800
258
386
TR14
1400 x 725 x 800
281
421
TR16
1600 x 725 x 800
302
455
TR18
1800 x 725 x 800
325
489
MFC Colours A/S B/S
Ash
WE/S
Beech
WH/S
W/S
Walnut
S/S
Silver
O/S
Oak
Veneer Colours A/SV O/SV
C/S
Autumn Cherry
5
year guarantee
Wenge
White
Ash
Oak
Semi Circular Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
TSC16
1600 x 725 x 800
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
182-183 Domino Flip & Modular (15).indd 2
183
28/11/2014 14:47
Enviro
tables
For a truly stylish table, look no further than Enviro. The smart silver anodised table legs and frame, and attractive wipe-clean laminate tops with contrasting ABS edge will fit perfectly in any environment. Available in a choice of sizes, shapes and heights. The lightweight aluminium table frame and honeycomb core to the table top ensures the table is lighter in weight than most tables, while still retaining its strength and durability.
Square EN/FA38
Rectangular EN/DB38
Rectangular EN/CA38
Edge Range
Frame
Colour Range GP99
GP24
GP57
Choice of shapes, sizes & heights
Trapezoidal EN/CT38
GP58
5
year guarantee
Clear Maple
Grey Dots
Sparta
Japanese Beech
Light Grey Mid Grey
Dusky Blue
Ruby Red
Silver
1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour
Enviro Tables Code
184
Product Description
Dimensions mm Length x width
Weight KG
Available Heights 760mm 710mm
640mm
590mm
530mm
460mm
£
EN/FA38
Square
750 x 750
12.80
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
203
EN/DB38
Rectangular
1200 x 600
15.30
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
220
EN/CT38
Trapezoidal
1400 x 590
14.20
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
232
EN/CA38
Rectangular
1400 x 750
19.50
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
258
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
184-185 Enviro & Conference (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 14:50
Conference
tables Realising the need for stylish environments these tables fit the bill precisely. Practical and affordable, choose from a selection of meeting tables that are the perfect solution for any meeting, conference or training room.
Delivery & Installation Included
Boardroom Table - Metal Legs Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBD1800
1800 x 730 x 1200
ZFPBD2400
2400 x 730 x 1200
Rectangular Meeting Table Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
295
ZFPMT1208
1200 x 730 x 800
165
382
ZFPMT1408
1400 x 730 x 800
185
ZFPMT1608
1600 x 730 x 800
206
ZFPMT1808
1800 x 730 x 800
218
£
Circular Meeting Table
£
Barrel Shaped Table - Panel Legs
Code
Dimensions Dia x H (mm)
ZFPCMT10D
1000 x 730
197
£
ZFPCMT12D
1200 x 730
199
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ZFPBT2400
2400 x 730 x 1200
Stock Colours NOAK
£ 361
Frame Colour BCH
S
2
year guarantee
Nova Oak
Beech
Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
184-185 Enviro & Conference (15).indd 2
185
28/11/2014 14:50
E Space & Prime
tables
E Space offers a modern solution to a meeting room or an executive office. Substantially designed with a 36mm finely detailed MFC top, and 50mm leg panels, these tables will provide solid investment.
ZES609
E Space Circular Meeting Table Code
Dimensions Dia x H (mm)
ZES609
1200 x 750
£ 382
E Space Conference Table Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ZES608
2200 x 750 x 1000
£ 470
ZES608
E Space MFC Finish CAP
5
year guarantee
Delivery & installation included
Cappuccino
Prime provides an ideal solution for the meeting room. Featuring table top surfaces at 36mm thick, and a full choice of storage facilities to ensure that all of your requirements can be met from one complete range.
ZWSPM135
Prime Oval Conference Table
186
Prime MFC Finish
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
£
ZWSPM135
1800 x 750 x 900
314
ZWSPM136
2400 x 750 x 1000
413
LP
5
year guarantee
Lucida Pear
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
186-187 Prime E Space & Windsor (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 15:04
Windsor
tables The Windsor traditional range of tables gives a distinct appeal to any meeting or boardroom Perfectly refined quality and the hand finished touch give Windsor an air of grace.
Oval Conference Table
Double D Ended Conference Table
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
OVT24
2400 x 725 x 1200
MFC £
Veneer £
1096
1640
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
DDT24
2400 x 725 x 1200
MFC £
Veneer £
1096
1640
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Barrel Shaped Conference Table
Double D Ended Conference Table
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
BST24
2400 x 725 x 1200
MFC £
Veneer £
1096
1640
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 8 people.
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
CONF2AL
3400 x 725 x 1200
MFC £
Veneer £
1560
2340
Arrowhead leg base with modesty panel. Seating up to 10 people. Supplied in 2 x 1700mm sections.
MFC Colours A/S B/S
W/S
S/S
O/S
C/S
WE/S
WH/S
Veneer Colours A/SV O/SV
W/SV
5
year guarantee
Ash
Beech
Walnut
Silver
Oak
Autumn Cherry
Wenge
White
Ash
Oak
Walnut
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
186-187 Prime E Space & Windsor (15).indd 2
187
28/11/2014 15:04
Aerofoil
tables
The Aerofoil table offers a beautiful yet practical solution to your meeting room. Optional power modules can be incorporated where laptops or other electrical equipment is required.
Excellent Quality and Value
Aerofoil Boardroom Table Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ABT26
2600 x 725 x 1300
Aerofoil Boardroom Table MFC £
Veneer £
1645
2401
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ABT28
2800 x 725 x 1300
MFC £ 1716
Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.
Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.
Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 8 people.
Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 8 people. Power Module Type 1 Code
£
PPM2/S
212
Code PPM2/B
£ Code 230 PPM2/W
£ 230
2 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused. Power Module Type 2 Code PPM4/S
Aerofoil Boardroom Table Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
ABT40
4000 x 725 x 1300
£
MFC £
Veneer £
2794
3927
303
Code PPM4/B
£ Code 361 PPM4/W
£ 361
4 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused. Power & Data Module Type 1
Barrel shaped top with elliptical base with silver extruded upright.
Code
Horizontal & vertical cable management. Seating up to 12 people.
£
PPMD2/S
Supplied in 2 x 2000mm sections.
320
Code
£ Code
£
PPMD2/B 367 PPMD2/W 367
2 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused & 2 x Cat5e data sockets. Includes 3 metre data cable.
Power Module in closed position
Power & Data Module Type 2 Code
£
PPMD4/S Silver with Grey Trim /S (Standard)
MFC Colours A/S B/S
W/S
Black with Black Trim /B (4 Week Lead Time)
S/S
O/S
WE/S
WH/S
Veneer Colours A/SV O/SV
W/SV
5
year guarantee
Ash
188
Beech
Walnut
Silver
Oak
Autumn Cherry
Wenge
White
Code
£ Code
£
PPMD4/B 413 PPMD4/W 413
4 x Power sockets, 3.15 Amps individually fused & 2 x Cat5e data sockets. Includes 3 metre data cable.
White with Grey Trim /W (4 Week Lead Time)
C/S
364
Ash
Oak
Walnut
Mains Cable - Black Plug Code Width £ PP3M 3000 21 PP5M 5000 28 PP7M 7000 32
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days for MFC, 20 working days for Veneer and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
188-189 Aerofoil & Chiltern (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 09:44
Chiltern
tables The Chiltern collection effortlessly combines style with practicality. Supportive and strong and designed to complement a variety of different environments, this modern table collection is an elegant addition to any meeting or conference workspace. Chiltern takes the classic aesthetics of real wood veneer tops and melds them with a sleek and highly durable arched metal leg, with an immaculate polished chrome surface.
Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile Code
Dimensions Diam x H (mm)
CHT 1
1200 x 750
Veneer £ 2028
Radial Veneer.
Rectangular Table with Square Edge Profile Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
CHT 6
2000 x 750 x 1000
Veneer £ 1690
CHT 7
2500 x 750 x 1000
1768
Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
CHT 2
2500 x 750 x 1100
Veneer £ 2288
CHT 3
3000 x 750 x 1100
2392
CHT 4
4000 x 750 x 1100
3692
Boat Shaped Table with Square Edge Profile Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
CHT 8
2500 x 750 x 1220
Veneer £ 2548
CHT 9
3000 x 750 x 1220
2704
CHT 10
4000 x 750 x 1220
3692
Circular Table with Square Edge Profile Code
Dimensions Diam x H (mm)
CHT 5
1200 x 750
Cable Trays (black only)
Veneer £ 1716
Code CHT CT
£84
Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting. Veneer Colours M O
Leg Finish C
W
RW
5
year guarantee
Maple
Oak
Cherry
Cherry Cherry Stained to Stained to Walnut Rosewood
Chrome
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
188-189 Aerofoil & Chiltern (15).indd 2
189
26/11/2014 09:44
Premier
tables
The Premier table range represents a commitment to providing a range of executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Table tops are 40mm thick with solid wood lippings all round and with a Bull nose profile, while the architectural style column leg frames provide perfect grounding for this elegant table solution. A choice of three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample ensures that Premier conference tables will enhance any meeting environment.
Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile Code
Dimensions Diam x H (mm)
PRE 1
1220 x 720
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Veneer £
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
1560
PRE 3
3000 x 720 x 1100
Radial Veneer
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
PRE 2
2500 x 720 x 1100
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Veneer £
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
2080
PRE 4
4000 x 720 x 1100
Seating up to 8 people. Veneer Colours M O
Veneer £ 3432
Seating up to 12 people. Leg Finish
C
W
RW
5
year guarantee
190
2288
Seating up to 10 people.
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
Maple
Veneer £
Oak
Cherry
Cherry Cherry Stained to Stained to Walnut Rosewood
Graphite
Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
190-191 Premier & Corniche (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 09:48
Corniche
tables The Corniche table range represents a commitment to providing a range of executive furniture with the highest achievable standards of elegance and quality. Table tops are 40mm thick with solid wood lippings all round and with a Bull nose profile. A choice of three veneers: Oak, Cherry and Maple and the additional ability to stain to sample ensures that Corniche conference tables will enhance any meeting environment.
Circular Table with Bull Nose Profile Code
Dimensions Diam x H (mm)
COR 1
1220 x 720
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Veneer £ 1976
Radial Veneer. Arrowhead leg frame.
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
COR 2
2500 x 720 x 1100
W
2262
Oak
Cherry
RW
Cherry Cherry Stained to Stained to Walnut Rosewood
Code
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
COR 4
4000 x 720 x 1100
5
2418
Veneer £ 3718
Note: To prices shown please add +10% for Stain to Sample and +20% for Suiting.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
190-191 Premier & Corniche (15).indd 2
Veneer £
Arrowhead leg frames. Seating up to 12 people.
year guarantee
Maple
3000 x 720 x 1100
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile Veneer £
Arrowhead leg frames. Seating up to 8 people.
C
Dimensions W x H x D (mm)
COR 3
Arrowhead leg frames. Seating up to 10 people.
D Ended Oval Table with Bull Nose Profile
Veneer Colours M O
Code
191
26/11/2014 09:48
Wooden Coffee Tables Reception coffee tables create a relaxed, informal atmosphere in which visitors will be at ease and made to feel welcome.
tables
Fantastic Quality & Value!
Tick Square
Tick Rectangular
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
CFT600
600 x 340 X 600
110
Beech, MDF Laminated
Code
W x H x D (mm)
CFT1200
1200 x 340 x 600
£ 132
Beech, MDF Laminated
Tock Square
Tock Rectangular
Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
414
600 x 330 x 600
233
Beech
Code
W x H x D (mm)
415
1200 x 330 x 600
£ 395
Beech
Circular Coffee Table
Rectangular Coffee Table
Code
Diam x H (mm)
CCT750
750 x 400
£ 210
25mm Panel End Cruciform Base
Code
W x H x D (mm)
RCT900
900 x 400 x 530
£ 264
25mm Panel End Base
CCT750 & RCT900 delivered within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2. CCT750 & RCT900 Colours A/S B/S W/S
S/S
O/S
C/S
WE/S
WH/S
Tick Colour BCH
Tock Colour BCH
5
year guarantee
Ash
192
Beech
Walnut
Silver
Oak
Autumn Cherry
Wenge
White
Beech
Beech
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
192-193 Coffee Tables (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:14
Glass Coffee Tables
tables
5
Choose from our attractive, yet affordable glass tables to enhance your reception area. Shaped in five different styles and all supported by chrome legs.
8mm polished toughened glass
10mm polished toughened glass
Circular Clear Glass Code
Diam x H (mm)
GCT10
500 x 590
Rectangular Clear Glass £
Code
W x H x D (mm)
241
GCT9
1200 x 420 x 600
Silver Legs
£ 325
Brushed Steel & Silver Rod Design
Kidney Shaped Frosted Code
W x H x D (mm)
GTKIDNEY
635 x 430 x 1000
Circular Frosted £ 655
Rectangular Clear
Code
Diam x H (mm)
GTROUND
600 x 350
£ 396
Square Clear
Code
W x H x D (mm)
GTRECTAN
900 x 350 x 500
£ 265
Code
W x H x D (mm)
GTSQUARE
500 x 350 x 500
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
192-193 Coffee Tables (15).indd 2
year guarantee
£ 206
193
04/12/2014 11:14
Reception Furniture & Soft Seating Bienvenida! Welcome! Benvenuto! Inspire client and visitor confidence with one of our reception solutions. First impressions count, and with Invite you can create a welcoming, professional and functional reception at a price that suits. Allow us to meet and hear your requirement, design and plan your space.
Coco The bold Coco collection of benches, sofas and armchairs creates a striking combination of contemporary and retro style on a solid beech frame, it can be found on page 229. Distinctive in shape, comfortable, generous in size, robust yet elegant – this versatile collection builds exciting landscapes that are suitable for reception, lounge and hospitality environments.
2015 Range Highlight
Stretch
Hive
Stretch is the landscape seating range designed to expand into any area, it can be found on page 228. With eight individual pieces, Stretch can be a simple armchair or a collection of multiple units. Ideal for relaxation or collaboration, Stretch can be configured to define breakout spaces. Each free-standing piece can be fitted with silver, beech or oak legs and two-tone fabric options are available.
A stylish, flexible modular range of seating and accessories that offers superb spatial fit and functionality, creating Liquid Workspaces and dynamic layouts.
Stretch seating unit
194
194-195 Reception Info - Contents (15).indd 1
02/12/2014 12:39
Invite Reception
reception furniture & soft seating contents
Counter Tops Page 198
Shelving Page 199
Hatch Page 199
Pigeon Hole Page 199
Tick Page 200
Tock Page 201
Woodframe Page 202
Gomez Page 205
Solace Page 206
Jigsaw Page 211
Situ Page 212
Dishy Page 219
Touch Page 221
Cascara Page 227
Venalo Page 228
Coco Page 229
Tick - Tock Page 200-201
Woodframe Page 202
Forum Page 203
Encounter Page 204
Gomez Page 205
Solace Page 206
Face Page 207
Moonstone Page 208
Tandem Page 209
Jigsaw Page 210-211
Situ Page 212-213
Insit Page 214-215
Dot & Dash Page 216
Spirit Lite Page 217
Tonic Page 218
Dishy Page 219
Chamfer Page 220
Touch Page 221
Intro Page 222-223
Elements Page 224-225
Cascara Page 226-227
Stretch Page 228
Coco Page 229
Hive Page 230-231
Soft Seating
Coffee Tables
Base Unit Page 196-197
195
194-195 Reception Info - Contents (15).indd 2
02/12/2014 12:39
Invite Modular Reception
reception furniture
Invite allows you to individually combine rectangular and curved base units to create a smart, professional yet affordable reception.
Rectangular Base Units
Standard 90o Radius Base Units
Wheelchair Access Base Units
Code
WxHxD
£
PRUT08-8P
800 x 727 x 800
PRUT12-8P
1200 x 727 x 800
PRUT14-8P
1400 x 727 x 800
370
PRUT16-8P
1600 x 727 x 800
386
PRUT18-8P
1800 x 727 x 800
413
Code
WxHxD
£
311
PRUT16-8PW
1600 x 727 x 800
386
351
PRUT18-8PW
1800 x 727 x 800
413
Code
Radius x H
£
PRUTR9-8P
900 x 727
553
PRUTR12-8P
1200 x 727
704
Note: These are plain top units. For tops drilled for counter tops or shelves specify at time of ordering and add 10%. Note: 650mm deep units are available ask for details
Converse 90o Radius Base Units Code
Radius x H
PRUTCR12-8P
1200 x 727
£
Fantastic Quality and Value
704
Invite MFC Finishes
5
year guarantee
Apple
196
Ash
Maple
Walnut
Beech
Grey
Pear
White
English Oak Light Oak
Verade Oak
Autumn Cherry
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
196-197 Invite Reception 1 (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:47
Invite Modular Reception
reception furniture
Convex 90o Radius Base Unit Code
Radius x H
PRUTR12-8PW
1200 x 727
Standard 45o Radius Base Unit £ 704
With wheelchair access
Converse 45o Radius Base Unit
Code
Radius x H
£
PRUTS9-8P
900 x 727
554
PRUTS12-8P
1200 x 727
704
Code
Radius x H
PRUTCS12-8P
1200 x 727
£ 704
Note: These are plain top units. For tops drilled for counter tops or shelves specify at time of ordering and add 10%.
Note: These receptions are delivered builtup. Therefore customers must complete a questionnaire about access.
Note: 650mm deep units are available ask for details
Note: When situated against a wall, the Lift-up Hatch and Gate unit must be firmly secured to wall. This is the customers responsibility and instructions will be left with the unit.
Ripple Base Unit Code
WxHxD
PRUTRP12-8P
1200 x 727 x 1200
£ 704
Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
196-197 Invite Reception 1 (15).indd 2
197
25/11/2014 12:47
Invite Modular Reception
reception furniture
First impressions count, and with our exceptional range of reception furniture you can create an open, welcoming, professional and functional reception at the price to suit your budget.
Radius 90o Counter Tops
Rectangular Counter Tops Code
WxHxD
£
PRCT08
800 x 465 x 325
PRCT12
1200 x 465 x 325
PRCT14
1400 x 465 x 325
219
PRCT16
1600 x 465 x 325
233
PRCT18
1800 x 465 x 325
245
Converse 90o Counter Top
Code
Radius x H x D
£
182
PRCTR9
900 x 465 x 325
342
208
PRCTR12
1200 x 465 x 325
433
Code
Radius x H x D
PRCTCR12
1200 x 465 x 325
Note: 650mm deep units are available ask for details
£ 343
Prices to suit your budget
Ripple Counter Top Code
WxHxD
£
PRCTRP12
1200 x 465 x 325
434
Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown. This picture shows optional concave shaped base and top units
Invite MFC Finishes
5
year guarantee
Apple
198
Ash
Maple
Walnut
Beech
Grey
Pear
White
English Oak Light Oak
Verade Oak
Autumn Cherry
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
198-199 Invite Reception 2 (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:51
Invite Shelving
reception furniture
Radius 90o Units
Rectangular Units Code
WxHxD
PRS8
800 x 305 x 325
PRS12 PRS14
£
Converse 90o Unit
Code
WxHxD
172
PRSR9
900 x 305 x 325
189
1200 x 305 x 325
189
PRSR12
1200 x 305 x 325
216
1400 x 305 x 325
199
PRS16
1600 x 305 x 325
208
PRS18
1800 x 305 x 325
216
Ripple Unit Code
WxHxD
PRSRP12
1200 x 305 x 325
£
Hatch & Gate Module £ 217
Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown.
Code
WxHxD
PRHM-8
1000 x 727 x 800
Code
WxHxD
PRSCR12
1200 x 305 x 325
£ 189
Pigeon Hole Unit £ 440
Code
WxHxD
PRPHU
560 x 439 x 300
£ 195
Available in left or right hand. Right hand shown. (See note 2)
Reception shelves are also available in glass, please contact our sales team for price details. Note 1: These Receptions are delivered built-up. Therefore customers must complete a questionnaire about access. Note 2: When situated against a wall, the Lift-up Hatch and Gate unit must be firmly secured to wall. This is the customers responsibility and instructions will be left with the unit.
Cut-Back Leg
Lift-Up Hatch and Gate (See Note 2)
Pigeon Hole Option
See colours available on opposite page
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
198-199 Invite Reception 2 (15).indd 2
199
25/11/2014 12:51
Tick
reception & breakout
Tick is a range of traditional steel framed low seating. Manufactured with durable 25mm steel coated in epoxy powder. Deep padded seat and back offers comfort for the user. Also available with 2, 3 and 4 seater settees, price upon request.
Fantastic Quality and Value
Single Seat
Single Armchair
Code D7
£ Heavy Duty Low Chair
Skid Base Chair
Code
158
D8
Seat Width:
520
Overall Width: Seat Height:
£ Heavy Duty Low Armchair
Code
£
210
D9
Heavy Duty Skid Base Chair
178
Seat Width:
520
Seat Width:
520
570
Overall Width:
570
Overall Width:
570
440
Seat Height:
440
Seat Height:
440
Overall Height:
750
Overall Height:
750
Overall Height:
750
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Overall Depth:
580
Overall Depth:
590
Overall Depth:
580
Dimensions (mm)
The Single Armchair and the Skid Base Chair are delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled.
Tick Square Coffee Table Code
Tick Rectangular Coffee Table £
CFT600
Beech
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Code
£
110
CFT1200
Beech
132
Width:
600
Width:
1200
Height:
340
Height:
340
Depth:
600
Depth:
600
Dimensions (mm)
Stocked in Blue where indicated, other colours are available on longer lead times, ask sales for details.
Stock Fabric
5
year guarantee
Blue
200
200-201 Tick & Tock (15).indd 1
MFC Tables
Beech
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
25/11/2014 12:55
Tock
reception & breakout The Tock range is an ideal option for staff rooms, student accommodation and reception areas. The classic wooden frame incorporates a heavy duty metal sub-frame for extra strength, a generously upholstered seat and back and complementary coffee tables.
Strengthened metal sub-frame
Single Seat
Single Armchair
Code 450W
£ Upholstered, Wooden Framed
Two Seater Armchair
Code
276
455W
Seat Width:
520
Overall Width: Seat Height:
£ Upholstered, Wooden Framed
Code
£
338
452W
Upholstered, Wooden Framed
708
Seat Width:
520
Seat Width:
1030
540
Overall Width:
540
Overall Width:
1070
400
Seat Height:
400
Seat Height:
400
Overall Height:
730
Overall Height:
730
Overall Height:
730
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Seat Depth:
460
Overall Depth:
560
Overall Depth:
560
Overall Depth:
560
Dimensions (mm)
The Two Seater Armchair is delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled.
Tock Square Coffee Table Code 414
Tock Rectangular Coffee Table £
Beech
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Code
£
233
415
Beech
395
Width:
600
Width:
1200
Height:
330
Height:
330
Depth:
600
Depth:
600
Dimensions (mm)
Stocked in Blue where indicated, other colours are available on longer lead times, ask sales for details.
Stock Fabric
Beech Tock Tables
5 5
year year guarantee guarantee
Blue
Beech
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
200-201 Tick & Tock (15).indd 2
201
25/11/2014 12:55
Woodframe
reception & breakout
The hard-wearing Woodframe Reception range features a quality Beech frame and unique fabric edge detailing. The popular choice for waiting rooms, the Woodframe’s fully upholstered sculptured seat and back provide assured comfort. The range includes single and double seats, with and without arms, and a matching wooden table.
Low Reception Chair Code WR1
Low Reception Armchair £
Beech Woodframe
Code Beech Woodframe
Double Seat Low Reception Chair £
Code
417
WR2
£
300
WR1A2
Beech Woodframe
451
Overall Height:
860
Overall Height:
860
Overall Height:
860
Overall Width:
600
Overall Width:
600
Overall Width:
1190
Overall Depth:
520
Overall Depth:
520
Overall Depth:
520
Dimensions (mm)
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Excellent Quality and Value Double Seat Low Reception Armchair Freestanding Coffee Table Code
£
Code
566
WRRF
Overall Height:
860
Height:
380
Overall Width:
1190
Width:
890
Overall Depth:
520
Depth:
520
WR2A2
Beech Woodframe
£ Rectangular
283
Dimensions (mm)
202
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
202-203 Woodframe & Fourm (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 13:02
Forum
reception & breakout The Forum is an affordable, flexible and fully modular seating solution. The range includes full arm and nonarm segments, inner and outer corner sections to provide a multitude of configurations. The Forum range is priced in a group 1 fabric which includes Ace, Advantage, Plaza and Phoenix. Please contact sales for further pricing.
Unit Chair
Unit Chair Right Arm
Code
£
Code
303
FR1AL
Seat Width:
580
Seat Width:
580
820
Overall Depth:
820
Overall Depth:
820
410
Seat Height:
410
Seat Height:
410
Overall Height:
890
Overall Height:
890
Overall Height:
890
Seat Depth:
550
Seat Depth:
550
Seat Depth:
550
Overall Width:
580
Overall Width:
680
Overall Width:
680
FR1
£ Unit Chair
Code
Unit Chair Left Arm
209
FR1AR
Seat Width:
580
Overall Depth: Seat Height:
Unit Chair R/A
£ Unit Chair L/A
303
Dimensions (mm)
Unit Armchair Code FR1A2
Unit Chair Concave & Convex £
Unit Armchair
396
Code
Unit Coffee Table £
FRCONCAVE
Concave Segment
200
FRCONVEX
Convex Segment
200
Code FRT
£ Unit Table
175
Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
580
Concave Seat Width:
660
Width:
770
Overall Depth:
820
Concave Seat Height:
410
Height:
300
Seat Height:
410
Concave Seat Depth:
545
Depth:
770
Overall Height:
890
Convex Seat Width:
490
Seat Depth:
550
Convex Seat Height:
410
Upholstered table available with Beech, Maple, Oak or Fabric Top
Overall Width:
780
Convex Seat Depth:
545
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
202-203 Woodframe & Fourm (15).indd 2
203
25/11/2014 13:02
Encounter
reception & breakout
Cost effective and practical, these attractive tub chairs and sofas will enhance any reception, lounge or informal meeting area. Stylish and comfortable, with a choice of fabric or leather finishes.
Perfect for Meeting Areas
Single Tub Seat Code
Sofa Tub Seat ÂŁ
Code
ÂŁ
EN3/F/BLUE
Blue Fabric, Upholstered
253
EN4/F/BLUE
Blue Fabric, Upholstered
335
EN1/PU/BLK
Black Leather Look
253
EN2/PU/BLK
Black Leather Look
335
Overall Width:
670
Overall Width:
1185
Overall Height:
700
Overall Height:
700
Overall Depth:
670
Overall Depth:
670
Stock Colours
Dimensions (mm)
204
Leather Look
Blue Fabric
2
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
204-205 Encounter & Gomez (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 13:05
Gomez
reception & breakout
Quality Seating
A chair that can be used singularly or collectively and reconfigured in minutes. A distinctive, sturdy, fully upholstered chair particularly suited to reception environments.
Wood Coffee Table - Wooden Legs
Glass Coffee Table - Wooden Legs
Code
Code
£
ELE-CH720-HPL-WHT-W Height: 350
Width: 720
369 Depth: 720
£
ELE-CH720-G-W Height: 350
Width: 720
624 Depth: 720
Gomez Chair Code GOM01
£ Gomez Single Unit Chair
329
Dimensions (mm) Seat Height:
400
Wood Coffee Table - Metal Legs
Overall Height:
760
Code
Overall Width:
500
ELE-CH720-HPL-WHT-P
Overall Depth:
650
Height: 350
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Glass Coffee Table - Metal Legs £
Width: 720
369 Depth: 720
Code
£
ELE-CH720-G-P Height: 350
624 Width: 720
Table Options: replace -WHT with: table top beech -BCH £20
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
204-205 Encounter & Gomez (15).indd 2
Depth: 720
5
year guarantee
205
25/11/2014 13:05
Solace
reception & breakout
Combining a generously proportioned seat with a compact overall footprint, our exclusive Solace range is the versatile seating solution for confined spaces. The exceptional comfort of the stylish tub design is finished with sleek brushed chrome legs.
Shown with SL1/CRLEGS
Solace Compact Tub Chair Code
Square Clear Table £
SL1/CRLEGS
Fully Upholstered
403
SL1/LEGS
Fully Upholstered
403
Code
Rectangular Clear Table £
Code
£
GTSQUARE
197
GTRECTAN
253
Dimensions (mm) Overall Width:
640
Width:
500
Width:
900
Overall Height:
790
Height:
350
Height:
350
Overall Depth:
630
Depth:
500
Depth:
500
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
206
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
206-207 Solace & Face (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 14:30
Face
reception & breakout
The Face range is open and inviting. It will be a welcome addition to any reception, breakout or office environment. Simply offered in bonded leather for a very smart price.
Two Seat Sofa
Single Seat Code FA1/BL/BLK
£ Bonded Leather
Code
Coffee Table £
Bonded Leather
433
Code FATAB/BCH
£ Beech Top, Bonded Leather
200
303
FA2/BL/BLK
Overall Width:
775
Overall Width:
1220
Overall Width:
610
Overall Height:
430
Overall Height:
430
Overall Height:
410
Overall Depth:
770
Overall Depth:
770
Overall Depth:
610
Dimensions (mm)
Perfect for Reception Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
206-207 Solace & Face (15).indd 2
2
year guarantee
207
25/11/2014 14:31
Moonstone
reception & breakout
The Moonstone is available in both single or double seat and upholstered in durable bonded leather. It has a robust metal frame with stylish chrome effect side guards.
Single Tub Seat Code
Double Seat ÂŁ
MS1/BL/BLK
Bonded Leather
Code
ÂŁ
557
MS2/DBL/BLK
Bonded Leather
757
Seat Width:
595
Seat Width:
1200
Seat Height:
450
Seat Height:
450
Seat Depth:
490
Seat Depth:
490
Overall Width:
880
Overall Width:
1480
Overall Height:
795
Overall Height:
795
Overall Depth:
820
Overall Depth:
820
Dimensions (mm)
208
Ideal for Reception & Meeting Areas
2
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
208-209 Moonstone & Tandem (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 14:34
Tandem
reception & breakout Tandem defines and sets the parameters. With its under cut design and central cube the units configure into a multiplicity of shapes and layouts.
Perfect for Breakout
TND01
TND02
Code
ÂŁ Silver Satin Finish
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Link
Two Seater Bench TND01
Priced in Camira Advantage/Phoenix fabric, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
222
Upholstered Unit, Steel Feet
Code TND02
ÂŁ Silver Satin Finish
175
Upholstered Unit, Steel Feet
Dimensions (mm) Seat Width:
1230
Link Width:
430
Seat Height:
450
Link Height:
450
Seat Depth:
430
Link Depth:
430
Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves. We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
208-209 Moonstone & Tandem (15).indd 2
114
kg
max.weight tolerance
209
25/11/2014 14:34
Jigsaw
reception & breakout
Excellent Quality and Value
Bold, contemporary and re-designed to make an impact. Jigsaw offers a range of angular and circular seating modules that show no foot detail anymore. We have also introduced three new shapes. Nine interlocking shapes create limitless configurations and creative seating landscapes.
V Section Bench Code
Cube Stool £
JIG2-PIECE
425
Round Stool
Code
£
JIG2-SQU-55
141
Code
£
JIG2-DIA-55
131
Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 440
Width: 1550
Depth: 770
1650 Bench
Height: 440
Width: 550
Depth: 550
1100 Bench
Code
£
JIG2-165
357
Height: 440
Dia: 550
Wedge Shaped Stool
Code
£
JIG2-110
266
Code
£
JIG2-WED
175
Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 440
210
210-211 Jigsaw (15).indd 1
Width: 1650
Depth: 550
Height: 440
Width: 1100
Depth: 550
Height: 440
Width: 550
Depth: 550
Delivered to a room of choice within 21 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
25/11/2014 14:38
Jigsaw
reception & breakout
Low Round Stool
Low Cube Stool
Code
£
JIG2-DIA-80
228
High Cube Stool
Code
£
JIG2-SQU-80
248
Code
£
JIG2-SQU-45
234
Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 350
Width: 800
Depth: 800
Height: 350
Width: 800
Depth: 800
Height: 600
Width: 450
Depth: 450
Standard Features Fully upholstered modular range for flexibility and multiple configurations. 9 interlocking shapes available. Lightweight for easy manoeuvrability. Limitless configurations.
Round Coffee Tables Code
Square Coffee Tables £
Code
£
JIG2T-CH-DIA45-HPL-SAT (MFC) 448 Diameter 450mm Coffee Table, Satin Base
JIG2T-CH-SQU45-HPL-SAT (MFC) 425 Square 450mm Coffee Table, Satin Base
Height: 450
Height: 450
Diameter 450
Width: 450
Depth: 450
JIG2T-CH-DIA70-HPL-SAT (MFC) 505 Diameter 700mm Coffee Table, Satin Base
JIG2T-CH-SQU70-HPL-SAT (MFC) 505 Square 700mm Coffee Table, Satin Base
Height: 450
Height: 450
Diameter 700
Width: 700
Depth: 700
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Delivery & Installation Included
Note: Dining Tables are available ask for details.
Table Options: Base Replace (SAT) with (WHT) for white
£17
Table Top Colour Replace (SAT) with (RED) for red
£17
High Pressure Laminate Tops are available.
Delivered to a room of choice within 21 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
210-211 Jigsaw (15).indd 2
5
year guarantee
211
25/11/2014 14:38
Situ
reception & breakout
A Compact range of modular chair and bench units that provide posture comfort along with additional table/storage units to provide a simple effective solution for waiting and reception areas with the ability to mix and match fabrics.
Arm Height:620
Single Bench Unit
Single Bench Unit with Arms
Single Bench Unit with Arm
Code
£
SB600
270
Code SB600/A
£ With Universal Arm
407
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Width: 675
Code
£
SB600/A2
With Arms
545
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Dimensions (mm)
Dimensions (mm)
Dimensions (mm) Width: 600
Arm Height:620
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Width: 750
Arm Height:620
Double Bench Unit
Double Bench Unit with Arms
Double Bench Unit with Arm
Code
£
SB1200
385
Code SB1200/A
£ With Universal Arm
Arm Height:620
523
Code
£
SB1200/A2
With Arms
660
Width: 1350
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Dimensions (mm) Width: 1200
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Universal Link Unit
Width: 1275
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Mobile Storage Unit with Grey Top
Table Unit with Grey Top
Code
£
SB90
385
Code
£
SBT600
308
Code
£
SBTS600
391
Dimensions (mm) Width: 1150
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Width: 600
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Width: 600
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Delivery & Installation Included Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
5
year guarantee
212
212-213 Situ (15).indd 1
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
25/11/2014 14:41
Situ
reception & breakout
Single Chair Unit
Single Chair Unit with Arms
Code
£
SC600
Code
Double Chair Unit £
407
SC600/A2
682
Code
£
SC1200
660
Dimensions (mm) Width: 600
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Width: 750
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Width: 1200
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Back:
Width: 520
Height: 480
Back:
Width: 520
Height: 480
Back (each):
Width: 520
Height: 480
Shaped Backrest for Great Posture Comfort!
Double Chair Unit with Arms
Island Unit
Code
£
SC1200/A2
935
Code SCX90 x 4
£ 2090
Dimensions (mm) Width:1350
Depth: 600
Height: 440
Back:
Width: 520
Height: 480
SCX90 x 4
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
212-213 Situ (15).indd 2
213
25/11/2014 14:41
Insit
reception & breakout
Sharp and stylish low level modular system which can be used to form large configurations that are ideal for meetings and public spaces.
Chair Unit with Single Backrest
Chair Unit with Single Backrest
Code
£
IL600
479
Code IL600/AR
Chair Unit with Single Backrest £
Right Hand Arm
655
Code IL600/AL
£ Left Hand Arm
655
Dimensions (mm) Width: 600
Depth: 550
Height: 830
Width: 730
Depth: 550
Height: 830
Armchair Unit with Single Backrest
Chair Unit with Double Backrest
Code
Code
£
IL600/A2
830
Depth: 550
Height: 830
Chair Unit with Double Backrest £
IL1200
Width: 730
743
Code IL1200/AR
£ Right Hand Arm
919
Dimensions (mm) Width: 860
Depth: 550
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
214
214-215 Insit (15).indd 1
Height: 830
Width: 1200
Depth: 550
Height: 830
Width: 1330
Depth: 550
Height: 830
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
25/11/2014 14:46
Insit
reception & breakout
Chair Unit with Double Backrest Code
£
IL1200/AL
Left Hand Arm
919
Armchair Unit with Double Backrest
Corner Unit
Code
Code
£
IL1200/A2
1095
£
ILC/90
765
Dimensions (mm) Width: 1330
Depth: 550
Height: 830
Convex Link Unit Code
Depth: 550
Height: 830
Concave Link Unit £
ILX/90
Width: 1330
677
Code
Depth: 950
Height: 830
Coffee Table £
ILV/90
Width: 680
952
Code SBT600
£ Right Hand Arm
308
Dimensions (mm) Width: 1180
Depth: 550
Delivery & Installation Included
Height: 830
Width: 1000
Depth: 550
Height: 830
Width: 600
Depth: 600
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
214-215 Insit (15).indd 2
Height: 415
5
year guarantee
215
25/11/2014 14:46
Dot and Dash
reception & breakout
Incorporating a modern, space saving design, Dot & Dash are the stylish compact answer to any contemporary reception, touch down or breakout area. As the names imply, Dot has a tubular design, while its partner Dash is a compact square. Dot & Dash have padded foam seats for exceptional comfort and can be selected with or without legs. Priced in Camira’s Advantage and Phoenix fabrics, for pricing on other fabrics, leathers and vinyls, please contact sales.
Dot Stool Code
£
DOT
137
Dot Stool with Legs Code
£
DOT/CRLEGS
208
DOT/LEGS
208
Shown with DOT/CRLEGS
Dash Stool Code
£
DASH
144
Shown with DASH/LEGS
Dash Stool with Legs Code
£
DASH/CRLEGS
215
DASH/LEGS
215
Dimensions (mm)
216
Height:
400
Diameter/Width:
470
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
216-217 Dot & Dash Spirit Lite (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 14:49
Spirit Lite
reception & breakout
Providing seated comfort with relaxed softness and stylish clear design, Spirit Lite offers many variants by combining fabrics and frame options. A distinctive range of seating which will compliment a wide variety of environments giving unique character.
Swivel Base Chair
Wire Base Chair
Code STL1C
£ Fully Upholstered
468
Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base with Glides
Code STL2C
Chrome Pedestal Base Chair £
Fully Upholstered
426
Chrome Wire Base
Code
£
STL3C
Fully Upholstered
524
Chrome Pedestal Base Swivel
Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
370
Back Height:
370
Back Height:
370
Seat Height:
440
Seat Height:
440
Seat Height:
440
Seat Depth:
480
Seat Depth:
480
Seat Depth:
480
Overall Depth:
680
Overall Depth:
680
Overall Depth:
680
Overall Width:
570
Overall Width:
570
Overall Width:
570
Back Width:
540
Back Width:
540
Back Width:
540
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Four Leg Stool Code STS1C
£ Fully Upholstered
403
Four Leg Stool Chrome Frame
5
Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
250
Seat Height:
790
Seat Depth:
430
Overall Depth:
490
Overall Width:
490
Back Width:
390
year guarantee
Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves. We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
216-217 Dot & Dash Spirit Lite (15).indd 2
217
25/11/2014 14:49
Tonic
reception & breakout
Detailed stitching enhances the clean lines of Tonic and is further enhanced by an endless arm detail. Swivel or fixed bases are available with a choice of chrome, silver or black finish.
Upholstered Chair Code TC01
Upholstered Chair
Upholstered Chair Chrome Arms
Upholstered Chair
£
Code
£
Code
426
TC02
494
TC03
Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base Swivel
Upholstered Chair
Polished Aluminium 4 Star Base Swivel
£ Upholstered Chair
383
Chrome Sled Base
Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:
850
Overall Height:
850
Overall Height:
850
Overall Depth:
590
Overall Depth:
590
Overall Depth:
590
Overall Width:
490
Overall Width:
540
Overall Width:
490
Upholstered Chair Chrome Arms Code TC04
£ Upholstered Chair
450
Chrome Sled Base Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:
850
Overall Depth:
590
Overall Width:
540
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
218
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
218-219 Tonic & Dishy (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 14:55
Dishy
reception & breakout
Dishy is a stylish seating solution for corporate or hotel environments. A high and low back chair, with swivel or 4 legged base is presented with a sofa and matching table range.
Low Back 4 Legged Frame Chair
Low Back Swivel Frame Chair
Code
Code
£
High Back 4 Legged Frame Chair £
Code
£
DISHY1/4LEG/W
White Frame
686
DISHY1/SWIVEL/W
White Frame
918
DISHY2/4LEG/W
White Frame
708
DISHY1/4LEG/CR
Chrome Frame
709
DISHY1/SWIVEL/CR
Chrome Frame
1001
DISHY2/4LEG/CR
Chrome Frame
732
Overall Height:
756
Overall Height:
753
Overall Height:
938
Overall Depth:
654
Overall Depth:
664
Overall Depth:
696
Overall Width:
781
Overall Width:
781
Overall Width:
783
Dimensions (mm)
High Back Swivel Frame Chair Code DISHY2/SWIVEL/W
Sofa 4 Legged £
White Frame
Round Coffee Table
Code
£
Code
£
945
DISHYSOFA/W
White Frame
1110
DISHYCIRC/W
White Base
340
1025
DISHYSOFA/CR
Chrome Frame
1161
DISHYCIRC/CR
Chrome Base
402
Overall Height:
935
Overall Height:
Overall Depth:
696
Overall Width:
783
DISHY2/SWIVEL/CR Chrome Frame Dimensions (mm)
Other Coffee Tables Available: Tube 4 Legged Coffee Tables DISHYCOFFEE/W White Legs H365 x D600 x W900
£ 226
DISHYCOFFEE/CR Chrome Legs H365 x D600 x W900
246
Long Tube 4 Legged Coffee Tables DISHYCOFFEE/L/W White Legs
751
Height: 365 Diameter: 750
Overall Depth:
664
Table Top Options:
Overall Width:
1600
White, Oak, Beech, Maple, or Walnut
Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
5
year guarantee
262
H365 x D600 x W1200 DISHYCOFFEE/L/CR Chrome Legs H365 x D600 x W1200
285
DISHYCOFFEE/L/W shown in picture.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
218-219 Tonic & Dishy (15).indd 2
219
25/11/2014 14:55
Chamfer
reception & breakout
This stylish tub chair takes its name from its elegant chamfered corners. The Chamfer range offers a chair and matching two-seater sofa. The compact footprint, and option of a swivel-based chair, makes Chamfer the ideal choice for breakout areas and student accommodation. The choice of a white or silver chrome base rail provides the stylish finishing touch to complement fabric choices.
Excellent Quality and Style
Tub Chair
Two Seat Sofa
Code
£
CHAM1
Tub Chair
740
CHAM2
Tub Chair with Swivel Base 1086
Code CHAM3
Options £
Two Seat Sofa
1124
£ 73
Size: 400 x 400 BOLSTER
Dimensions (mm) Overall Height:
830
Overall Height:
830
Overall Width:
750
Overall Width:
1400
Overall Depth:
740
Overall Depth:
740
Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
220
Code SQUARE CUSHION
73
Size: 450 x 150 Base Rail Brushed Chrome as standard. For White Base Rail please quote W when ordering.
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
220-221 Chamfer & Touch (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 14:58
Touch
reception & breakout
Beautifully simple, the modular design means that Touch looks good as a single bench or as a large configuration to dramatically fill an atrim. Perfectly complemented by the Asteroid table.
Bench Unit
Square Connecting Table
Code
£
TOUCH 1200
Chrome Legs
473
Code
T Point Connecting Table £
TOUCH SQU
Chrome Legs
Height: 225
Width: 440
166
Code
£
TOUCH T
Chrome Legs
Height: 225
Width: 770
287
Dimensions (mm) Height: 450
Width: 1200
Depth: 460
3 Point Connecting Table Code
4 Point Connecting Table £
TOUCH 3STAR
Chrome Legs
Depth: 440
332
Code
Asteroid Circular Table £
TOUCH 4STAR
Chrome Legs
Height: 225
Width: 770
Depth: 605
362
Code ASTTAB
£ With coloured cut-outs
501
Dimensions (mm) Height: 225
Width: 895
Depth: 895
Depth: 770
Height: 365
Diameter: 750
Upholstery available in fabric, leather and vinyl.
Asteroid Table Top Options:
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
(W) White, (O) Oak, (B) Beech, (M) Maple, (WAL) Walnut
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Colour of Asteroid must be specified.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
220-221 Chamfer & Touch (15).indd 2
5
year guarantee
221
25/11/2014 14:58
Intro
reception & breakout
A simple, stylish lounge and reception solution, with endless possibilities of configuration; Intro is available with or without backrests and arms. Attractive as a single or modular option, this range comes fully upholstered and with a satin silver skid frame.
Single Bench
Single Seat
Code
£
Single Seat & Left Hand Arm
Code
£
Code
£
275
INT301
368
INT302
459
Seat Height:
430
Back Height:
340
Back Height:
340
Overall Width:
770
Seat Height:
430
Seat Height:
430
Overall Depth:
770
Overall Width:
770
Overall Width:
770
Overall Depth:
770
Overall Depth:
770
INT300 Dimensions (mm)
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Single Seat & Right Hand Arm Code
Petal Mobile Table £
Code
459
PT01
Back Height:
340
White laminate top and castors
Seat Height:
430
Width:
380
Overall Width:
770
Height:
360
Overall Depth:
770
Depth:
480
INT303
£ Silver Finish
395
Dimensions (mm)
222
222-223 Intro (15).indd 1
Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves. We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
25/11/2014 15:02
Intro
reception & breakout
Double Bench
Double Seat
Code
£
INT304
Double Seat & Left Hand Arm
Code
£
Code
£
388
INT305
565
INT306
652
430
Back Height:
340
Back Height:
340
Overall Width:
1220
Seat Height:
430
Seat Height:
Overall Depth:
770
Dimensions (mm) Seat Height:
Double Seat & Right Hand Arm Code
1220
Overall Width:
1520
Overall Depth:
770
Overall Depth:
770
45 Degree Linking Unit ( No Leg)
Power & Data Module £
INT307
430
Overall Width:
Code
£
Code
£
652
INT331
803
INT308
288
340
Seat Height:
570
Seat Height:
430
Dimensions (mm) Back Height:
430
Overall Depth:
770
Overall Depth:
770
Overall Width:
1520
Overall Width:
270
Overall Width:
570
Overall Depth:
770
Seat Height:
2 x 13 Amp Power Sockets, 2 x Data Cable Ports, Nylon Glides, Aluminium Roll Over Lid Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
90 Degree Linking Unit Code
£
INT309
Central Leg
354
INT310
Central and End Leg
397
Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Note: Manmade fabrics are not always the best choice for soft seating as it is less flexible and is more likely to pucker around curves. We recommend natural wool as it upholsters curves more easily and needs less maintenance in high use areas.
Dimensions (mm) Seat Height:
430
Overall Depth:
770
Overall Width:
770
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
222-223 Intro (15).indd 2
223
25/11/2014 15:02
Elements Core
reception & breakout
With creative use of fabric you can make Elements Core suit any corporate, hospitality or educational environment. Stylish but affordable, simple yet clever, Elements Modular system is easy to link and reconfigure. These units have endless possibilities. Suggested Uses/Environments • Colleges and Universities • Reception Areas/Break Out Areas • Open Plan/Office • Communal Areas
Single Seat Bench
Single Seat with Back
Code
£
ELE1-W
Code
Single Seat with Corner Back £ 346
Code
£
255
ELE1-SB-W
Overall Height:
420
Seat Height: 420
Seat Width: 720
Seat Height: 420
Seat Width: 720
Overall Width:
720
Seat Depth: 500
Overall Height: 760
Seat Depth: 500
Overall Height: 760
Overall Depth:
720
Overall Width: 730
Overall Depth: 720
Overall Width: 940
Overall Depth: 720
ELE1-CBR-W (R/H) ELE1-CBL-W (L/H)
436
Dimensions (mm)
Double Seat Bench
Double Seat with Back
Code
£
ELE2-W
Code
Double Seat with Corner Back £
Code
£
380
ELE2-DB-W
Overall Height:
420
Seat Height: 420
Seat Width: 1230
Seat Height: 420
Seat Width: 1220
Overall Width:
1230
Seat Depth: 500
Overall Height: 760
Seat Depth: 500
Overall Height: 760
Overall Depth:
720
Overall Width: 1230
Overall Depth: 720
Overall Width: 1445
Overall Depth: 720
538
ELE2-CBR-W (R/H) ELE2-CBL-W (L/H)
618
Dimensions (mm)
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. 45o Wedge
90o Wedge
Two Seat Sofa
Wedge
Code
£
ELE2-ALR-W Double Seat with Back
1037
Code ELE90-W
£ 380
Code ELE45-W
£ 272
Dimensions (mm) Seat Height: 420
Seat Width: 1440
Seat Depth: 500 Overall Width: 1860
224
224-225 Elements (15).indd 1
Overall Height:
420
Overall Height: 760
Overall Width:
725
Overall Depth: 720
Overall Depth:
725
Optional Legs Beech Wood Legs as Standard For Eco Chrome: Replace W with P For Height Adjustable Echo Chrome: Replace W with L (Eco chrome high gloss silver paint finish with an appearance similar to polished aluminium).
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
25/11/2014 15:04
Elements Plus
reception & breakout Element Plus offers retro fitted acoustic panels to create more private areas in open spaces. The panels are connected with zips which makes it easy to install and reconfigure. Clever sewing panels on the high backs allow you to be creative with fabric to suit any corporate, hospitality or educational environment. Suggested Uses/Environments • Colleges and Universities • Reception Areas • Break Out/Open Plan Areas
5
year guarantee
Plus Panel for Single Seater Code ELE+PAN1C
£ No Arms
Plus Panel for 2 Seater
Plus Panel for Single Seater Code
£
289
ELE+PAN1AC
With Arms
Depth: 50
Height: 1225
Width: 920
Code
£
323
ELE+PAN2C
No Arms
Depth: 50
Height: 1225
Width: 720
304
Dimensions (mm) Height: 1225
Width: 720
Plus Panel for 2 Seater Code ELE+PAN2AC
With Arms
Plus Connecting Arm Panel
Plus Panel for 2 Seat Sofa £
Code
£
339
ELE+PAN2SC
With Arms
Depth: 50
Height: 1225
Depth: 50
Depth: 50
391
Code ELE+PANAC
£ For Single & 2 Seater
196
Dimensions (mm) Height: 1225
Width: 720
Plus Finishing Arm Panel Code
Height: 1225
Code
£
ELE+PANAFR (right) For Single & 2 Seater 185
ELE+PANAZFR (right) Finishing Panel
185
ELE+PANAFL (left)
ELE+PANAZFL (left)
185
For Single & 2 Seater 185
Finishing Panel
Dimensions (mm) Height: 1225
Width: 720
Depth: 50
Height: 1225
Width: 720
Depth: 50
Code £ ELE-POW42 420 High Power Unit 736 Height: 420 Width: 270 Depth: 720 ELE-POW60 600 High Power Unit 770 Height: 600 Width: 270 Depth: 720 ELE-CUSH Cushions (Min order 2) 23 Width: 355 Depth: 355
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
224-225 Elements (15).indd 2
Depth: 50
Power Units/Cushions
Plus Cut Back Finishing Panel £
Width: 720
225
25/11/2014 15:05
Cascara
reception & breakout
New for 2015 is our Cascara visitor and lounge chair range of fully upholstered seating consisting of medium or high back styles in swivel or four legged versions.
High Back Swivel Chair Code
£
Medium Back Swivel Chair
High Back 4 Leg Frame
Medium Back 4 Leg Frame
Code
Code
Code
£
£
£
CASHBSWWH Fabric
850
CASSWWH
Fabric
745
CASHBWLWH
Fabric
850
CASWLWH
Fabric
745
CASHBSWWH Leather
1060
CASSWWH
Leather
941
CASHBWLWH
Leather 1060
CASWLWH
Leather
941
Moulded Plywood Shell
Moulded Plywood Shell
Moulded Plywood Shell
Moulded Plywood Shell
White Lacquered Outer Shell
White Lacquered Outer Shell
White Lacquered Outer Shell
White Lacquered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads
CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H1010
W680
D680
High Back Swivel Chair Code
£
H760
W680
D680
H1020
W630
Overall Dimensions (mm) D600
H770
W630
D600
Medium Back Swivel Chair
High Back 4 Leg Frame
Medium Back 4 Leg Frame
Code
Code
Code
£
£
£
CASHBSWWA Fabric
850
CASSWWA
Fabric
745
CASHBWLWA
Fabric
850
CASWLWA
Fabric
745
CASHBSWWA Leather
1060
CASSWWA
Leather
941
CASHBWLWA
Leather 1060
CASWLWA
Leather
941
Moulded Plywood Shell
Moulded Plywood Shell
Moulded Plywood Shell
Moulded Plywood Shell
Walnut Veneered Outer Shell
Walnut Veneered Outer Shell
Walnut Veneered Outer Shell
Walnut Veneered Outer Shell
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads
CMHR Foam, Protective Felt Pads
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H1010
226
226-227 Cascara (15).indd 1
W680
D680
H760
W680
D680
H1020
W630
Overall Dimensions (mm) D600
H770
W630
D600
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
25/11/2014 15:12
Cascara
reception & breakout
High Back Swivel Chair Code
£
Medium Back Swivel Chair
High Back 4 Leg Frame
Medium Back 4 Leg Frame
Code
Code
Code
£
£
£
CASHBSWFU
Fabric
734
CASSWFU
Fabric
661
CASHBWLFU
Fabric
745
CASWLFU
Fabric
671
CASHBSWFU
Leather
1154
CASSWFU
Leather
1017
CASHBWLFU
Leather 1165
CASWLFU
Leather
1028
Moulded Plywood Shell
Moulded Plywood Shell
Moulded Plywood Shell
Moulded Plywood Shell
Fully Upholstered
Fully Upholstered
Fully Upholstered
Fully Upholstered
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
CMHR Foam, Protective Feet
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Chromed 4 Star Swivel Base
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Wooden 4 Legged Frame
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Overall Dimensions (mm)
Overall Dimensions (mm)
H1010
W680
D680
H760
W680
H1020
D680
W630
D600
H770
W630
D600
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320.
Circular Coffee Table Code
£
CASCCT
398
Code
398
600 x 600 25mm MFC
Circular Top
Squircle Top
Stylish Chrome 4 Star Base
Stylish Chrome 4 Star Base
Protective Feet
Protective Feet Overall Dimensions (mm)
Overall Dimensions (mm) W700
year guarantee
£
CASSCT
700mm Diameter 25mm MFC
H425
5
Squircle Coffee Table
D700
H425
W600
D600
Coffee Table MFC Finishes A/S
B/S
Ash
Beech
C/S
Autumn Cherry
S/S
Silver
O/S
Oak
W/S
Walnut
WE/S
Wenge
WH/S
White
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
226-227 Cascara (15).indd 2
227
25/11/2014 15:13
Stretch
reception & breakout
With eight pieces, Stretch can be a simple armchair or a collection of multiple units. Silver, Beech or Oak legs and two-tone fabric options are available.
Armchair
2 Seat with Arms
Code
Code
£
STRETCH1
Fabric
982
3 Seat with Arms £
STRETCH2
Fabric
Corner Unit
Code
1549
STRETCH3
D800
H770
£ Fabric
Code
£
1898
STRETCHCO
D800
H770
Fabric
1048
Overall Dimensions (mm) H770
W1000
D800
H770
W1750
W2340
W800
D800
2 Seat with Left Arm Only
2 Seat with Right Arm Only
3 Seat with Left Arm Only
3 Seat with Right Arm Only
Code
Code
Code
Code
£
STRETCH2/L
Fabric
£
1392
STRETCH2/R
D800
H770
Fabric
£
1392
STRETCH3/L
D800
H770
Fabric
£
1709
STRETCH3/R
D800
H770
Fabric
1709
Overall Dimensions (mm) H770
W1470
W1470
W2070
W2070
D800
Priced in Band 2 fabrics, as we do not recommend Band 1 for this seating product, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order.
Venalo Coffee Table Code
£
VENALO/TC
466
Overall Dimensions (mm) H400
228
D600
Chrome Trumpet Base, Glass Top Coffee Table. Other sizes of Venalo Tables are available, please ask sales for details.
Options
Leg options
Square Cushion (400mm x 400mm)
£70
SIF Silver B Beech
Bolster (450mm x 150mm)
£70
O Oak
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
228-229 Stretch & Coco (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 15:21
Coco
reception & breakout
The bold Coco collection of benches, sofas and armchairs creates a striking combination of contemporary and retro style on a solid beech frame. Distinctive in shape, comfortable, generous in size, robust yet elegant – this versatile collection builds exciting landscapes that are suitable for reception, lounge and hospitality environments. Coco has been designed with sustainability in mind, using an environmental friendly wood construction, recyclable and recycled foam from 100% FSC controlled sources.
Single Seat Bench Code
£
COCO1-BCH
Beech Frame
788
Single Seat Bench with Straight Back
Armchair with Straight Back
Code
Code
£
COCO1-SB-BCH
Beech Frame
997
£
COCO1A-SB-BCH
Beech Frame
1116
Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 420
Width: 1000
Depth: 800
£
COCO2-BCH
Beech Frame
Width: 1000
Depth: 800
Two Seat Bench with Straight Back
Two Seat Bench Code
Height: 770
1320
Code Beech Frame
Width: 1000
Depth: 800
Two Seat Sofa with Straight Back £
COCO2-SB-BCH
Height: 770
1552
Code
£
COCO2A-SB-BCH
Beech Frame
1671
Overall Dimensions (mm) Height: 420
Width: 1775
Depth: 800
Height: 770
Width: 1775
Depth: 800
Height: 770
Width: 1775
Depth: 800
Priced in Band 1 fabrics, for other fabric pricing please ask sales for details. Additionally, see our fabric information on page 320. Shown in Walnut
Glass Top Coffee Table Code
£
COCOT-CH-100x60-BCH Solid Beech 1331 Dimensions (mm) Height: 350
Width: 1000
Depth: 600
Buttons on back cushion are in the fabric as the back cushions. For other specifications prices on application. Please add a choice of fabric and colour to your order. Seating frame colour options Table colour options replace -BCH with: replace -BCH with: oak -OAK walnut -WAL cherry -CHE stain to match -MAT
add £46 add £46 add £46 add £64
oak -OAK walnut -WAL
add £314 add £408
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
228-229 Stretch & Coco (15).indd 2
5
year guarantee
229
25/11/2014 15:21
Hive
reception & breakout
Hive is a stylish, flexible modular range of seating and accessories that offers superb spatial fit and functionality, creating Liquid Workspaces and dynamic layouts. Whether creating a totally new workspace or integrating with existing furniture, Hive creates multi-functional spaces that allow people to work in the way that is most stimulating and productive for them. Hive’s modular system is available with or without legs, making it easy to design flexible spaces in a variety of environments, offices, universities and libraries, plus airports and transport stations.
Focus.
Rarely does one solution fit all, that’s why Hive can be configured to provide seating and work tables for open spaces, semi- private and private spaces in an infinite number of situations.
Flexible furniture for productive people • • • •
Numerous configuration possibilities Establish different zones with no need to build walls Supports diverse working styles Creates inspiring environments to attract and retain the best talent • Enables bespoke design of activity based settings • Allows visual, territorial and acoustic privacy for individuals and groups
2600
387 6
12
00
If this range interests you please contact our sales team for more details.
480
0
240
0
2000
5300
4300
230
230-231 Hive (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 15:40
Hive
reception & breakout
Socialise.
Connect.
Collaborate.
231
230-231 Hive (15).indd 2
25/11/2014 15:40
Cafe & Dining Contemporary and classic design styles are apparent throughout this section. The seating is bright and comfortable, the tables sturdy yet stylish. The consistently popular Gloss tables returns for 2015. The striking design of the ‘squarial’ Gloss table on page 244 combines the shape of a square with the softness of a circle. The Retro brings a breath of fresh air to any cafe or breakout space. Available in 5 bright and cheerful colours with matching tables made from solid wood and polypropylene, these are sure to be very popular in 2015.
2015 Range Highlight The ever popular Artist and Stork seating ranges return this year to provide unbeatable value for money. When complimented by our new table ranges Orlando, Forza and Ramiro, these products create perfect dining situations where style is needed on a lower budget. This is boosted by the products coming direct from stock on our 10 day rapid delivery service.
232
232-233 Cafe Intro - Contents (15).indd 1
02/12/2014 12:30
Ramiro
Forza
Tables Page 234
Chair Page 235
Chair Page 234
Polyfold
Contour Plus
Tables Page 235
Strata
Artist
Stork
Tables Page 234
Folding Tables Page 237
Various Page 238
Enviro
Banquet
Tables & Benches Page 236
Chairs Page 234-235
Dining Tables
Orlando
cafe & dining contents
Chairs Page 240
Xpresso 1
Benches Page 239
Vent
Mocha
Tables Page 239
Chairs Page 241
Chairs Page 242
Ice & Zest
Gloss Tables
Chairs Page 241
Tables Page 244
Retro
Chairs Page 243
Chairs Page 245
Tables Page 245
233
232-233 Cafe Intro - Contents (15).indd 2
02/12/2014 12:31
Dining
cafe & dining
The Orlando is one of the markets’ most popular due to its competitive price and “anti spin“ solid construction. Made from top grade cast iron, with a powder coated finish. Adjustable feet are also included for versatility in any environment. The chrome version brings a touch of class with its high quality chrome plated column. Perfect for situations where style is needed on a lower budget. The Forza is an affordable and simple base in a slimline design. Made from high grade cast iron with a powder coated finish.
New for 2015
See page 241 for further information on the Mocha Beech Bar Stool (30 day delivery) Chair Stacks 4 High Mocha Beech Bar Stool/ Round Poseur table with 25mm beech MFC top
Artist Chair/ Square dining table with 25mm beech MFC top
Orlando Dining - Black or Chrome Round Column
Orlando Poseur - Black or Chrome Round Column
Code
£
Code
£
ZORLDRB7
Round Top - Black Column
158
ZORLPRB7
Round Top - Black Column
163
ZORLDRC7
Round Top - Chrome Column
170
ZORLPRC7
Round Top - Chrome Column
178
ZORLDSB77
Square Top - Black Column
135
ZORLDSC77
Square Top - Chrome Column
147
Orlando Dining Table Dimensions (mm)
Orlando Poseur Table Dimensions (mm)
Height: 755
Height: 1075
Width: 700
Depth: 700
Artist Polished Beechwood Chair Code: ART0514BCH
Dia: 700
Mocha Beech Bar Stool
Seat Height: 480
91
Code: GM01A
Height: 760 Width: 490 Depth: 435
195
See page 241 for further information on the Vent Bar Stool (30 day delivery) Chair Stacks 4 High Vent Bar Stool/ Round poseur table with 25mm white MFC top
Strata Polypropylene Chair/ Square dining table with 25mm white MFC top
Forza Dining - Black Column
Forza Poseur - Black Column
Code
£
ZFORDRB7
Round Base & Top
199
ZFORDSB77
Square Base & Top
176
Forza Dining Table Dimensions (mm) Height: 755
Width: 700
Depth: 700
BCH
2
80
234
207
Dia: 700
Code: GVN1A
Height: 760
Depth: 435
272
Strata Polypropylene Chair Please add relevant colour code to STR. e.g. STRGRN BCH
year guarantee
Beech
Round Base & Top
Height: 1075
Table Top WHT
ZFORPRB7
Vent Bar Stool
Seat Height: 450
Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool & Artist Beechwood Chair
£
Forza Poseur Table Dimensions (mm)
Strata Polypropylene Chair Code: STR
Code
3
BLK
BLUE
GRN
RED
WHT
White
Beech
3
year guarantee
year guarantee
Black
Blue
Green
Red
White
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
234-235 Dining Stock Range (15).indd 1
28/11/2014 15:44
Dining
cafe & dining
Ramiro is a stylish trumpet table base finished in chrome plating. This is one of the most versatile trumpet bases available due to its adjustable feet and dual pin interlocking construction.
Strata Polypropylene Chair/ Round Dining table with 25mm white MFC top
Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool/ Round Poseur table with 25mm beech MFC top
Ramiro Dining - Chrome Column with Trumpet Base Code
Ramiro Poseur - Chrome Column with Trumpet Base ÂŁ
ZRAMDR7
Round Top & Base
242
Code
ÂŁ
ZRAMPR7
Round Top & Base
Ramiro Dining Table Dimensions (mm)
Ramiro Poseur Table Dimensions (mm)
Height: 755
Height: 1075
Width: 700
Dia: 700
Strata Polypropylene Chair Code: STR
Seat Height: 450
Width: 700
250
Dia: 700
Stork Tall Beech Bar Stool 80 Code: CH0670SPBE
Seat Height: 580-805
166
Stork Stool only available on a 20 day delivery
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
234-235 Dining Stock Range (15).indd 2
235
28/11/2014 15:44
Folding Tables & Benches
cafe & dining
Contour Plus The difference that sets this product apart is the strengthened aluminium clad steel tube in the table legs. This adds a mere 1.75kgs to the overall weight of the table but offers significantly improved stability. Aluminium frame & laminate top folds flat for storage and can easily be carried. Strengthened legs give extra stability.
Contour
Contour tables and benches are the most popular style of folding furniture to be found. Constructed from aluminium with a wipe-clean laminated surface. The table weight ranges from just 6.7kg upto 13.00kg, far lighter than its rivals. Ideal for - canteens, schools, community halls, lightweight and versatile, folds flat for storage and can be easily carried.
Shown in Japanese Beech
Contour Plus Folding Tables Code Weight W x D mm £ CP/DC5 8.50kg 610 x 915 156 CP/DB5 9.00kg 685 x 915 160 CP/DA5 9.50kg 760 x 915 165 CP/CC5 9.75kg 610 x 1220 179 CP/CB5 10.00kg 685 x 1220 183 CP/CA5 11.25kg 760 x 1220 190 CP/BC5 11.50kg 610 x 1520 195 CP/BB5 12.00kg 685 x 1520 199 CP/BA5 13.00kg 760 x 1520 207 CP/AD5 12.75kg 480 x 1830 199 CP/AC5 13.00kg 610 x 1830 218 CP/AB5 13.75kg 685 x 1830 219 CP/AA5 14.80kg 760 x 1830 229 Choose from 2 table heights: Buffet 760, Adult 698 Note: 915mm Table Length not available in A Buffet 760mm height.
Shown in Heather
Contour Folding Tables Code Weight W x D mm £ C/DC2 6.75kg 610 x 915 144 C/DB2 7.25kg 685 x 915 147 C/DA2 7.75kg 760 x 915 153 C/CC2 6.75kg 610 x 1220 165 C/CB2 7.25kg 685 x 1220 169 C/CA2 7.75kg 760 x 1220 175 C/BC2 9.75kg 610 x 1520 177 C/BB2 10.25kg 685 x 1520 188 C/BA2 11.25kg 760 x 1520 194 C/AD2 11.00kg 480 x 1830 186 C/AC2 11.50kg 610 x 1830 205 C/AB2 12.00kg 685 x 1830 209 C/AA2 13.00kg 760 x 1830 216 Choose from 6 table heights: Buffet 760, Adult 698, Junior 635, Infant 584, Pre School 546, Nursery 508
Contour Stacking Benches Code Weight W x D mm £ C/CF2 5.00kg 254 x 1220 110 C/BF2 5.75kg 254 x 1520 124 C/AF2 6.75kg 254 x 1830 133 Choose from 3 table heights: Buffet 483, Adult 432, Junior 381 Suggested height matches for tables & benches 760mm high table - 483mm high bench 698mm high table - 432mm high bench 635mm high table - 381mm high bench
Accessories Code A2501 A3001 A5001 A9001
5
year guarantee
Colour Options GP13
GP54
Signal Red Paradiso
236
GP23
Yellow
GP33
Lime
GP55
Green
GP25
Shown in Campanula
GP21
Heather Campanula
GP57
Sparta
GP99
Maple
Description W x D x H mm Large Table Trolley (14 tables) 745 x 1675 x 1127 Small Table Trolley (7 tables) 745 x 875 x 1127 Bench Skake Set Fast Fold - speedy folding tool GP16
Saxon Oak
GP07
GP58
GP05
GP24
Auburn Teak
Japanese Ailsa Grey Grey Dots Beech
£ 557 390 136 26 GP15
White
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
236-237 Contour Plus & Polyfold (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 16:19
Folding Tables
cafe & dining Polyfold Height Adjustable Folding Tables • 1220mm length table adjusts to three different heights, 640, 690 & 740mm • Choose from two table length sizes 1220mm & 1830mm • 1830mm length table adjusts to five different heights, 650, 690, 730, 770 and 810mm • All weather construction for indoor/outdoor use • Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded top • Lightweight and simple to use, folds flat for easy storage Adjustable height table L1220mm shown at H740mm
Simple height adjustment for all uses
Adjustable height table L1830mm shown at H810mm
Polyfold Adjustable Height
Polyfold Folding Chair
Code Description Size Weight TF 41385 Rectangular Table 1220mm x 600mm 12kg TF 41386 Rectangular Table 1830mm x 760mm 17kg CN 40011 Polyfold Folding Chair Seat Height: 440mm x Overall Height 850mm x Length 480mm x Width 470mm (Price per single chair, supplied in boxes of 4 chairs)
£ 138 159 £ 54
Top Colour Frame Colour
Polyfold Lightweight Tables • Available in a three rectangular and two circular sizes • Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded all weather polyethylene top for indoor/outdoor use
Beige Dark Bronze The table top colour may vary slightly from batch to batch.
• Lightweight, stronger & more durable than wooden tables • Universal table trolley for storage and transport • Folds flat for easy storage •1 year warranty trolley
153cm table diameter with pictured with 2600 folding chairs
1830mm table with eight 2000 folding chairs
2
XO 40010
year guarantee
Polyfold Lightweight Code TF 41376 TE 40017 TF 41378 TF 41370 TF 41371 XO 40005 CF 40015 XO 40010
Description Size Rectangular Table 1220mm x 600mm Rectangular Table 1530mm x 760mm Rectangular Table 1830mm x 760mm Circular Table 1220mm Dia Circular Table 1530mm Dia Universal Table Trolley Storage Strap with alloy buckle (5m) Expandable Table Trolley
Weight 12kg 15kg 17kg 16kg 21kg
£ 93 111 117 143 195 780 33 537
UNIVERSAL TABLE TROLLEY This trolley is suitable for all Polyfold tables. Will hold up to 12 Rectangular tables or 8 Circular tables. Length 1850mm, Width 850mm, Height 1550mm
STORAGE STRAPS Wrap around straps secure the load. We recommend two per trolley. Each storage strap is 5m in length.
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
236-237 Contour Plus & Polyfold (15).indd 2
237
25/11/2014 16:19
Dining Tables
cafe & dining
Tilt Top Tilt Top tables are just the job for regular and occasional use such as in dining rooms. They are easy to open and close then wheel away. All are supplied with Duraform Speckled Light Grey paint as standard. Supplied with 4 locking castors.
Fantastic Quality & Value!
Circular Table Code TILT-CIRC-MD TILT-CIRC-PS
Edge MDF Edge Spray PU Edge
Dia mm 1200 Diam 1200 Diam
£ 428 459
W x D mm 1200 x 1200 1380 x 1000 1200 x 1200 1380 x 1000
£ 447 437 476 478
Octagonal Table Code TILT-EQOCT-MD TILT-OCT-MD TILT-EQOCT-PS TILT-OCT-PS
Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge Spray PU Edge Spray PU Edge
Rectangular Tables Code TILT-RECT-129-MD TILT-RECT-159-MD TILT-RECT-129-PS TILT-RECT-159-PS
Weight MDF Edge MDF Edge Spray PU Edge Spray PU Edge
Edge Options
Table Heights Size 3 590mm Age 6-8 years Size 4 640mm Age 8-11 years Size 5 710mm Age 11-14 years Size 6 760mm Age 14-Adult Note: Size 3 not available on circular options
W x D mm 1200 x 900 1500 x 900 1200 x 900 1500 x 900
£ 390 475 416 505
MDF Bullnosed Edge Polished and lacquered.
Spray PU Edge
5
year guarantee
MDF
Table Top Colours
PU
Extremely hardwearing and resilient edge which has a textured finish. Choose from Charcoal, Light Grey, Blue. If none specified, charcoal will be supplied.
Frame Colour Duraform Speckled Light Grey
Beech
238
Maple
Oak
Grey
Ailsa
Red
Blue
Green
Yellow
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
238-239 Dining & Enviro Tables (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 16:23
Enviro Dining
cafe & dining
Dining Tables and Benches • Anodised silver frame • Strong and stable • Ideal for education • Sociable shapes for dining Shield Table
Round Table
Square Table
Enviro Dining Tables - 1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour Code EN/AA35 EN/CA35 EN/DA35 EN/BD35 EN/DD35 EN/ED35 EN/FF35
Product Description
Dimensions mm Length x width
Weight KG
Available Heights 760mm 710mm
640mm
590mm
530mm
460mm
Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table Enviro Table
1800 x 750 1400 x 750 1200 x 750 1500 Shield 1200 Round 900 Round 750 x 750
25.00 19.50 17.50 28.00 20.80 12.50 12.50
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
£ 288 258 227 377 307 250 203
Enviro Dining Benches - 1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour Code EN/AF35 EN/CF35 EN/DF35
Product Description
Dimensions mm Length x width
Weight KG
Available Heights 460mm 430mm
380mm
350mm
310mm
260mm
Enviro Bench Enviro Bench Enviro Bench
1600 x 330 1200 x 330 1000 x 330
12.00 10.00 8.00
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
£
Benches are delivered flat pack and require simple assembly using an allen key
Enviro benches fit neatly under table Colour Range GP33
Lime
GP21
183 157 141
Edge Colour GP57
Campanula
Sparta
GP32
GP58
GP05
Clementine Japanese Ailsa Grey Beech
GP31
Wenge Strand
Frame
GP30
Dog Bone
Light Grey Mid Grey
Dusky Blue
Green
Black
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
238-239 Dining & Enviro Tables (15).indd 2
5
year guarantee
Ruby Red
Anodised Silver
239
25/11/2014 16:23
Banquet Chairs
cafe & dining
Lightweight and comfortable upholstered chairs with a deep cushioned, high density foam seat and back (seat cushion depth 60mm). Strong black steel frame has a useful handhold and side rails for added strength. Chairs stacks up to 8 high with stacking buffers and protective feet. Tested BSEN1022:2005 & BS15373:2007
Fantastic Quality & Value! Mayfair Chair Code Fabric Colour CU40080 Red CU40081 Blue Seat Height 480mm
2
year guarantee
240
Red
ÂŁ 72 72
Grosvenor Chair
Fabric Colours
Blue
W x D x H (mm) 440 x 540 x 890 440 x 540 x 890
Code Fabric Colour CU40082 Red CU40083 Blue Seat Height 480mm
W x D x H (mm) 445 x 560 x 880 445 x 560 x 880
ÂŁ 72 72
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
240-241 Banquet & Mocha & Vent (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 16:26
Mocha & Vent
cafe & dining
Mocha is a great looking, extremely versatile stacking cafe furniture. Simply constructed offering value with style. Contoured seat with silver or chrome frame. Available as chair or bar stool. Vent is stylish and functional. This wooden chair and stool range has simple elegant lines designed to enhance any café and breakout environment.
Shown with Beech finish
Shown with Wenge finish
Vent Dining Chair - Chrome Frame Code
WxHxD
MVN1A
490 x 445 x 435
£ 234
Vent Dining Armchair - Chrome Frame
Vent Bar Stool - Chrome Frame
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
MVN2A
570 x 445 x 435
GVN1A
490 x 760 x 435
£ 285
£ 272
Shown with Beech finish
Mocha Bar Stool - Silver Frame
Mocha Dining Chair - Silver Frame Code
WxHxD
£
MM01A
435 x 445 x 490
152
Vent Colours AX
Code
WxHxD
£
GM01A
435 x 760 x 490
195
Mocha Colours
BX
CX
DX
BCH
5
year guarantee
Beech
Oak
Wenge
Black
Beech
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
240-241 Banquet & Mocha & Vent (15).indd 2
241
25/11/2014 16:26
Xpresso 1
cafe & dining
Xpresso 1 is designed to provide a practical and stylish solution for a range of environments including educational establishments, cafes, auditoria, conference facilities and meeting rooms. They can be linked together an the optional linking strip. Polypropylene seat and back, tubular chrome steel frame, nylon glides. Chair available with or without black arms.
Plastic Seat & Back Code
£
MXP1A
130
Dimensions (mm) Width: 580
Height: 830
Depth: 490
New for 2015
Plastic Seat & Back Code
£
MXP1C - With black arms
Xpresso Seat Colours
High Plastic Seat & Back 211
Code
£
GXP1A
168 Black
Grey
White
Purple
Light Blue
Green
Red
Yellow
Stone
Dimensions (mm) Width: 595
Height: 830
Depth: 490
Width: 600
Height: 1070
Depth: 490
Seat Height: 720
Options £ Linking Feet
Code LXP
Trolley - Holds 45 Code MXP
242
5
FOC 516
MXP
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
242-243 Xpresso 1 & Ice Zest (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:16
Ice & Zest
cafe & dining Ice is a chrome 4 leg range of stacking café chairs and bar stools, available in a choice of 4 outer shell colours, red, blue, green and black. The Zest is a truly versatile dining chair which can be used outside or inside. Available in single or dual colours, UV resistant and 100% recyclable.
Ice Stackable Frame
Ice Café Chair
Zest 4 Leg Chair
Zest Wire Frame Chair
Ice Café/Breakout Chair Code
W x H x D mm
MNO1
500 x 870 x 560
Zest Chair - 4 Leg £ 170
Code
WxHxD
MJU2/
612 x 885 x 535
Zest Chair - Wire Frame £ 248
Code
WxHxD
MJU2/
612 x 885 x 535
Seat Height 470 Weight 6kg
Seat Height 480 Weight 6kg
Seat Height 480 Weight 6kg
Chrome 4 leg stacking café chair
Dual colour shell 4 leg café chair
Dual colour shell wire frame café chair
£ 298
When ordering please add the code for your colour required to the code above. Ice Outer Shell Colours AA
AB
Zest 4 Leg Outer Shell Colours AC
AD
BA
CA
DA
Zest Wire Frame Outer Shell Colours BC
CC
DC
5
year guarantee
Red
Blue
Green
Black
Lime Green
Stone
Graphite
Lime Green
Stone
Graphite
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
242-243 Xpresso 1 & Ice Zest (15).indd 2
243
04/12/2014 11:16
Gloss Tables
cafe & dining
The Gloss tables are coffee, dining and poser tables with a variety of finishes with a silver column and a four star aluminium base. Perfect for corporate breakout, hotel and restaurant dining.
Gloss Poser Table
Gloss Dining Table
Code
WxHxD
Squarial
750 x 1060 x 750
TGLP/SQL0750WHM
White MFC
TGLP/SQL0750WAM
Walnut MFC
Round
750 Dia x 1060
TGLP/RND0750WHM
White MFC
335 335
TGLP/RND0750WAM
Walnut MFC
Glass
660 Dia x 1060
TGLP/RND0660GLX
10mm Frosted
£
Code
WxHxD
Squarial
750 x 720 x 750
342
TGLD/SQL0750WHM
White MFC
342
TGLD/SQL0750WAM
Walnut MFC
Round
900 Dia x 720
478
Gloss Coffee Table Code
WxHxD
Squarial
750 x 400 x 750
323
TGLC/SQL0750WHM
White MFC
309
323
TGLC/SQL0750WAM
Walnut MFC
309
Round
600 Dia x 400
£
TGLD/RND0900WHM White MFC
302
TGLD/RND0900WAM Walnut MFC
302
Glass
800 Dia x 720
TGLD/RND0800GLX
10mm Frosted
Safety Glass
Safety Glass
522
£
TGLC/RND0660WHM White MFC
280
TGLC/RND0660WAM Walnut MFC
280
Glass
600 Dia x 400
TGLC/RND0660GLX
10mm Frosted
467
Safety Glass
Colour Options
1
year guarantee
Walnut & Silver
244
White & Silver
Glass & Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
244-245 Gloss Tables & Retro (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 16:55
Retro
cafe & dining
Available in 5 colours, these bright and cheerful chairs will bring a breath of fresh air to any cafe or breakout space. The matching Dining Tables are made from solid wood and have a polypropylene top which is available in a choice of colours.
GRT1
MRT1
Retro Wood Bar Stool TRT5/A
TRT3/A
Code Seat Height WxHxD GRT1 756 401 x 1069 x 533 Solid beech frame chair with polypropylene seat and backrest
TRT1/A
Retro Square Dining Table Code Top Colour TRT5/A White TRT5/C Anthracite Beech Wood Legs
£ 488
Retro Wood Café Chair W x H x D mm 800 x 740 x 800 800 x 740 x 800
£ 940 940
Code Seat Height WxHxD MRT1 458 401 x 802 x 494 Solid beech frame chair with polypropylene seat and backrest
£ 310
Seat & Backrest Colours A
B
Retro Round Dining Table Code Top Colour TRT3/A White TRT3/B Sand TRT3/C Anthracite Beech Wood Leg with star base
H x Dia mm 740 x 700 740 x 700 740 x 700
£ 551 551 551
White
D
Red
E
Light Grey
F
Green
Yellow
Retro Dining Table Top Colours
Retro Square Dining Table Code Top Colour TRT1/A White TRT1/B Sand TRT1/C Anthracite Beech Wood Leg with star base
W x H x D mm 730 x 740 x 730 730 x 740 x 730 730 x 740 x 730
£ 588 588 588
White
Sand
Anthracite
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
244-245 Gloss Tables & Retro (15).indd 2
245
25/11/2014 16:55
Storage and Filing You will find the best solution for your workplace storage requirements over the following pages. Whether you need to store boxes or file documents, our Filing Cabinets, Cupboards and Side Opening Tambours will work for you. Tailor a cabinet with internal fitments to suspend your files, or shelves to hold your folders. You may wish to consider space saving tambour doors or, a narrower filing cabinet. The Contract option represents great value in office storage over a modest range of colours and sizes. Where as the Classic option has a more premium feel with ultra smooth openings and an increased choice of fitments. Please ask our sales team for further details. Whichever filing cabinet you opt for, rest assured that all come with guarantees of between 5 and 10 years, and are rigorously tested and approved.
2015 Range Highlights Multimedia Got more than just files and folders to store? Our colourful range of Multidrawer and Media Storage cabinets from pages 259-260 should provide the solution.
Lockers Choose from a large variety of bright and stylish lockers and storage cabinets. The SystemFile™ Lodge can provide a multitude of solutions, with a vast choice of internals and accessories for further customisation, whilst maintaining design and quality.
Sliding Doors Economy sliding door cupboards, a flexible storage solution for a variety of file formats offering a breadth of height & width configurations.
Safes Protect your business from fire, with a variety of unrivalled fire resistant cabinets for the storage of documents and media.
246
246-247 Storage Filing Info - Contents (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:20
Filing Cabinets
storage and filing contents
Premier Filing Page 249
Classic Filing Page 254
Contract Tambours Page 251
Contract Fitments Page 251
Euro Tambours Page 252
Contract Cupboards Page 250
Sliding Door Cupboards Page 253
Classic Cupboards Page 256
Side Filers Page 255
Tambours
Contract Filing Page 248
Classic Tambour Page 257
Filing Page 260
Media Cabinet
Various Page 259
Storage Page 260
Lockers
SystemFile Page 258
F Series
SystemFile Lodges
Multidrawers
Cupboards
Euro Fitments Page 252
Standard Page 262-263
Multi-purpose Page 264
Dangerous Substance Page 265
Various PPE Page 266
Safes
Plan Chests
Fastrack Page 261
Steel Framed Page 267
Various Page 268-269
247
246-247 Storage Filing Info - Contents (15).indd 2
04/12/2014 11:20
Contract Filing
storage and filing
High quality filing cabinets at economical prices, manufactured to meet British Standards for strength and stability. Fitted with recessed handles, drawer label holders, central locking and anti-tilt to prevent more than one drawer being opened at a time.
Best Seller
4 Drawer
3 Drawer
Code
W x H x D (mm)
AOC4
470 x 1321 x 622
£ 296
2 Drawer
Code
W x H x D (mm)
AOC3
470 x 1016 x 622
£ 286
Code
W x H x D (mm)
AOC2
470 x 711 x 622
Note: Each drawer can hold up to 35kg of hanging suspension files.
5
G/G
BLK
C/C
year guarantee
Goose Grey
248
238
Stock Colours
For use with suspension files only. Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing.
£
Black
Coffee Cream
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
248-249 Contract FC - Premier Filing (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 11:51
Premier Filing
storage and filing
Unassuming in design, the PSF filing cabinet blends into the background and keeps the filing at bay. It boasts 100% drawer extension, smooth, resistance-free slides and an anti-tilt operation for safe, ultimate ease of use. Two, three and four-drawer versions are available.
Stocked in 4 colours
2 Drawer Filing Cabinet Code
W x H x D (mm)
PSF2
470 x 711 x 622
3 Drawer Filing Cabinet £
Code
W x H x D (mm)
274
PSF3
470 x 1016 x 622
4 Drawer Filing Cabinet £
Code
W x H x D (mm)
298
PSF4
470 x 1321 x 622
£ 312
40kg drawer load
Note: Each drawer can hold up to 40kg of hanging suspension files. For use with suspension files only. Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing.
5
year guarantee
Stock Colours G/G
Goose Grey
BLK
Black
C/C
Coffee Cream
BLUE
Oxford Blue
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
248-249 Contract FC - Premier Filing (15).indd 2
249
26/11/2014 11:51
Contract Cupboards
storage and filing
Economy stationery cupboards are designed for a maximum storage capacity yet are efficient on space. Supplied with black dual purpose shelving which accommodates under-shelf filing. (330mm Centre)
Contract Cupboards Code
W x H x D (mm)
ÂŁ
E402AO1
914 x 1000 x 400
262
914 x 1806 x 400
343
914 x 1950 x 400
397
1 Shelf E722AO3 3 Shelf E782AO4 4 Shelf E198P1/BLK
(Black Only)
26
Extra Dual Purpose Shelf
Note: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For full details of colour options available please contact our Sales Office. Note: Stationery cupboards will only accommodate the Black dual purpose shelf E198P1.
250
Stock Colours
5
G/G
C/C
year guarantee
Goose Grey
Coffee Cream
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
250-251 Contract Cupboards - Contract Tambours (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:25
Contract Tambours
storage and filing
The tambour cupboard represents great value and flexibility for office storage. Tambour doors open into the steel carcass saving on valuable office space. These tambour cupboards are supplied empty ready to accept internal fitments.
Low
Medium
Code
Finish
£
High
Code
Finish
£
Code
Finish
£
IME101SOTO/S
Oak/Silver
571
IME161SOTO/S
Oak/Silver
665
IME191SOTO/S
Oak/Silver
702
IME101SOTB/S
Beech/Silver
571
IME161SOTB/S
Beech/Silver
665
IME191SOTB/S
Beech/Silver
702
IME101SOTG/G
Goose Grey
451
IME161SOTG/G
Goose Grey
552
IME191SOTG/G
Goose Grey
584
W1000
H1651
W1000
H1968
Dimensions (mm) W1000
H1016
D470
Roll-out Suspension Filing Frame
D470
Slotted Shelf
Code
Description
£
ROSFF
Single pack
138
D470
Standard Shelf
Code
Description
£
Code
Description Grey as standard
BSSPDP1
Slotted shelf
53
BBSP1
Allow 258mm when used with standard
SHDV85P5PS
Pack of 5 dividers
57
Allow 25mm for the shelf plus clearance
suspension files. Safety Note: Will only fit in
Allow 175mm for shelf and dividers plus
lower half of storage unit.
clearance for the items to be stored.
£ 37
height for items to be stored on the shelf.
Stock Colours O/S
Oak & Silver B/S
Lateral Filing Rail - Allow 285mm Beech & Silver
G/G
Code
Description
BUR
Adjustment lateral file
Roll-out Shelf - Allow 60mm for shelf £
Code
Description
£
48
ROSH
Single pack
120
5
year guarantee
Goose Grey Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
250-251 Contract Cupboards - Contract Tambours (15).indd 2
251
04/12/2014 11:25
Euro Tambours & Internal Fitments
storage and filing
Designed specifically to a European format, Eurotambours provide optimum filing capacity to A4 size media. An expansive range of cabinet sizes and internal fittings enables efficient storage for selected filing applications.
EuroTambour - Silver Code
H x W x D (mm)
ET410/102SIL
1030x1000x430
EuroTambour - Silver
EuroTambour - Beech/ Silver £ 463
Code
H x W x D (mm)
ET410/102SILBCH 1030x1000x430
£ 463
Code
H x W x D (mm)
ET410/194SIL
1980x1000x430
Complete with 2 shelves
Complete with 2 shelves
Complete with 4 shelves
EuroTambour - Beech/ Silver
Standard Shelf
Roll-out Frame
Code
H x W x D (mm)
ET410/194SILBCH 1980x1000x430
£ 663
Complete with 4 shelves
Code
Description
ET410SHPS
With undershelf filing
26
£
ET4SHDVCLIPONP3 Clip on shelf dividers
40
£ 663
Code
Description
ET410RFPS
Roll out filing frame for A4
£ 99
(pack of 3)
Roll-out Shelf Code
Description
ET410RSPS
Roll out shelf
£ 91
Roll-out Drawer
Lateral Filing Rail
Code
Description
Code
Description
ET410RD4PS
100mm roll out drawer
ET410LRPS
Adjustment lateral file
ET4DW4DP3PS Drawer dividers (pack of 3)
£ 135
£ 28
29 Stock Colours
Note: Storage fitments will not be installed into any units on delivery but will be left on site with instructions for self assembly. Fitments available in black only.
252
5
year guarantee
Beech Doors
Silver Doors
Silver Shell
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
252-253 Euro Tambours Fittings - Economy Sliding Door Cupboards (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:28
Sliding Door Cupboards
storage and filing
A perfect complement to our Eurotambours™ range, and offering a breadth of height and width configurations, Economy Sliding Door Cupboards provide a flexible storage solution for a variety of file formats.
Sliding Doors Cupboard Code
W x H x D (mm)
SD408/06/1S
800 x 695 x 430
Top Box £ 321
Supplied with 1 shelf.
Sliding Doors Cupboard
Code
W x H x D (mm)
SD412/TB
1200 x 495 x 430
£ 321
Supplied empty.
Sliding Doors Cupboard Code
W x H x D (mm)
SD412/11/2S
1200 x 1181 x 430
Supplied with 2 shelves
448
W x H x D (mm)
SD412/08/1S
1200 x 839 x 430
£ 392
Supplied with 1 shelf.
Sliding Doors Cupboard £
Code
Code
W x H x D (mm)
SD412/17/3S
1200 x 1637 x 430
Supplied with 3 shelves.
Sliding Doors Cupboard £ 523
Code
W x H x D (mm)
SD412/19/4S
1200 x 1980 x 430
£ 560
Supplied with 4 shelves.
Colours
5
year guarantee
Chalk
Silver
Goose Grey
Light Grey
Black
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
252-253 Euro Tambours Fittings - Economy Sliding Door Cupboards (15).indd 2
253
04/12/2014 11:29
Classic Filing
storage and filing
With a 10 year guarantee Bisley filing cabinets are built to last and feature a fully welded construction and double skin drawer fronts. The range includes two, three, four and five drawer versions. All cabinets listed are for foolscap filing; A4 cabinets (excluding 5 drawer version) are available for the same price but are not stock items so please allow 28 working days for delivery.
2 Drawer
3 Drawer
Code
W x H x D (mm)
BS2E
470 x 711 x 622
£
Code
W x H x D (mm)
293
BS3E
470 x 1016 x 622
£
Code
W x H x D (mm)
395
BS5E
470 x 1511 x 622
4 Drawer
£ 352
5 Drawer
Code
W x H x D (mm)
BS4E
470 x 1321 x 622
45kg draw loading
£ 498
Note: Each drawer can hold up to 45kg of hanging suspension files. For use with suspension files only. Filing cabinet draw loads are for hanging files only. Drawer bottoms are not load bearing. Stock Colours G/G
Goose Grey BLUE
BLK
Black CHK
C/C
Coffee Cream
10
year guarantee
254
254-255 Classic Filing - Side Filers (15).indd 1
Oxford Blue Chalk Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
04/12/2014 11:32
Side Filers
storage and filing
Bisley side filers are ideal where floor space is limited. The range incorporates all the design features of classic filing cabinets but with 30% greater capacity. The drawers, each supported by heavy duty slides enable 100% extension and accommodate one row of foolscap suspension files facing sideways or two rows of A4 files facing forwards. Label holders, height adjustment, anti-tilt and cross rails complete the standard features.
4 Drawer Code
WxHxD
08SF4
800 x 1301 - 1325 x 470
3 Drawer £ 1026
Code
WxHxD
08SF3
800 x 997 - 1021 x 470
2 Drawer £ 844
Code
WxHxD
08SF2
800 x 693 - 717 x 470
£ 657
Stock Colour
5
G/G
year guarantee
Note: Side filing cabinets are priced in Goose Grey only. For other available finishes and price details please contact Sales. Goose Grey
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
254-255 Classic Filing - Side Filers (15).indd 2
255
04/12/2014 11:32
Classic Cupboard
storage and filing
These all-purpose cupboards are available in three heights and are suitable for general storage and filing. Except for the A402W11 the units are supplied empty ready to accept storage fitments, which can be found on page 251.
See page 251 for internal fittings
Classic Cupboard Code
WxHxD
A782W00
914 x 1968 x 457
Supplied empty
Classic Cupboard £ 441
Code
WxHxD
A722W00
914 x 1806 x 457
Supplied empty
Classic Cupboard £ 352
Code
WxHxD
A402W11
914 x 1016 x 457
£ 317
Supplied with 1 shelf Stock Colour
Standard Features Magnetic door catches and locks.
256
Note: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For prices and full details of colour options available please contact our sales office.
5
G/G
year guarantee
Goose Grey
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
256-257 Classic Cupboard- Classic Tambour (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:35
Classic Tambour
storage and filing
Bisley’s versatile side opening tambour cupboards have been designed to maximise storage capacity and make the most of valuable office space; because tambour doors retract into the cupboard side, they use up less space. A comprehensive range of internal fittings enables efficient storage for every application. Note: Please note colour samples may be altered slightly by the printing process and should only be used as an approximate guide. For prices and full details of colour options available please contact our sales office.
Supplied Empty
Classic Tambour Code
W x H x D (mm)
AST40WG/G
1000 x 1016 x 470
£
See page 251 for internal fittings
Standard Features Fitted locks
560
Supplied Empty
Classic Tambour Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
AST78WG/G
1000 x 1968 x 470
774
Supplied Empty
Classic Tambour Code
W x H x D (mm)
AST87WG/G
1000 x 2229 x 470
£ 881
Stock Colour G/G
10
year guarantee
Goose Grey
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
256-257 Classic Cupboard- Classic Tambour (15).indd 2
257
04/12/2014 11:35
SystemFile™ Lodge
storage and filing
Bisley SystemFile™ can provide a multitude of solutions, with a vast choice of internals and accessories for further customisation, all the while maintaining consistency of design and quality, crucial to the modern office. Designed as a high-density storage option for personal use, the 1000mm wide carcase can accommodate three rows of lockers and each compartment can be locked independently. The ergonomic swan-neck handle is just one example of how SystemFile™ lodges have been designed to integrate seamlessly with all other products within the range.
SystemFile™ Lodge
SystemFile™ Lodge
Code
£
SYL1034LTA2B
1014
3 x 12” plus 6 x 13.5” doors
SystemFile™ Lodge
Code
Code
£
SYL1040LT3JA
£
SYL1060LS5B
1130
1098
9 x 10.5” plus 3 x 12” doors
5 pairs 13.5” doors
1000 x 1301-1325 x 470
1000 x 1947-1971 x 470
Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1000 x 1149-1173 x 470
SystemFile™ Lodge
SystemFile™ Lodge
Code
£
SYL1060LT5B
1392
Code
£
SYL1050LS3J2A
1031
6 x 10.5” plus 4 x 12” doors
15 x 13.5” doors Dimensions W x H x D (mm) 1000 x 1947-1971 x 470
1000 x 1643-1667 x 470
Illustrated are our best selling options, many other door configurations are available. Please call for details.
10
year guarantee
Colours
Silver
258
Light Grey
Goose Grey
Graphite
Edinburgh
Chalk
Beige
Cream
New Blue
Oxford Blue
Black
Light Red Orange
Coffee
Yellow
Green
Pink
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
258-259 SystemFile Lodge - Multidrawers (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:37
Multidrawers
storage and filing
Lower heights and simpler configurations, these Bisley multidrawers provide great value storage. Choose from five units and a choice of bases and clever insert trays which help to keep drawers tidy.
5 Drawer Code
10 Drawer
W x H x D (mm)
H12/5NL 279 x 325 x 380
Drawer Height 51
£ 85
Code
6 Drawer
W x H x D (mm)
H2910NL 279 x 590 x 380
Drawer Height 51
£ 148
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Drawer Height
H296NL
279 x 590 x 380
87
Optional Plinth Base
9 Drawer Code
15 Drawer
W x H x D (mm)
H39/9NL 279 x 860 x 380
Drawer Height 87
£ 207
Code
£ 148
Optional Castor Base
Base Options
W x H x D (mm)
H39/15NL 279 x 860 x 380
Drawer Height 51
£ 207
Code
Description
HMDPLNTH
Plinth Base, Single
18
£
CB5
Castor Base, Single
55
Optional Compartment Trays Code
W x H x D (mm)
£
A4, 4 Compartment Tray, Single 227P5/1
215 x 51 x 340
13
A4, 9 Compartment Tray, Single 226P5/1
215 x 51 x 340
13
Stock Colour G/G
£
227P5
215 x 51 x 340
65
226P5
215 x 51 x 340
65
A4, 16 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5
215 x 51 x 340
13
A4, 24 Compartment Tray, Single 224P5/1
W x H x D (mm)
A4, 9 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5
A4, 16 Compartment Tray, Single 225P5/1
Code
A4, 4 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5
225P5
215 x 51 x 340
65
A4, 24 Compartment Tray, Pk of 5
215 x 51 x 340
13
224P5
215 x 51 x 340
65
5
year guarantee
Special Order Colours BLK
GRN
SIL
GRP
NBL
PNK
YE
C/C
RED
BLUE
D/B
WHT
Pink Yellow Black Green Silver Graphite New Blue Coffee Light Red Oxford Goose Doulton White Cream Orange Blue Grey Blue Prices shown are for Standard Colours. Add 10% for Graphite, Silver or Oxford Blue. Add 15% for Pink, Light Red Orange, New Blue, Green or Yellow.
Stock colours delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days and fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Special colours are delivered within 30 working days.*
258-259 SystemFile Lodge - Multidrawers (15).indd 2
259
04/12/2014 11:37
F Series Filing & Media Cabinet
storage and filing
F Series F Series Filing cabinets provide complete flexibility for storing both A4 and Foolscap suspension files. 2 filingdrawers, 6 personal-drawers, 1 filing and 3 personal-drawer versions are available.
1 Filing & 3 Storage Drawers Code
WxHxD
1F3E
470 x 711 x 470
2 Filing Drawers £ 294
6 Storage Drawers
Code
WxHxD
£
2FE
470 x 711 x 470
313
Code
WxHxD
F6E
470 x 711 x 470
£ 287
Castor Base For F Series Code CB1
£ (Please specify as factory fitted)
50
Pack of 5 Compartment Plastic Insert Trays Optional Castor Base
Insert Tray
Dividers
Code
Media Cabinet Bisley media storage cabinets are specifically designed to store CDs, DVDs and videos. Each drawer can be divided into three rows to accommodate up to 120 CDs, 54 DVDs or 26 videos. Media Cabinet - 4 Drawers Code
WxHxD
MS4E
498 x 711 x 470
£ 436
Castor Base For Media Cabinet CB4 - Please specify as factory fitted
57
Video Pack - 4 Dividers 8 Compressor Plates MSVP
35
CD Pack - 8 Dividers 12 Compressor Plates MSCDP
56
Dividers - Pack of 4 MSDP4
260
16
PIT522P5
£ Fits Storage Drawers
116
5
year guarantee
Standard Features All drawers are fitted with anti-tilt safety devices and ball bearing slides for smooth opening. The design also enables the plinth to be replaced with either castors or adjustable height levellers. Prices shown are for Standard Colours. Add 10% for Graphite, Silver or Oxford Blue. Add 15% for Pink, Light Red Orange, New Blue, Green, Yellow or White. Refer to page 259 for palette.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
260-261 F Series Filing - Fasttrack Lockers (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 14:04
Fastrack Lockers
storage and filing
Fastrack lockers are available in two sizes to cater for the demands of any requirement. Single door lockers are supplied with a shelf and hook (305mm) or rail (457mm), while two door lockers are supplied with one hanging hook per compartment. All lockers are guaranteed for 5 years and fully approved to BS EN 14073: Parts 2&3 and BS EN 14074.
1 Door Locker
2 Door Locker Code
WxHxD
Colour
120
CLK122G/G
305 x 1802 x 305
Goose Grey
143
146
CLK182G/G
305 x 1802 x 457
Goose Grey
174
Blue/ Grey
120
CLK122G/B
305 x 1802 x 305
Blue/ Grey
143
Blue/ Grey
146
CLK182G/B
305 x 1802 x 457
Blue/ Grey
174
Code
WxHxD
Colour
£
CLK121G/G
305 x 1802 x 305
Goose Grey
CLK181G/G
305 x 1802 x 457
Goose Grey
CLK121G/B
305 x 1802 x 305
CLK181G/B
305 x 1802 x 457
4 Door Locker
£
6 Door Locker
Code
WxHxD
Colour
Code
WxHxD
Colour
CLK124G/G
305 x 1802 x 305
Goose Grey
187
CLK126G/G
305 x 1802 x 305
Goose Grey
CLK184G/G
305 x 1802 x 457
Goose Grey
203
CLK186G/G
305 x 1802 x 457
Goose Grey
248
CLK124G/B
305 x 1802 x 305
Blue/ Grey
187
CLK126G/B
305 x 1802 x 305
Blue/ Grey
226
CLK184G/B
305 x 1802 x 457
Blue/ Grey
203
CLK186G/B
305 x 1802 x 457
Blue/ Grey
248
Standard Features Flush surface, no protruding fixtures. Inset card holder. Camlock fitted, supplied with 2 keys. Ventilation holes in top & bottom for air circulation. Knock-outs provided for bolting together.
£
5
year guarantee
Delivered to a room of choice within 10 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
260-261 F Series Filing - Fasttrack Lockers (15).indd 2
£ 226
261
26/11/2014 14:04
Standard Lockers
storage and filing
Lockers have officially gone green on our selected range of Storage Lockers that contain Abbeysteel™ sustainably sourced steel lockers contain between 11-44% steel off-cut from the automotive industry reducing their CO2 footprint. The storage lockers also contain an anti-bacterial powder coating and are UK manufactured.
Supplied with a top shelf and double coat hook.
Supplied with a double coat hook in each compartment
Single Door Locker
Two Door Locker
Code
WxHxD
Single £
Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
183030S
300 x 1800 x 300
99
192
183045S
300 x 1800 x 450
119
184545S
450 x 1800 x 450
142
Code
WxHxD
286
1830302
300 x 1800 x 300
Single £ 124
244
398
231
345
1830452
300 x 1800 x 450
137
268
399
NA
NA
1845452
450 x 1800 x 450
159
NA
NA
Supplied with no internal fittings
Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
Supplied with no internal fittings
Three Door Locker
Four Door Locker
Code
WxHxD
Code
WxHxD
1830303
300 x 1800 x 300
Single £ 136
Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £ 265
397
1830304
300 x 1800 x 300
149
294
439
1830453
300 x 1800 x 450
154
300
451
1830454
300 x 1800 x 450
166
326
487
1845454
450 x 1800 x 450
192
NA
NA
Must be ordered with lockers, and only available on single door and nest of 2 lockers. Locker stands available on request, please ask for details.
Single £
Nest of 2 £
Nest of 3 £
Door Colour Options. All Carcasses are Grey
Sloping Top Code
WxD
£
ST3030
300 x 300
14
ST3045
300 x 450
16
ST4545
450 x 450
18
Green
Yellow
Maroon
1
year guarantee
Pastel Blue
262
Red
Dark Blue
Grey
Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
262-263 Standard Lockers (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 13:03
Standard Lockers
storage and filing
Supplied with no internal fittings
Supplied with no internal fittings
Five Door Locker
Six Door Locker
Code
WxHxD
Single £
1830305
300 x 1800 x 300
169
332
1830455
300 x 1800 x 450
183
362
Code
WxHxD
494
1830306
300 x 1800 x 300
182
537
1830456
300 x 1800 x 450
195
Nest of 2 £ Nest of 3 £
Single £
Supplied with no internal fittings. Choice of two sizes available. 550mm deep lockers available, please ask for details. Nesting option not available
Eight Door Locker Code
WxHxD
1830308
300 x 1800 x 300
Single £ 232
1830458
300 x 1800 x 450
255 Single Locker
Nest of Two
Nest of Three
Options £ Fitting for Padlock (Specify at time of order)
FOC
Master Key
30
Hanging Rail
11
Number Plate and Key Fob
9
£1 Coin Return or Token Return Lock
39
Additional Keys
9
Electronic Combination Lock
POA
4 Digit Combination Lock with Master Key
POA
Fitting for Padlock
Master Key
Hanging Rail
Numbered Key Fob and Plate
£1 Coin Return or Token Return Lock
Additional Keys
Electronic Combination Lock
4 Digit Mechanical Combination Lock with Master Key
263
262-263 Standard Lockers (15).indd 2
26/11/2014 13:03
Multi-purpose Lockers
storage and filing
Ideal for the storage of personal clothing and equipment. These lockers come with a mix of vertical hanging compartment and smaller storage compartments.
Combi Locker
Clean & Dirty Locker
Code
WxHxD
1845N
450 x 1800 x 450
£ 182
Code
WxHxD
£
1845CD
450 x 1800 x 450
160
Ideal for the storage of personal clothing and equipment. The locker
Two vertical hanging compartments to separate workwear and
comes with a vertical hanging compartment and smaller storage
daywear. Integral seat and stands are available along with a sloping
compartments. Supplied with a grey carcass.
top and lock options. Supplied with a grey carcass.
Two Person Locker
Twin Locker
Code
WxHxD
1845TP
450 x 1800 x 450
£ 210
Code
WxHxD
1845TW
450 x 1800 x 450
£ 189
A space saving unit for two users. Each user would have a vertical
This space saving unit accommodates two users each having a slim
hanging and a personal possession compartment. Supplied with a
vertical storage compartment with shelf and double coat hook. A
grey carcass.
sloping top option available. Supplied with a grey carcass.
Door Colour Options
1
year guarantee
Green
264
Red
Yellow
Maroon
Pastel Blue
Dark Blue
Grey
Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
264-265 Multi Purpose Lockers - Dangerous (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 14:06
storage and filing
Dangerous Substance Safety Cabinets
These robust cabinets have been designed to offer good structural stability and safely contain spillages within the cabinets leak proof sump. Designed to provide safe and secure storage of chemicals, paints and hazardous substances as defined by COSHH guidelines. All cabinets conform to Health & Safety Executive Guide HSG51 & DSEAR 2002. Dangerous Substance Cabinets Code
WxHxD
No. of Shelves
Sump Capacity
Sloping Top
3 Point Locking
£
723618CSC
915 x 1830 x 457
3
36Ltr
Option
Yes
511
603618CSC
915 x 1525 x 457
2
36Ltr
Option
Yes
480
393618CSC
915 x 1000 x 457
1
30Ltr
Option
Yes
350
361818CSC
457 x 910 x 457
1
15Ltr
-
-
268
283618CSC
915 x 710 x 457
1
30Ltr
Option
Yes
320
Heavy duty construction. Powder coated paint finish. Reinforced doors. Leak-proof cabinet base. 3 point locking.
Mini Dangerous Substance Cabinets Code
WxHxD
No. of Shelves
Sump Capacity
Sloping Top
3 Point Locking
£
243618CSC
915 x 610 x 457
1
30Ltr
Option
Yes
311
243615CSC
915 x 610 x 381
1
15Ltr
-
Yes
306
301818CSC
457 x 760 x 457
1
10Ltr
-
-
261
281812CSC
457 x 710 x 305
1
10Ltr
-
-
240
281412CSC
355 x 710 x 305
1
5Ltr
-
-
232
241818CSC
457 x 610 x 457
1
10Ltr
-
-
250
181812CSC
457 x 457 x 305
1
5Ltr
-
-
229
Heavy duty construction. Powder coated paint finish. Reinforced doors. Leak-proof cabinet base. IMPORTANT NOTICE: In accordance with HSE guidelines and regulations, before these cabinets are placed into operational use, it is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the signage to be displayed is appropriate to the hazards associated with those chemicals or products to be stored within. New GHS labelling will be supplied on dangerous substance cabinets, the primary label is the Flame meaning ‘Flammable’...
Sloping Top Add On Code
WxHxD
3618STUCSC
915 x 150 x 457
Stands with Adjustable Feet £ 84
• GHS labelling, fully enforceable June 2015 • Chrome door handle • Powder coated paint finish, hi-vis yellow • Reinforced doors • Leak proof sump • 3 point locking
Code
WxHxD
3618STCSC
915 x 533 x 457
112
1818STCSC
457 x 533 x 457
105
1
year guarantee
£
Additional alternative labelling supplied loose includes ‘Oxidizing’ and ‘Explosive’... Labels are easy peel type to allow switching of the primary label. Additional GHS signage and chemical information segregation chart supplied within each cabinet.
Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
264-265 Multi Purpose Lockers - Dangerous (15).indd 2
265
26/11/2014 14:06
PPE Lockers & Cabinets
storage and filing
Lockers This robust design is ideal for industrial environments, these locker compartment doors are individually labelled with a “Personal Protective Equipment” mandatory label and incorporate a number plate holder. Product codes prefixed PPE will be supplied with a grey carcass and dark blue doors.
Single Door Locker
Two Door Locker £ Code
Code
104 PPE1830302
PPE183030S W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300 128 PPE1830452
PPE183045S
Four Door Locker
Six Door Locker £ Code
£ Code 132 PPE1830304
201
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300
W.300 x H.1800 x D.300 144 PPE1830454
£
163 PPE1830306 182 PPE1830456
212
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
W.300 x H.1800 x D.450
Supplied with a shelf & double
Supplied with double coat hook to Supplied without internal Fittings.
coat hook.
each compartment.
Supplied without internal Fittings.
PPE Lockers Standard Features Hardwearing powder coated finish. Key cam lock or padlock option. Welded frame design. Seat & stand options available. Sloping top option.
Cabinets Extra strength cabinets manufactured with a welded frame and reinforced doors. Each comes with 3 point security locking, and ‘Personal Protective Equipment’ labelling as standard.
Single Door Cabinet Code
£
PPE361818C
187
W.457 x H.910 x D.457 Complete with two adjustable shelves.
Wardrobe
General Storage £ Code
Code PPE723618W
371 PPE723618C
Clothing & Equipment
Double Door Cabinet £ Code
£ Code 381 PPE723618CE
£
425 PPE393618C
292
W.915 x H.1830 x D.457
W.915 x H.1830 x D.457
W.915 x H.1830 x D.457
W.915 x H.1000 x D.457
Supplied with an adjustable
Supplied with 3 adjustable
Supplied with a vertical hanging
Complete with one adjustable shelf.
hanging rail shelf.
shelves.
compartment & individual storage.
Cabinet Labelling
1
year guarantee
266
Delivered to a room of choice within 17 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
266-267 PPE - Plan Chests (15).indd 1
26/11/2014 14:09
Plan Chests
storage and filing
A1 & A0 Plan Chests. With 1, 3, 6 and 8 drawer options. Using quality materials to build budget and cost effective furniture.
25mm square legs
A1 Square Frame Plan Chests
A0 Square Frame Plan Chests Code
WxHxD
Description
612
PC8 A0
1340 x 830 x 960
8 Drawers
837
467
PC6 A0
1340 x 830 x 960
6 Drawers
640
3 Drawers
351
PC3 A0
1340 x 830 x 960
3 Drawers
422
1 Drawer
320
PC1 A0
1340 x 830 x 960
1 Drawer
371
Code
WxHxD
Description
PC8 A1
992 x 830 x 707
8 Drawers
PC6 A1
992 x 830 x 707
6 Drawers
PC3 A1
992 x 830 x 707
PC1 A1
992 x 830 x 707
Will accommodate paper size 841mm x 594mm
ÂŁ
ÂŁ
Will accommodate paper size 1189mm x 841mm Top Panel: 18mm with 2mm edge Leg Frame: 25mm Square Tubing
MFC Colours O/S
B/S
S
5
year guarantee
Oak
Beech
Silver Metalwork Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
266-267 PPE - Plan Chests (15).indd 2
267
26/11/2014 14:09
Fire Resistant Safes
storage and filing
Protect your business from fire, with a variety of unrivalled fire resistant cabinets for the storage of documents and media. All our safes are independently tested to European standards.
Shown with optional data protection insert FSDPI03
Fantastic Value FS1902E
FS1901E
FS1903E £2.5K
FS2254E
FS2252K
Fire Commander FS1900E Series
FSDPI08
World Class Vertical Fire File FS2250K/E Series Code
W x H x D (mm)
Drawers
Weight
£
FS2252K
530 x 805 x 675
2
145kg
1178
FS2252E
530 x 805 x 675
2
145kg
1308
FS2254K
530 x 1495 x 675
4
266kg
1730
FS2254E
530 x 1495 x 675
4
266kg
1863
FSDPI08
Data Protection Insert
19kg
351
Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). 90 Minutes fire protection for paper records & data when FSDPI08 is used. Water resistant seals prevent damage to contents against sprinkler systems. Able to accommodate Foolscap, A4 & A5 files using width adjustable rails. Independent drawer locking allows any combinations of open or locked drawers.
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Litres
Weight
£
FS1901E
655 x 1250 x 560
163
228kg
1510
FS1902E
775 x 1715 x 650
380
388kg
2413
FS1903E
1124 x 1770 x 700
699
548kg
3678
120 Minutes fire protection for paper records & 60 minutes for digital media. Recommended for £2,500 overnight cash cover or £25,000 for valuables. Large capacity storage with height adjustable shelves & lockable drawer unit. High security electronic lock with LED display, alarm, dual control & hidden code.
FSDPI03
Data Protection Insert for FS1512K/E, FS1513K/E, FS1902E & FS1903E FSDPIO3
FS1511E
FS1513K
FS1514K/E
£ 311
FS1512K
£1.5K
Fire Ranger FS1510K/E Series
FS1271E
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Litres
Weight
FS1511K
600 x 1220 x 520
230
71kg
935
FS1511E
600 x 1220 x 520
230
71kg
1023
FS1512K
930 x 1220 x 520
359
90kg
1203
FS1512E
930 x 1220 x 520
359
90kg
1290
FS1513K
930 x 1950 x 520
615
142kg
1500
FS1513E
930 x 1950 x 520
615
142kg
1580
FS1514K
1250x1950x520
815
210kg
1870
FS1514E
1250x1950x520
815
210kg
1963
FS1273E
£
Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). 30 Minutes fire protection for paper records. High security VDS Class 1 key lock or electronic locking with LED display. Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. Height adjustable shelves that also include hanging rails for lateral files.
FS1272E
£2K
Titan II FS1270E
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Litres
Weight
FS1271E
410 x 308 x 342
16
26kg
239
£
FS1272E
352 x 420 x 433
25
36kg
280
FS1273E
404 x 522 x 440
36
53kg
343
60 Minutes fire protection for paper records & digital media, DVD’s & USB sticks. Recommended for £2,000 overnight cash cover or £20,000 for valuables. High security electronic lock with LED display, alarm, dual control & hidden code. Drop tested from 9.1 meters & suitable for base fixing (bolts supplied). All fire safes are covered by a 2 year manufacturers warranty & free lifetime after fire replacement warranty.
Prices quoted are for ground floor delivery & position (no steps) in 3-7 days. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.
268
268-269 Safes (15).indd 1
Prices quoted are 1-3 day (door to door) delivery left in packaging. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.
26/11/2014 14:14
Safes
storage and filing
Key Deposit Slot
KS0033E
KS0031E
SS0722E
SS0723E
SS0721E
SS0724E
KS0032E
Compact Home/Office SS0720E Series
Electronic Key Safes KS0030E Series
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Litres
Weight
£
117
SS0721E
240 x 180 x 170
5
3.5kg
72
9kg
124
SS0722E
310 x 200 x 200
8.5
6kg
82
19kg
204
SS0723E
350 x 250 x 250
18
8kg
99
SS0724E
450 x 250 x 365
33.8
16kg
137
Code
W x H x D (mm)
Litres
Weight
KS0031E
300 x 280 x 100
30
5kg
KS0032E
300 x 365 x 100
48
KS0033E
430 x 660 x 130
144
£
High quality electronic locking with override key lock (2 keys supplied). Suitable for 30, 48 & 144 keys. Coloured key rings & tags supplied. Key deposit slot allows keys to be deposited without opening the safe. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
Recommended for £1,000 overnight cash cover or £10,000 for valuables. High quality electronic locking with override key lock (2 keys supplied). Twin locking bolts and concealed hinges for increased security. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
Suitable for 17” Laptop
SS1181K SS0935E
SS0937E
SS1182E
SS1183K/E
SS0936E
Fortress II SS1180K/E Series Code
W x H x D (mm)
Litres
Weight
SS1181K
350 x 220 x 170
8
20kg
229
£
SS1181E
350 x 220 x 300
8
20kg
467
152
SS1182K
450 x 350 x 350
28
38kg
335
172
SS1182E
450 x 350 x 350
28
38kg
575
274
SS1183K
450 x 550 x 350
43
54kg
433
SS1183E
450 x 550 x 350
43
54kg
673
Saracen SS0935E Series Code SS0935E SS0936E SS0937E
W x H x D (mm) 350 x 250 x 250 437 x 190 x 380 370 x 560 x 445
Litres 14 22 75
Weight 13kg 15kg 30kg
Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. High security electronic and credit card swipe lock with LED display. Twin motorized locking bolts and concealed hinges for increased security. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
Ideal for Education
ECB.S Certified & AiS (Association of Insurance Surveyors) Approved Electronic Locking (E), Key Locking (K). Tested to European S2 Security Standard (EN14450) providing £4,000 cash cover and £40,000 valuable cover. Anti drill plates for added security. High security VDS Class 1 double bitted key lock or electronic lock & time delay. Ready prepared for floor fixing (bolts supplied for concrete).
Drop Test Approved SC1001KB
SC1001KW
Fitted with Alarm
iPad Security Case SC1000K Series Code
Description
Colour
£
SC1001KB Price shown for Pack of 16 Cases
Black
736 (46 each)
SC1001KW Price shown for Pack of 16 Cases
White
736 (46 each)
Recommended for £1,500 overnight cash cover or £15,000 for valuables. High security electronic and credit card swipe lock with LED display. Twin motorized locking bolts and concealed hinges for increased security. Ready prepared for floor or wall fixing (bolts supplied).
2
year guarantee
268-269 Safes (15).indd 2
£
Fire Resistant for Data Provides Fire Protection for paper
Recommended Insurance Rating Optional Fingerprint Lock Fitted with Keylock CE Certified
Prices quoted are 1-3 day (door to door) delivery left in packaging. For above ground floor (via lift or stairs) P.O.A. Refer to page 2 for further information.
Water Resistant Fire Resistant for CD/DVD/USB Fitted with Electronic Lock
Key 269
26/11/2014 14:14
Education This year we have maintained the wide variety of educational products, with all the information you require detailed clearly. Whether you require a chair, stool or bench the choices provided in the following pages will allow you to choose from plastics to fabrics, the correct size and a suitable colour. The tables are available in a range of shapes, sizes and colours with differing heights for differing applications, such as classrooms or canteens. Choose from hardwearing tops, foldaway frames or ones that stack for ease of storage.
Guide to furniture sizing To assist with purchasing the correct size of table in relation to the user, and the correct chair in relation to the table, we have provided the Sizemark guide. All products sold over the following pages are in compliance with British and European Standards for “Chairs and tables for educational institutions” that were approved in 2007. The latest additions are: BSEN 1729 part 1 - Functional dimensions BSEN 1729 part 2 - Safety requirements and test methods
COLOUR CODE
ORANGE FEET
VIOLET FEET
YELLOW FEET
RED FEET
GREEN FEET
BLUE FEET
SIZE MARK
1
2
3
4
5
6
AGE RANGE
3-4
4-6
6-8
8 - 11
11 - 14
14 - Adult
POPLITEAL HEIGHT RANGE
250 - 280
280 - 315
315 - 355
355 - 405
405 - 435
435 - 485
1080 - 1210
1190 - 1420
1330 - 1590
1460 - 1765
590 - 1880
STATURE RANGE 930 - 1150
STANDING TABLE HEIGHT
590
710
760
900
1000
1000
TABLE HEIGHT
460
530
590
640
710
760
CHAIR HEIGHT
260
310
350
380
430
460
Whilst most existing school furniture will pass BS EN 1729 part 2, the fundamental changes to compliant furniture design are in BS EN 1729 part 1. This relates to the appropriate size, shape and ergonomic design of classroom furniture in maintaining good posture and reducing RSI and back pain in school children. To help you select furniture that complies to British and European standards, the Sizemark table indicates which fixed seat and table heights are suitable for the child’s age and size. To ensure you purchase the most accurate height furniture for the individual child in compliance with the standards, we recommend that you measure the Stature and Popliteal height of the child.
Popliteal Height
Defines the correct seat height. The measurement is taken from the floor to the back of the knee when seated, with thighs horizontal and lower leg vertical with feet flat to the floor.
Stature
Is from floor to the top of the head.
Sitting Work Height
Defines the correct table height. The measurement is determined by sitting elbow height, which is the distance from the floor to the underside of the elbow whilst sitting with the upper arm vertical and the lower arm horizontal.
Standing Work Height
Standing Work Height
Defines the correct standing table height. The measurement is determined by standing elbow height, which is the distance from the floor to the underside of the elbow of a standing person with the upper arm vertical and lower arm horizontal.
270
270-271 Education Intro - Contents (15).indd 1
02/12/2014 12:22
Shaped Range Page 272
Bergen Range Page 273
Siena Range Page 274
Copenhagen Range Page 275
Stacking Poly Page 276-277
NP Page 278
Chair 2000 Page 279
ST Chair Page 280-281
Geo Poly Page 285
Stools Page 286
WSM Stools Page 287
High Chairs Page 287
Tub Tables Page 288
Enviro Early Years Page 289
Standard Nursery Tables Page 290
Craft Tables Page 296
Exam Tables Page 297
Budget Page 302-303
Titan Page 282-283
Postura Page 284
Premium Nursery Tables Page 291
Crush Bent & Fully Welded - Various Page 292-293
Crush Bent & Fully Welded - Various Page 294-295
Equation Leaf Page 298
Equation Page 299
Enviro Page 300
Computer Trolleys Page 301
Shallow & Combination Tray Page 304-305
Variety Tray Page 306
Jumbo/ Extra Deep Tray Page 307
Mobile Book Page 308-309
Curve Storage & Seating Page 310-311
Nexus Bookcases Page 312
Nexus Library Unit Page 313
Nexus Curve Page 314
Paper Storage Page 315
Lockers Page 316-317
Low Height Lockers Page 318
Cloakroom Seating Page 319
Bench Seating Page 319
Cloakroom
Storage
Classroom Tables
Classroom Chairs
Classroom Sets
education contents
270-271 Education Intro - Contents (15).indd 2
271
02/12/2014 12:22
Shaped Tables
classroom tables & chairs
Create an interesting environment with these fun shaped, solid beech tables with hygienilac lacquer and safe rounded edges. The unique table shapes are ideal for group activities.
Helicopter
Flower
Beech Stacking Chairs Horseshoe
Code
Age (approx)
Seat Height (mm)
£
CK40255
3-4 years
260
62
CK40256
4-6 years
310
64
2
year guarantee
Beech Stacking Chairs
Squiggle
3
year guarantee
Tables Code
Description
(H x W x D)
£
TS48020
Helicopter
460/530 x 1500 x 1500
813
TS48021
Flower
460/530 x 1200 x 1200
717
TS48022
Horseshoe
460/530 x 1600 x 1500
1005
TS48023
Squiggle
460/530 x 1500 x 1500
957
Code
Description
Seat Height (mm)
CS43019
Chair
260
75
CS43024
Chair
310
81
272
3
year guarantee
Safe Rounded Edges!
CSS43019
Colour
Beech
£
CK40255
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
272-273 Beech Shaped Bergen (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:41
Bergen
classroom tables & chairs
Bergen chairs and tables bring a fresh and exciting addition to any nursery. The chairs have a solid beech frame with laminated beech seats and backs. The tables have wipe clean scuff-resistant beech laminate tops and lacquered rounded edges. An extremely smart and practical long-lasting solution. Available in three chair heights: 26, 31 and 35cm plus a full size teacher’s chair at SH46cm, making this range even suitable for primary schools. Three table shapes, rectangular, trapezoidal and circular in three heights to match the chairs, 46, 53 and 59cm. Simple selfassembly required. Please specify your table height with your order. Chairs
Tables
Code
Description
Seat Height (mm)
CS43019
Chair
260
CS43024
Chair
310
CS43025
Chair
CS43026
Chair
CS43023
Teacher’s Chair
£
Code
Description
(W x D)
£
75
TS48000
Rectangular Table
1200 x 600
230
81
TS48001
Trapezoidal Table
1200 x 600
243
350
84
TS48002
Circular Table
Dia 105cm
278
380
87
460
108 Matching Heights Chair Seat 260 310 350 380
(mm) Table 460 530 590 640
3
year guarantee
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
272-273 Beech Shaped Bergen (15).indd 2
273
04/12/2014 11:41
Siena Range
classroom tables & chairs
Chairs from only £44
21cm
26cm
31cm
35cm
Robust, practical and attractive this chair will easily withstand the daily rigours of the classroom. The plastic moulded one piece seat & back have been designed to promote the correct sitting posture. Chairs are delivered fully assembled. In minimum quantities of 4. • Chunky 38mm tubular metal coloured legs. • Quality one-piece moulded contemporary seat. • Fitted with anti-scuff feet.
Siena Tables Description Rectangular 4 seater - Red 90 x 60cm Rectangular 4 seater - Royal Blue 90 x 60cm Rectangular 4 seater - Green 90 x 60cm Rectangular 6 seater - Red 120 x 60cm Rectangular 6 seater - Royal Blue 120 x 60cm Rectangular 6 seater - Green 120 x 60cm Rectangular 8 seater - Red 150 x 60cm Rectangular 8 seater - Royal Blue 150 x 60cm Flower 6 seater - Red 120cm dia. Flower 6 seater - Royal Blue 120cm dia. Flower 6 seater - Green 120cm dia. Round - 4 seater - Red 120cm dia. Round - 4 seater - Royal Blue 120cm dia. Round - 4 seater - Green 120cm dia.
46cm
Siena Chairs
Siena Chairs
Code FU07040 FU07041 FU07039 FU07045 FU07046 FU07044 FU07037 FU07038 FU07031 FU07032 FU07030 FU07049 FU07048 FU07047
38cm
£ 231 231 231 305 305 305 336 336 420 420 420 326 326 326
Code FU07007 FU07008 FU07006 FU07010 FU07011 FU07009 FU07013 FU07014 FU07012 FU07016 FU07017 FU07015 FU07019 FU07020 FU07018 FU07022 FU07023 FU07021
Description Red - 21cm Royal Blue - 21cm Green - 21cm Red - 26cm Royal Blue - 26cm Green - 26cm Red - 31cm Royal Blue - 31cm Green - 31cm Red - 35cm Royal Blue - 35cm Green - 35cm Red - 38cm Royal Blue - 38cm Green - 38cm Red - 46 cm Royal Blue - 46cm Green - 46cm
£ 44 44 44 47 47 47 49 49 49 51 51 51 53 53 53 65 65 65
1
year guarantee
Siena Colours
Red
Royal Blue
Green
Siena Tables Tables have height adjustable legs between 37-62cm. Extremely sturdy 45mm diameter metal tube legs. Edges have a hard-wearing vinyl and T-moulded colour co-ordinated banding. Legs have a durable powder coated paint finish and 30mm mdf wood veneered top. Non-scuff floor protection cups to bottom of table legs.
FU07047 FU07044
274
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
274-275 Siena & Copenhagen (15).indd 1
04/12/2014 11:42
Copenhagen Range
classroom tables & chairs Copenhagen Chairs These chairs are designed to be both robust and sturdy, and able to withstand the busy classroom environment. Chairs are delivered fully assembled in minimum orders of four. • 1cm thick solid wooden plywood seat base & back support. • Fully stackable. • Double bars beneath seat ensures extra rigidity to the design.
21cm
Chairs from only £51
26cm
31cm
35cm
38cm
46cm
Copenhagen Tables These sturdy, chunky tables have been designed to be both practical and attractive. Tables are delivered flat packed for easy self assembly. They feature height adjustable legs which extend from 37-62cm. Matching colour co-ordinating chairs and storage solutions are available within the range.
1
200
kg
max.weight tolerance
year guarantee
• Sturdy 3.4cm metal powder coated legs. • Quality sealed, pinned & drilled vinyl edging strip. • Fitted with rubber and anti-scuff low noise feet.
FU07073
FU7078
Copenhagen Chairs
Copenhagen Tables
Code
Description
£
Code
Description
FU07058
Red - 21cm
51
FU07074
Group - 6 seater Red 180 x 120cm
630
FU07057
Blue - 21cm
51
FU07073
Group - 6 seater Blue 180 x 120cm
630
FU07060
Red - 26cm
53
FU07072
Flower - 6 seater Red 120cm dia.
420
FU07059
Blue - 26cm
53
FU07071
Flower - 6 seater Blue 120cm dia.
420
FU07062
Red - 31cm
55
FU07082
Round - 4 seater Red 90cm dia.
357
FU07061
Blue - 31cm
55
FU07081
Round - 4 seater Blue 90cm dia.
357
FU07064
Red - 35cm
57
FU07080
Rectangular - 4 seater Red 90 x 60cm
273
FU07063
Blue - 35cm
57
FU07079
Rectangular - 4 seater Blue 90 x 60cm
273
FU07066
Red - 38cm
76
FU07076
Rectangular - 6 seater Red 120 x 60cm
336
FU07065
Blue - 38cm
76
FU07075
Rectangular - 6 seater Blue 120 x 60cm
336
FU07067
Blue - 46cm
76
FU07078
Rectangular - 8 seater Red 150 x 60cm
368
FU07068
Red - 46cm
76
FU07077
Rectangular - 8 seater Blue 150 x 60cm
368
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
274-275 Siena & Copenhagen (15).indd 2
£
275
04/12/2014 11:42
Poly Chairs
classroom tables & chairs
The lightly textured Polypropylene chairs are produced at the highest quality and are also supplied in a number of colours. They are moulded to the shape of a comfortable sitting position giving you the correct body posture. This chair meets EN1729 parts 1 and 2 requirements and can be stacked with great stability up to 20 seats high.
Can be stacked with great stability
Stock economy chairs are delivered within 15 working days. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
Stock Economy Poly Chairs Code
Size Frame Colour
Seat Height Age
AC3/BLK
5
Black Frame
430mm
14-Adult 27
AC3/BLUE
5
Black Frame
430mm
14-Adult 27
Seat Colours Petrol Blue
Code
Size
Seat Height
Age
ACE
5
430mm
9-13
31
ACF
6
460mm
14-Adult
32
Light Grey
Brown
Black
1
year guarantee
Petrol Blue Burgundy
Black
Orange
Charcoal
Hi Green
Purple
Beige
Hi Blue
Code
£
Lecture Tablet:
ACF L
Add 33
Lecture Tablet:
ACE L
Add 33
Seat & Back Pad:
ACF SBP
Add 38
Seat & Back Pad:
ACE SBP
Add 38
Seat Pad:
ACF SP
Add 19
Seat Pad:
ACE SP
Add 19
Top Bar:
TBL
Add 8
Tubular:
TL
Add 7
£
Seat Colours
Green
Frame
Black
Options - ACF and ACE chairs only
Poly Chairs
Red
£
White
Yellow
Lecture Tablet
Seat & Back Pad
Top Bar
Tubular
Seat Pad
Frame Colours
5
year guarantee
Black
Dark Grey Light Grey
276
276-277 Poly Chairs (15).indd 1
Smooth Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
25/11/2014 10:01
Advanced Poly Chairs
classroom tables & chairs
Classroom Chairs from only £27
Advanced Poly Chairs
Classic educational polypropylene chair with the distinctive hand hole for easy handling This range comes in a number of sizes and colours to meet the needs of all educational requirements. They are moulded to the shape of a comfortable sitting position giving you the correct body posture.
Size
Seat Height
Age
£
ACA
1
260mm
2-3
27
ACB
2
310mm
3-5
28
ACC
3
350mm
5-7
29
ACD
4
380mm
7-9
30
Colours
These chairs meet the EN1729 parts 1 and 2 requirements and can be stacked with great stability up to 10 high.
Hi Red
This range of chairs can also be supplied linked. • Available in a wide choice of frame and seat colours.
Code
Hi Green
Hi Blue
Yellow
Charcoal
Frame Colours
5
year guarantee
• Sturdy steel frame and easy stacking. Black
Dark Grey
Light Grey
Smooth Silver
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
276-277 Poly Chairs (15).indd 2
277
25/11/2014 10:01
NP Chairs
classroom tables & chairs
In daily use in thousands of UK schools, the NP represents value for money Available in six sizes and 10 colour options, the NP is particularly comfortable with its well defined lumbar support back. • Available in a wide choice of vibrant seat colours. • Available in six European standard size marks. • Robust frame and easily stackable upto 8 high.
Chairs from only £34
NP Classroom Chairs Code NP1 NP2 NP3 NP4 NP5 NP6
Size 1 2 3 4 5 6
Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm
Age 3-4 4-6 6-8 8-11 11-14 14-Adult
£ 34 34 40 42 43 45
One of our Best Sellers
Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey as standard. Other frame colours available on request. Seat Colours
Options Available Code
£
Upholstered Seat Pad only:
SP
Add 21
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad:
SBP
Add 41
Options only available with 430mm & 460mm (age 11+) chairs Red
Blue
Green
Charcoal Tangy Green
Yellow
Orange
Frame Colour
Purple
Lilac
Soft Blue
Carnation
Slate
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
Fabric Colours
Deep Blue
Tangerine
Mineral
5
year guarantee
Spring Leaf
278
Lupin
Midas
Upholstered Seat Pad only
Upholstered Seat & Back Pad
For added comfort our seat and back pads are available in a variety of hardwearing and attractive fabrics.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
278-279 NP & 2000 Chairs (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 10:06
Chair 2000
classroom tables & chairs With classic looks this is one of our top sellers for schools It is a top-of-range classroom chair designed by cfg, the UK’s leading designer of school furniture. Chair 2000 has a classic look and feel with simple lines which support posture across all ages. The chair is extremely strong and durable and provides excellent value for money, with a range of accessories to suit any applications. Chair 2000 is also available as a stylish height adjustable swivel chair. The gas lift system is well balanced for use by teenagers to adults.
Chair 2000 Code 2017 2018 2019 2015 2020 2021
Size 1 2 3 4 5 6
Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm
2077 with Castors
Age 3-4 4-6 6-8 8-11 11-14 14-Adult
£ 48 48 49 51 56 59
Stylish Height Adjustable Chair
Stackable upto 8 high
Height Adjustable Swivel Chair Code 2077
Seat Height 430-560mm
Age 14-Adult
£ 205
Seat Colours
Blue
Red
Green
Charcoal Tangy Green
Yellow
Orange
Frame Colour
Skid Base Chair Code 2040 2041
Size 5 6
Age 11-14 14-Adult
Options Description
Lilac
Soft Blue
Carnation
Slate
Purple
Seat Height 430mm 460mm
£ 70 71
Fabric Colours
Deep Blue
Code
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
£
Tangerine
Mineral
Lupin
Midas
5
Upholstered Seat SPB Add 41 Pad & Back Pad: (430, 460mm & Swivel)
year guarantee
Spring Leaf
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
278-279 NP & 2000 Chairs (15).indd 2
279
25/11/2014 10:06
ST Chair
classroom tables & chairs
Smooth lines give a clean shape which is both comfortable and supportive across all age ranges. This chair has no separate underframe so boasts an excellent 15 year guarantee. The ST represents style, durability and value - and it’s a great stacker too! • The stylish oval tube legs are supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey as standard. • 15 year guarantee. • Fully comply with all elements of BS/EN 1729 Parts 1 & 2.
ST Chairs Code ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5 ST6
Extra strong under carriage for long-life and durability
280
Size 1 2 3 4 5 6
Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm
Age 3-4 4-6 6-8 8-11 11-14 14-Adult
£ 40 41 47 47 61 62
Excellent 15 year guarantee
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
280-281 ST Chair (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 10:11
ST Chair
classroom tables & chairs Features • ‘S’ shaped back for correct lumbar support. • Safe and stable stacking when not in use. • Long life anti-slip feet. • Ergonomically designed for correct posture. • Strength and durability - no separate under-frame. • Smooth curves with no sharp edges for safety. • Super Stacker upto 10 high.
Fantastic Quality & Value!
Seat Colours
Options only available with 430mm & 460mm (age 11+) chairs
Blue
Red
Green
Charcoal Tangy Green
Yellow
Orange
Frame Colour
Lilac
Soft Blue
Carnation
Slate
Purple
Fabric Colours
Linking Device Upholstered Seat Pad Joins chairs together Available in a variety as required in public of fabrics. performance situations.
Deep Blue
Options Available Code
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
£
Linking Device:
LD
Add 12
Upholstered Seat Pad:
SP
Add 21
Tangerine
Mineral
Lupin
15
year guarantee
Spring Leaf
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
280-281 ST Chair (15).indd 2
Midas
281
25/11/2014 10:11
Titan Chairs
classroom tables & chairs
Manufactured to a European Standard (EN 1729 Part 1) that first and foremost sets out to encourage good posture for our children. EN 1729 Part 1 is the standard which sets chair dimensions, heights, angles and back support contact points for every age group.
Built for the toughest classrooms
Good posture not only means children will be healthier - it also means that they should be more comfortable and therefore more attentive in class. • Sizes 5 & 6 now tested to 25 stone weight allowance. • See opposite page for options.
Titan One Piece Polypropylene Chairs Code T2 T3 T4 T5 T6
Size 2 3 4 5 6
Seat Height 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm
Age 3-5 years 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13 + years
£ 32 38 40 46 47
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T5 & T6 only Charcoal - Sizes T6, T5, T4 & T3 only Non stock colours available to order.
15
year guarantee
Titan Seat Colours Black Fully Recycled Charcoal
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
Sky
Grey
Burgundy
Titan Antibacterial Classroom Chairs Titan+
• The antibacterial chair will kill 99.9% of bacteria including MRSA and E-coli on touch. • Protection is guaranteed for 10 years. • 100% safe to humans, subject to independent antibacterial lab testing. • The Titan+ is highly recommended not only for use within the classroom but also in eating areas canteen and refectories.
Orange
Purple
Lime Green
Black
That’s it... I’m off to another school this one has Titan+
• Prevents fungal growth.
Titan+ Antibacterial Polypropylene Chairs Code T1A T2A T3A T4A T5A T6A
Size 1 2 3 4 5 6
Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm
Seat Colours for sizes 1-4
Age 1-2 years 3-5 years 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13 + years
£ 46 49 52 56 57 59
Our Achievements + The Titan+ will help to safeguard the health of your students and school community.
+ Titan have carried out extensive research to bring
Seat Colours for sizes 5 & 6
10
year guarantee
Lime
Sky Blue
282
282-283 Titan Chairs (15).indd 1
Orange
Yellow
Blue
Charcoal
you the chair of the future today.
+ Give parents the peace of mind knowing that the
Titan+ is the chair that their children will be using in the classroom.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
25/11/2014 10:20
Titan Chairs
classroom tables & chairs
Titan 4 Leg
Titan 4 Leg
Code T13 T14 T15 T16
• The super strong Titan 4 Leg chair is available in 11 shell colours and 4 seat heights - the ultimate 4 leg classroom chair. • Moulded from a one piece high impact polypropylene shell, bolted to a super strong oval tube steel frame makes the chair almost unbreakable.
Size 3 4 5 6
Seat Height 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm
Age 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13+ years
£ 35 35 39 40
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T15 & T16 Only
Titan Skid Base
Titan Skid Base
• The Titan Skid Base chair is available in 11 shell colours and 4 seat heights - the ultimate skid base classroom chair. • Shells are available in 11 vibrant colours with the frames epoxy coated in a modern silver finish.
Code T23 T24 T25 T26
Titan Reverse Cantilever
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T25 & T26 Only
• Incredibly strong the Titan Reverse Cantilever Chair is available in 4 seat heights. This ultimate cantilever classroom chair is designed to withstand heavy day to day use.
Code T80 T81 T82 T83
• The Titan Swivel chair with solid polished chrome bases and a choice of either glides or castors. • Titan gas lifts are guaranteed to withstand users up to 25 stone and offer simple seat height adjustment.
Code T10B T10C
T7
4
Seat Pad:
TSP
33
Seat Pad Upholstered pad available in Camira fabric or vinyl.
Green
Blue
Black
10
Orange
Lime Green
Purple
Code T90 T91 T92 T93
Seat Height 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm
£ 66 66 70 70
Not available in Sky, Orange, Lime Green, Yellow or Burgundy. Not advised for use on ultra grip flooring.
Delivered to a room of choice within 30 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
282-283 Titan Chairs (15).indd 2
£ 64 64
Titan Ultimate Stool
year guarantee
Burgundy
Colour Blue Charcoal
285
Seat Colours
Grey
WxHxD 600 x 710 x 600mm 600 x 710 x 600mm
£
Linking Clip:
Sky
£ 75 75 80 82
Titan Folding Exam Desk
Code
Red
Age 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13+ years
Note: All colours available for adult sizes Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - Junior Size
T40
Yellow
Seat Height 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm
Code Description Seat Height Adjustment Age £ T30 Junior Shell 355mm-420mm 5-11 years 105 T35 Junior Shell 460mm-600mm 11+ years 108
Chair Trolley:
Charcoal
£ 39 40 42 43
Titan Swivel
The Titan exam desk has been developed with a textured high impact injection moulded polypropylene top, making them not only stable but also graffiti proof. The tops are manufactured from a one-piece recyclable injected moulded polypropylene, with black support legs as standard. A desk trolley is available - ask for details.
Linking Clip For linking chairs together.
Age 5-7 years 7-9 years 9-13 years 13+ years
Note: Green, Yellow, Red, Blue, Purple, Lime, Sky & Orange - All Sizes Charcoal, Grey, Burgundy & Black - Sizes T82 & T83 Only
Titan Folding Exam Desk
Chair Trolley Allows chairs to be moved easily.
Seat Height 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm
Titan Reverse Cantilever
Titan Swivel
Options Available
Size 3 4 5 6
283
25/11/2014 10:21
Postura Plus Chair
classroom tables & chairs
A practical choice for your classroom, made from polypropylene, available in a choice of colours and heights. The Postura Plus chairs are anti-static and stain resistant. The ergonomic design helps children concentrate for longer periods. 100% recyclable.
Anti-static and stain resistant
Stacks up to 12 high
Postura Chairs Code CS43400 CS43401 CS43402 CS43403 CS43405 CS43406
WxD 280 x 250mm 280 x 250mm 340 x 315mm 435 x 460mm 470 x 515mm 510 x 550mm
Seat Height 260mm 310mm 350mm 380mm 430mm 460mm
ÂŁ 40 41 42 44 49 53
Seat Colours
10
year guarantee
284
Poppy Red
Sun Yellow
Forest Green
Ink Blue
Slate Grey
Iron Grey
Orange Burst*
Powder Blue
Grape Crush
Lime Zest
Ash Grey
Pink Candy*
Aqua Blue*
Almond White*
*Available in certain seat heights, with an extended lead time. Contact us for details.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
284-285 Postura Geo Poly (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 10:32
Geo Poly
classroom tables & chairs The Geo range of chairs, a modern, ergonomic and robust addition to our poly range. The Geo is available in 9 vibrant shell colours and 3 legged options with ICT Swivel to complete the family. Fully EN1729 (NEW) part 1 and 2 compliant the Geo has been designed and manufactured in the UK for the educational and contract markets.
Geo Poly Reverse Cantilever Chair Code
Description
GE05 GE06
Geo Poly Four Legged Stacking Chair £
Code
Description
Reverse Cantilever Chair - 460mm
101
GE01
Four Legged Stacking Chair - 460mm
65
Reverse Cantilever Chair - 430mm
101
GE02
Four Legged Stacking Chair - 430mm
65
Geo Poly Skid Base Chair
£
Geo Poly ICT Gas Lift Chair
Code
Description
£
GE010
Skid Base Chair - 460mm
78
GE011
Skid Base Chair - 430mm
78
Code
Description
£
GE015
ICT Gas Lift Poly Chair
137
Options Code SP TBL TL
Seat Pad: Top Bar: Tubular:
£ Add 33 Add 8 Add 7
Superb Quality Chairs Top Bar
Tubular
Seat Colours
Yellow (Lemon)
6
year guarantee
Frame Colours
Green (Lime)
Blue (Ocean)
Mulberry
Red
Brown (Mocha)
Grey (Slate)
Black (Onyx)
Orange (Flame)
Black
Grey
Chrome
Silver
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
284-285 Postura Geo Poly (15).indd 2
285
25/11/2014 10:32
Stools
classroom tables & chairs
Wooden Top
Poly Top
• Lifted with ease via the useful hand hole. • The 22mm diameter four legged steel frames are coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish. • A 19mm diameter bracing-bar has also been added to give extra strength to the high frame.
• The Poly Top stool is designed with a flat seat which allows for easy stacking. • Designed to stack 10 high. • The 22mm diameter four legged steel frames are coated in an Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.
Wooden Top Stools Code DGW1 DGW2 DGW3 DGW4
Depth 535 535 535 535
Width 300 300 300 300
Seat Height 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm
£ 46 47 48 55
Poly Top Stools Bracing Bar
Code AS1 AS2 AS3 AS4 AS5
Heavy Duty Wooden Top • Manufactured using 25mm square crushed robust frame. • A 19mm diameter bracing-bar has also been added to give extra strength to the heavy duty frame.
Depth 295 295 295 295 295
Width 335 335 335 335 335
Seat Height 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm 755mm
£ 43 44 45 46 47
Poly Top Frame Colours
5
year guarantee
Textured Black Dark Grey
Heavy Duty Wooden Stools Code HDS1 HDS2 HDS3 HDS4 HDS5
Depth 300 300 300 300 300
Width 300 300 300 300 300
Seat Height 445mm 510mm 560mm 610mm 685mm
£ 62 63 64 65 66
Light Grey
Smooth Silver Textured Silver
Poly Top Seat Colours
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
Charcoal
Beige
Stools from only £43 Wooden Top & Heavy Duty Wooden Top Frame Colours
5
year guarantee
Black
Textured Black Light Grey Smooth Silver
Wooden Top & Heavy Duty Wooden Top Seat Colours
Tops come with holes on request Beech
286
Red
Green
Blue
Ply
Yellow
Delivered to a room of choice within 25 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
286-287 WSM Stools High Chairs (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 10:53
WSM Stools & High Chairs
classroom tables & chairs
If you are looking for the UK’s best stool, look no further
Integral Lumbar Support
Our WSM stools are specified for major projects countrywide because of their unique seat shape with integral lumbar support. Add to this a robust steel frame with a well positioned footrest and we have a winning combination. Choose from a four legged or skid base design. • Skid base features non-tilt frame and protects floor in high wear situations.
WSM Four Legged Code
WSM Skid Base
Seat Height
Four Legged Stool WSM1 WSM2 WSM3 WSM4 WSM5
£
395mm 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm
Code SF Add £5
Seat Height
Skid Base Stool WSM1SKID WSM2SKID WSM3SKID WSM4SKID WSM5SKID
395mm 445mm 560mm 610mm 685mm
BS
Chair 2000
that’s stronger, sturdier and sleeker
• Robust steel back & integrated lumbar support
• A design
• Perfect for use in ICT, craft and science environments
NP High Chair Size 4 5
Essential where highly abrasive non-slip flooring is used.
67 67 67 67 67
NP
Code NP5ST4 NP5ST5
Steel Feet Option
Code
BS High Chair Seat Height 610mm 685mm
£ 67 69
Code MS127 MS128
Size 1 2
£ 77 77 77 77 77
Chair 2000 Seat Height 640mm 670mm
£ 80 84
Code 2104 2105
Seat Height 620mm 670mm
Age 13 14-Adult
£ 80 89
Frame Colours: Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey. Other frame colours available on request. Stool & High Chair Seat Colours
5
year guarantee
Red
Blue
Green
Charcoal
Soft Blue
Yellow
Orange
Purple
Lilac
Tangy Green
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
286-287 WSM Stools High Chairs (15).indd 2
287
25/11/2014 10:53
Tub Tables
classroom tables & chairs
Play then store These Contour folding tables are supplied with clear plastic tubs, including lids. Place small play items into the tubs such as Lego®, pens, crayons, plasticine, cars and Knex® and drop them into the table top. Once your activity is complete, just remove the tubs and store them away. The table can then be folded down and stored in the minimum of space. Each table is supplied with three holes in the top in which to place the tubs. • Two lengths, three junior heights & four primary colours.
Fantastic Value!
Colours GP13
GP54
GP23
GP55
5
year guarantee
Signal Red
Paradiso
Yellow
Choose from two table lengths
Green
Tub Tables 1. Select table length stating product code, 2. Select Height, 3. Select laminate colour
Tub Tables Code
288
Description
Table Length
Approx Width
A Weight (kg)
B Junior
C Infant
D Pre-school
ATCA6 Tub Table 1220mm Includes 3 x Square plastic tub
760mm (30”)
9.0
635mm(25”)
546mm(21.5”)
508mm (20”)
216
ATAA6
760mm (30”)
12.5
635mm(25”)
546mm(21.5”)
508mm (20”)
274
Tub Table 1830mm Includes 4 x Square plastic tubs
Unit Price £
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
288-289 Tub Tables Enviro (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 10:57
Enviro Early Years
classroom tables & chairs
Bright and vibrant colours for stimulating learning environments Stimulating shapes and colours from the new Enviro Early Years range are perfect for playgroups, nurseries and reception classes. Choose from a range of primary colours with contrasting ABS edging to brighten up the learning environment for young children. Enviro products are truly child friendly.
Colour Range GP33
GP21
Edge Colours GP25
GP23
GP 58
GP24
GP13
Frame
GP54
5
year guarantee
Lime
Campanula
Heather
Yellow
Japanese Beech
Grey Dots
Red
Paradiso
Light Grey
Ruby Red
Dusky Blue
Green
Silver
1. Select table length product code, 2. Select height, 3. Select laminate colour
Enviro Early Years Tables Code
Table Shape
Dimensions mm Length x width
Weight KG
Available Heights 640mm
£ 590mm
530mm
460mm
EN/DB37/S
Rectangular
1200 x 600
15.3
✓
✓
✓
✓
220
EN/CK37/S
Bean
1400 x 750
16.3
✓
✓
✓
✓
232
EN/CT37/S
Trapezoidal
1400 x 590
14.20
✓
✓
✓
✓
232
EN/DD37/S
Round
1200 diameter
20.80
✓
✓
✓
✓
307
EN/DS37/S
Daisy
1200 x 1200
19.45
✓
✓
✓
✓
319
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
288-289 Tub Tables Enviro (15).indd 2
289
25/11/2014 10:57
Nursery Tables
classroom tables & chairs
Nursery Tables From £127
Standard These bright and attractive tables are designed to nest easily, and have round tubular legs with an 18mm MDF bullnose edged top. Supplied with matching top and frame colour.
Rectangular Code RTSS11546 RTSS11553 RTSS11559
Dia x H (mm) 1100 x 550 x 460 1100 x 550 x 530 1100 x 550 x 590
Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years
£ 127 127 127
Dia x H (mm) 1100 diameter x 460 1100 diameter x 530 1100 diameter x 590
Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years
£ 212 212 212
Trapezoidal Code RTSS11LE46 RTSS11LE53 RTSS11LE59
W x 3 Shortest Edges x H (mm) 1100 x 550 x 460 1100 x 550 x 530 1100 x 550 x 590
Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years
£ 131 131 131
Colours
*Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey.
Frames match top colours.
Circular
Colours
5
year guarantee
*Beech
290
Red
Blue
Green
Yellow
Code RTSS11C46 RTSS11C53 RTSS11C59
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
290-291 Nursery Standard Premium (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 11:00
Nursery Tables
classroom tables & chairs Premium
Our highest quality fully welded tables with stylish, chunky tubular legs. Standard 18mm MDF tops with a hardwearing laminate. The top choice for early years classrooms. Supplied with matching top and frame colour, in a variety of shapes and sizes to create a lively classroom environment. • Stylish • Durable • Value for money • 10 year guarantee
Premium Tables From £177
Rectangular Code NURS11546 NURS11553 NURS11559
Trapezoidal Code NURS11LE46 NURS11LE53 NURS11LE59
W x 3 Shortest Edges x H (mm) 1100 x 550 x 460 1100 x 550 x 530 1100 x 550 x 590
Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years
W x D x H (mm) 1100 x 550 x 460 1100 x 550 x 530 1100 x 550 x 590
Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years
£ 177 177 177
Age 3-4 years 4-6 years 6-8 years
£ 268 268 268
£ 185 185 185
Colours
*Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey.
Frames match top colours.
Circular
Colours
10
year guarantee
*Beech
Red
Blue
Green
Yellow
Code NURS11C46 NURS11C53 NURS11C59
Dia x H (mm) 1100 x 460 1100 x 530 1100 x 590
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
290-291 Nursery Standard Premium (15).indd 2
291
25/11/2014 11:00
Crush Bent & Fully Welded
classroom tables & chairs
Our Slide/Stacking tables are created with a robust crushed metal frame and a 25mm square leg system that is longer on one side enabling you to stack with ease. The frames are manufactured out of 1.5mm gauge steel and can be powder coated in a black or grey Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life. We supply a wide range of work top finishes in Laminated MDF the edges can either be clear lacquered or 2mm PVC finish. 18mm thick top supplied as standard.
Rectangular Crush Bent Code M01-MDF M02-MDF M01-PVC M02-PVC M01-PU M02-PU
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge
WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600
£ 101 103 104 106 114 116
WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1500 x 600
£ 101 103 179 104 106 182 114 116 192
Rectangular Fully Welded Square Crush Bent Code MS1-MDF MS1-PVC MS1-PU
Description MDF Edge PVC Edge PU Edge
WxD 600 x 600 600 x 600 600 x 600
£ 86 89 98
WxD 600 x 600 760 x 760 900 x 900 600 x 600 760 x 760 900 x 900 600 x 600 760 x 760 900 x 900
£ 86 130 147 89 133 150 99 143 160
Square Fully Welded Code ST1-MDF ST2-MDF ST3-MDF ST1-PVC ST2-PVC ST3-PVC ST1-PU ST2-PU ST3-PU
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge PU Edge
Code ST1150-MDF ST4-MDF ST5-MDF ST1150-PVC ST4-PVC ST5-PVC ST1150-PU ST4-PU ST5-PU
MDF
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge PU Edge
PVC
PU
Edge Options MDF Standard Bullnosed (rounded) Edge. Polished and lacquered. PVC 2mm (Shrink to Fit) A thick band of plastic which seals and protects the table edge.
Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Size 2 530mm Size 3 590mm Size 4 640mm Size 5 710mm Size 6 760mm
PU edge A high impact and resilient textured spray PU edge. Age 2-3 years Age 3-5 years Age 5-7 years Age 7-9 years Age 9-13 years Age 13-Adult
Top Colours
Maple
292
5
Quality Tables From £86
year guarantee
Crush-Bent Stackable Frame Frame Colours
Oak
Beech
Red
Blue
Green
Yellow
Light Grey Dark Grey
Black
Textured Black
Light Grey
Textured Dark Grey
Textured Silver
Smooth Silver
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
292-293 Crush Bent Fully Welded 1 (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 11:06
classroom tables & chairs
Crush Bent & Fully Welded
These tables are available in a wide range of work top finishes such as laminated MDF, Beech, Blue, Red, Green and Yellow. We also offer a selection of table edge finishes. These tables can be made in many different shapes and sizes and still offer the Spiral Stacking System. The 25mm (square section) four legged frames can be powder coated in a black or grey Epoxy Powder coat finish to give maximum life.
Circular Fully Welded Code CT1-MDF CTS10-MDF CT1-PVC CTS10-PVC CT1-PU CTS10-PU
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge
Dia 600 1000 600 1000 600 1000
£ 140 182 143 186 153 195
WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600
£ 101 103 104 106 114 116
Trapezoidal Crush Bent Code TRZTM-MDF TRZTM1-MDF TRZTM-PVC TRZTM1-PVC TRZTM-PU TRZTM1-PU
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge
WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600
£ 101 103 104 106 114 116
WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600
£ 101 103 104 106 114 116
Trapezoidal Fully Welded Code TRZT1-MDF TRZT-MDF TRZT1-PVC TRZT-PVC TRZT1-PU TRZT-PU
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge
Semi Circular Fully Welded Code SCTRP-MDF SCT12-MDF SCTRP-PVC SCT12-PVC SCTRP-PU SCT12-PU
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge PVC Edge PVC Edge PU Edge PU Edge
Wide choice of colours See opposite for frame & top colours.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
292-293 Crush Bent Fully Welded 1 (15).indd 2
293
25/11/2014 11:06
Crush Bent & Fully Welded
classroom tables & chairs
The UK’s first choice for classroom tables, available in a wide choice of shapes and colours. All tables comply with BS EN 1729. • Frames are supplied in Duraform speckled light grey paint as standard. • Strong multipurpose tables available in 6 european standard sizes. • Available with 10 top colours and 2 edge styles.
Rectangular
Square
Images shown are of fully welded option.
Rectangular Crush Bent (Stacking)
Square Crush Bent (Stacking) Code CBSQ-66-MD CBSQ-66-PS
Description MDF Edge Duraform Edge
WxD 600 x 600 600 x 600
£ 97 111
WxD 600 x 600 600 x 600
£ 102 122
Square Fully Welded Code SQSS-66-MD SQSS-66-PS
Description MDF Edge Duraform Edge
Top Colours
Red
Blue
Green
White
Ailsa
Yellow
Light Grey
Oak
Maple
Beech
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge
WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600
£ 107 107 138 138
Rectangular Fully Welded (Stacking) Code SQSS-115-MD SQSS-126-MD SQSS-115-PS SQSS-126-PS
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge
MDF
Duraform
WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600
£ 107 107 138 138
Edge Options
Frame Colour Duraform Speckled Light Grey
5
Classroom Tables From £97
MDF Standard Bullnosed (rounded) Edge. Polished and lacquered. Duraform PU edge A high impact and resilient textured spray PU edge. Note: Table will have rounded corners. Choose from Charcoal, Blue and Light Grey. If not specified, charcoal will be supplied.
year guarantee
294
Code CBSQ-115-MD CBSQ-126-MD CBSQ-115-PS CBSQ-126-PS
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
294-295 Crush Bent Fully Welded 2 (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 11:29
Crush Bent & Fully Welded
classroom tables & chairs
Trapezoidal
Circular
Images shown are of fully welded option.
Trapezoidal Crush Bent (Stacking) Code Description CBSQ-11LE-MD MDF Edge CBSQ-12LE-MD MDF Edge CBSQ-11LE-PS Duraform Edge CBSQ-12LE-PS Duraform Edge (550/600 refers to 3 shortest edges)
WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600
Circular Crush Bent (Stacking) £ 107 107 138 138
Trapezoidal Fully Welded Code Description SQSS-11LE-MD MDF Edge SQSS-12LE-MD MDF Edge SQSS-11LE-PS Duraform Edge SQSS-12LE-PS Duraform Edge (550/600 refers to 3 shortest edges)
WxD 1100 x 550 1200 x 600 1100 x 550 1200 x 600
£ 107 107 138 138
Code CBSQ-10C-MD CBSQ-10C-PS
Description MDF Edge Duraform Edge
Dia 1000 1000
£ 203 228
Dia 1000 1100 1200 1000 1100 1200
£ 169 247 254 205 270 284
Dia 1100 1200 1100 1200
£ 138 142 160 165
Circular Fully Welded Code SQSS-10C-MD SQSS-11C-MD SQSS-12C-MD SQSS-10C-PS SQSS-11C-PS SQSS-12C-PS
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge
Semi Circular
Designed for ease of stacking Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Size 2 530mm Size 3 590mm Size 4 640mm Size 5 710mm Size 6 760mm
Age 3-4 years Age 4-6 years Age 6-8 years Age 8-11 years Age 11-14 years Age 14-Adult
Semi Circular Fully Welded Code SQSS-11SC-MD SQSS-12SC-MD SQSS-11SC-PS SQSS-12SC-PS Crush-Bent Stackable Frame
Fully Stackable Frame
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge
See opposite for frame & top colours.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
294-295 Crush Bent Fully Welded 2 (15).indd 2
295
25/11/2014 11:29
Craft Tables
classroom tables & chairs
This versatile range of tables are ideal for use throughout the school where extra strength, stability or height is required. In two different styles you will find the perfect design for your Art Room, Science Lab, Craft/Technology Studio.
Available Table Heights: 760mm, 800mm, 850mm, 900mm, 1000mm
Fully Welded Frame
Made with 25mm square steel tubing to give a traditional feel to your classroom.
Premium Frame
This chunky 45mm round tube frame gives a bespoke designer feel and will give your classroom style and practicality in one.
5
10
year guarantee
year guarantee
Tables
Tables Code CRAFT-126-MD CRAFT-127-MD CRAFT-157-MD CRAFT-126-PS CRAFT-127-PS CRAFT-157-PS CRAFT-126-TRESPA CRAFT-157-TRESPA
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge TRESPA Edge TRESPA Edge
WxD 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1500 x 750 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1500 x 750 1200 x 750 1500 x 750
£ 228 269 422 250 293 460 587 834
Frame Finish Supplied in Duraform Speckled Light Grey paint as standard.
296
Oak
Ailsa
Description MDF Edge MDF Edge Duraform Edge Duraform Edge TRESPA Edge TRESPA Edge
Duraform
White
Light Grey
£ 332 494 356 530 750 932
Trespa
Table Top Finishes - Trespa
Blue
WxD 1200 x 600 1500 x 750 1200 x 600 1500 x 750 1200 x 600 1500 x 750
Table Edges
MDF
Table Top Finishes - Laminate
Beech
Code PRCRAFT-126-MD PRCRAFT-157-MD PRCRAFT-126-PS PRCRAFT-157-PS PPRCRAFT-126-TRESPA PRCRAFT-157-TRESPA
Speckled Icey Blue
Speckled White
Speckled Speckled Pastel Grey Powder Blue
Note: Trespa Tops are finished with an extra hard-wearing top for environments where heat, water and chemical resistance is essential.
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
296-297 Craft & Exam Tables (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 11:36
Exam Tables
classroom tables & chairs Our ‘X’ Frame design enables you to fold the table after use and store away with ease. The slim body allows you to store in the narrowest of places. A folding exam table trolley is also available.
Our Nesting Table is designed using 1.5mm gauge steel frame and a hard wearing work top. It is shaped to get stacked with ease and also perform as a comfortable table. • These tables can be stacked 5 high
• 22mm clear lacquer or PVC edges • Plywood tops available on request • Supplied with pen groove • All exam desks are stackable
A favourite throughout schools
Folds Flat
Nesting Table Code EXS1
Folding ‘X’ Frame Exam Desk Code EXF1 EXF2 EXF3
W x D x H (mm) 600 x 525 x 710 600 x 600 x 710 600 x 450 x 710
£ 52 52 52
W x D x H (mm) 600 x 600 x 710
£ 82
Our Heavy Duty Cantilever Table has a ‘Crush Bent’ steel frame design which allows you to slide them on top of each other when stacking. With a 25 x 25mm upper leg frame and 50 x 25mm lower/feet frame this makes this table a very strong and durable to use. • These tables can be stacked 5 high
Folding Exam Desk Trolley Code ET Table Size 1 2 3
Description Exam Trolley (Holds 25 Folding Exam Desks) Heights Available Height Age 460mm 2-3 yrs 530mm 3-5 yrs 590mm 5-7 yrs
Size 4 5 6
Height 640mm 710mm 760mm
£ 309
Age 7-9 yrs 9-13 yrs 13+ yrs
Heavy Duty Cantilever Table
Laminate Table Top Colours
Code EXHD1 Maple
Oak
Beech
Red Laminate
Blue Laminate
Green Laminate
W x D x H (mm) 600 x 600 x 710
£ 91
Frame Colours
5
Yellow Laminate
Light Grey Dark Grey
year guarantee
Black
Textured Black
Light Grey
Textured Dark Grey
Textured Silver
Smooth Silver
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15-20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
296-297 Craft & Exam Tables (15).indd 2
297
25/11/2014 11:36
Equation Leaf
classroom tables & chairs
The exciting Leaf table adds another dimension to the modular table range. The modern 32mm frame and 25mm top make this is a truly unique solution. Not only can this work brilliantly as a set of four to create a circular shaped table that brings students together, but the tables can be separated to allow individual or small group work. The Leaf can also be arranged in a set of four giving a fanned out effect which allows more students to sit round the table but still disperse into smaller groups. This stunning classroom table really does combine style, functionality and versatility. Each table is individually sold and comes with our Duraform PU edging as standard for extra long life cycle.
A versatile range ideal for education
Equation Leaf Code LEAF-PS
Size 1220mm x 875mm
ÂŁ 342
1750mm diameter when 4 are put together to create a circular shape. This will seat 8 people comfortably.
Table Heights Available Size 1 460mm Age 3-4 years Size 2 530mm Age 4-6 years Size 3 590mm Age 6-8 years Size 4 640mm Age 8-11 years Size 5 710mm Age 11-14 years Size 6 760mm Age 14-Adult
Edge Detail
Duraform
Extremely hardwearing and resilient edge which has a textured finish. Note: Table will have rounded corners. Choose from Charcoal and Light Grey. Charcoal as standard.
10
year guarantee
Frame Duraform Speckled Grey
Top Colours
Soft Lime
298
Soft Blue
Beech
Biscuit
Grey Speckle
Orange Flame
Canary Yellow
Tangy Green
Summer Blue
Maple
Lilac
Turquoise
Purple
White
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
298-299 Equation Leaf (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 11:39
Equation
classroom tables & chairs
This stylish 32mm frame is supplied with a resilient 25mm top which is finished with Duraform edging. Various shapes and colours are available to really brighten up your classroom! Other benefits include height adjustable feet so you can ensure that these tables never wobble, tamper proof screw fixings, and the addition of castors for manoeuvrability. Duraform light grey speckle frame paint as standard.
Trapezoidal
Square
Code
Size (mm)
£
EQUPR-11LE-PS
1100 x 550
181
EQUPR-12LE-PS
1200 x 600
185
Rectangular
Arc
Code
Size (mm)
EQUPR-66-PS
600 x 600
£ 132
Semi Circular
Code
Size (mm)
EQUPR-115-PS
1100 x 550
193
£
EQUPR-126-PS
1200 x 600
197
Size (mm)
EQUPR-ARCV2-PS
1490 x 600
Code
Size (mm)
EQUPR-12SC-PS
1200 Diameter
£ 193
Code
Size (mm)
EQUPR-11C-PS
1100 Diameter
10
Soft Blue
Beech
Biscuit
Grey Speckle
Orange Flame
Canary Yellow
Tangy Green
Summer Blue
Maple
Lilac
Purple
White
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 30 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
298-299 Equation Leaf (15).indd 2
£ 351
Extremely hardwearing and resilient edge which has a textured finish. Note: Table will have rounded corners. Choose from Charcoal, Light Grey and Blue. Charcoal as standard.
Top Colours
Soft Lime
359
Edge Detail
Duraform Speckled Light Grey
year guarantee
£
Circular
Frame Colour
For table heights available see page opposite.
Code
299
25/11/2014 11:39
Enviro
classroom tables & chairs
For a truly stylish classroom, look no further than Enviro. The smart silver anodised table legs and frame, and attractive wipe-clean laminate tops with contrasting ABS edge will fit perfectly in any classroom environment. Available in a choice of sizes, shapes and heights to suit all age groups from reception through to Sixth Form. The lightweight aluminium table frame and honeycomb core to the table top ensures the table is lighter in weight than most classroom tables, while still retaining its strength and durability.
Square EN/FA38
Rectangular EN/DB38
Rectangular EN/CA38
Edge Range
Frame
Colour Range GP99
GP24
GP57
Choice of shapes, sizes & heights
Trapezoidal EN/CT38
GP58
5
year guarantee
Clear Maple
Grey Dots
Sparta
Japanese Beech
Light Grey Mid Grey
Dusky Blue
Ruby Red
Silver
1. Select shape and size, 2. Select height, 3. Select top colour, 4. Select edge colour
Enviro Classroom Tables Code
300
Product Description
Dimensions mm Length x width
Weight KG
Available Heights 760mm 710mm
640mm
590mm
530mm
460mm
£
EN/FA38
Square
750 x 750
12.80
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
203
EN/DB38
Rectangular
1200 x 600
15.30
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
220
EN/CT38
Trapezoidal
1400 x 590
14.20
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
232
EN/CA38
Rectangular
1400 x 750
19.50
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
258
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
300-301 Enviro & Computer Trolleys (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:01
Computer Trolleys
classroom tables & chairs Our computer trolleys are the simple solution for any school, office, factory or community centre. All items are delivered flat pack.
A simple solution for schools
Tower Workstation Code CF7049
Small Budget Workstation Code CF7038
W x D x H (mm) 675 x 660 x 725
W x D x H (mm) 850 x 506 x 840
£ 225
£ 204
Fixed Height Trolleys: These are non-returnable
EF8057
Two Tier Fixed Height Code W x D x H (mm) EF8046 1000 x 650 x 500-750 Fixed Height - choose between 500-750mm (in 50mm increments from floor to main work surface)
Single Tier Fixed Height Code W x D x H (mm) EF8049 1000 x 650 x 500-750 Fixed Height - choose between 500-750mm (in 50mm increments from floor to main work surface)
£ 489
£ 505
Optional keyboard shelf available on all models Code: EF8057 ADD £61
Frame Colours Blue
Grey
Top Colours Red
Beech
5
year guarantee
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
300-301 Enviro & Computer Trolleys (15).indd 2
301
25/11/2014 12:01
Budget Storage
classroom storage 2 Bay, 12 & 16 Tray
Practical, affordable and available within 15 days, these strongly constructed storage units come complete with your choice of coloured trays and castors.
• Strongly constructed storage units with a choice of coloured trays. • Units supplied complete with trays. • Beech carcass only • Units are supplied complete with castors as standard.
1 Bay, 6 & 8 Tray
12 Tray Unit Shown
Multi-Deep Tray Storage Units Code WETS12BCH WETS16BCH
6 Tray Unit Shown
1 Bay, 6 & 8 Tray Beech Carcass Code WETS6BCH WETS8BCH
Description 6 Tray Unit 8 Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 366 x 468 x 613 366 x 468 x 783
£ 92 97
Description 12 Tray Unit 16 Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 710 x 468 x 613 710 x 468 x 783
£ 143 144
3 Bay, 24 Tray
3 Bay, 18 Tray
3 Bay, 24 Tray Beech Carcass Code WETS24BCH
Description 24 Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 1054 x 468 x 783
£ 230
3 Bay, 18 Tray Beech Carcass Code WETS18BCH
Description 18 Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 1054 x 468 x 613
£ 197 Tray Colours Available BCH
5
year guarantee
Red
302
Yellow
Blue
Green
Beech Carcass
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
302-303 Budget Storage (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:05
Budget Storage
classroom storage Manufactured from 18mm beech MFC complete with castors (2 locking) trays. Trays are available in any colour combination. All units delivered fully assembled.
Multi-Deep Tray Storage Units
Deep Tray Storage Units
ST0806
Multi-Deep Tray Storage Units ST012
Deep Tray Storage Units Code
Description
W x D x H (mm)
ST006
6 Deep Tray Unit
622 x 453 x 789
276
ST008
8 Deep Tray Unit
622 x 453 x 1026
302
ST009
9 Deep Tray Unit
922 x 453 x 789
351
ST012
12 Deep Tray Unit
1222 x 453 x 789
422
ST016
16 Deep Tray Unit
1222 x 453 x 1026
533
Code
Description
W x D x H (mm)
£
ST0403
4 Shallow & 3 Deep Tray Unit
622 x 453 x 789
283
ST0806
8 Shallow & 6 Deep Tray Unit
1222 x 453 x 789
458
£
Tiered Access Units with 6 trays (Left & Right hand)
A simple solution for schools
Small, Medium & Large Display Units
ST321RH
Tiered Access Units with 6 Trays STOPENLGE
Small, Medium & Large Display Units Code
Description
W x D x H (mm)
STOPENSM
Small
1180 x 380 x 560
224
£
STOPENMED
Medium
1180 x 380 x 760
257
STOPENLGE
Large
1180 x 380 x 910
289
Code
Description
W x D x H (mm)
ST321RH
Right Hand
1015 x 470 x 875
442
ST321LH
Left Hand
1015 x 470 x 875
442
Tray Colours Available T
BCH
5
year guarantee
Blue
Red
Yellow
Clear
Beech Carcass
Delivered to a room of choice within 15 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
302-303 Budget Storage (15).indd 2
£
303
25/11/2014 12:05
Shallow Tray Storage
classroom storage
3 Bay
A comprehensive range of strongly constructed storage units with a large choice of coloured trays. Units are supplied complete with coloured or clear trays, castors and in beech with optional coloured tops.
1 Bay
MEQ1W Shown with Clear Trays
1 Bay Code MEQ1W MEQ8H With Coloured Top MEQ1WCOLTOP MEQ8HCOLTOP
Description 6 Tray Unit 8 Tray Unit 6 Tray Unit 8 Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 360 x 453 x 617 360 x 453 x 789 360 x 453 x 617 360 x 453 x 789
£ 143 255
3 Bay Code MEQ3W MEQ21 MEQ4W With Coloured Top MEQ3WCOLTOP MEQ21COLTOP MEQ4WCOLTOP
Add 17 Add 17
2 Bay
Description 18 Tray Unit 21 Tray Unit 24 Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 1030 x 453 x 617 1030 x 453 x 703 1030 x 453 x 789
£ 288 402 347
18 Tray Unit 21 Tray Unit 24 Tray Unit
1030 x 453 x 617 1030 x 453 x 703 1030 x 453 x 789
Add 17 Add 17 Add 17
Lockable Doors
Clip on Lids
Pair of doors for any wooden storage units.
2 Bay Code MEQ2W MEQ16 With Coloured Top MEQ2WCOLTOP MEQ16COLTOP
Description 12 Tray Unit 16 Tray Unit 12 Tray Unit 16 Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 700 x 453 x 617 700 x 453 x 789 700 x 453 x 617 700 x 453 x 789
£ 239 372
Options
Add 17 Add 17
Code MEQ1001 EF8820
Description Lockable Doors Clip on Lid for Tray
£ per pair 107 7
Tray Colours
Red
Yellow
Blue
Tray Colours
Green
Clear
Carcass
Purple
Lime
Cyan
Pink
Tangerine
304
Grey
Blueberry Jelly
5
Shallow & deep only
Strawberry Jelly
Grape Jelly
Top Colours
BCH
Lemon Jelly
Kiwi Jelly
year guarantee
Beech
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
304-305 Shallow & Combi Storage (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:08
Combination Tray Storage
classroom storage
Mix and match between deep or shallow trays to create the combination to meet your requirement.
18 Deep or 36 Shallow 12 Deep or 24 Shallow
16 Deep or 32 Shallow
Clip on Lids
Options
Combination Tray Storage
Code EF8820
Description Clip on Lid for Tray
£ 7
Code MEQ4012 MEQ4016 MEQ4018
Description 12 Deep 16 Deep 18 Deep
W x D x H (mm) 1358 x 453 x 707 1358 x 453 x 835 1030 x 453 x 1210
£ 519 622 673
Tray Colours
Red
Yellow
Blue
Tray Colours
Green
Clear
Purple
Lime
Cyan
Pink
Tangerine
Kiwi Jelly
Grape Jelly
Blueberry Jelly
Carcass BCH Shallow & deep only
Lemon Jelly
Strawberry Jelly
Grey
Beech
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
304-305 Shallow & Combi Storage (15).indd 2
5
year guarantee
305
25/11/2014 12:08
Variety Tray Storage
classroom storage
12 Tray
This range provides differing sizes of trays to meet a changeable storage requirement. The range comes with a choice of 14 different tray colours. Coloured tops available.
8 Tray Unit
MEQ1031
16 Tray Shown with Clear Trays
MEQ1108
12 Tray
MEQ1116
Variety Tray Storage Code MEQ1108 MEQ1112 MEQ1031 MEQ1116
Description 8 Tray Unit 12 Tray Unit 12 Tray Unit 16 Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 700 x 453 x 967 1030 x 453 x 967 1358 x 453 x 707 1358 x 453 x 967
£ 425 535 612 676
Clip on Lids MEQ1112
Options Code EF8820
Description Clip on Lid for Tray
£ 7
Tray Colours
Red
Yellow
Blue
Tray Colours
Green
Clear
Shallow & deep only
306
Strawberry Jelly
Lime
Cyan
Pink
Tangerine
Kiwi Jelly
Grape Jelly
Blueberry Jelly
Carcass BCH
Lemon Jelly
Purple
Grey
5
year guarantee
Beech
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
306-307 Variety & Extra Deep Storage (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:10
Extra Deep Tray Storage
classroom storage Extra Deep Storage
A comprehensive range of strongly constructed storage units with a wide variety of coloured or clear trays to brighten up your classroom.
Extra Deep Tray Storage Code MEQ3106 MEQ3112 MEQ3116
Description 6 Extra Deep Tray Unit 12 Extra Deep Tray Unit 16 Extra Deep Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 700 x 453 x 857 1358 x 453 x 857 1358 x 453 x 1115
£ 328 572 713 MEQ3116
Jumbo Tray Storage
See opposite page for colour options & clip on lids
MEQ1015 MEQ1061
MEQ1062
MEQ1011
Jumbo Tray Storage
MEQ1021
Code MEQ1015 MEQ1062 MEQ1021 MEQ1061 MEQ1011
Description 12 Jumbo Tray Unit 6 Jumbo Tray Unit 8 Jumbo Tray Unit 9 Jumbo Tray Unit 6 Jumbo Tray Unit
W x D x H (mm) 1358 x 453 x 1067 1030 x 453 x 739 1358 x 453 x 739 1030 x 453 x 1067 700 x 453 x 1067
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
306-307 Variety & Extra Deep Storage (15).indd 2
£ 629 566 492 599 432
307
25/11/2014 12:10
Mobile Book Storage
classroom storage
All units come assembled with castors. • Strongly constructed units with a choice of coloured trays. • Beech carcass only
• 3 angled shelves one side and 3 straight shelves on the other side
3 Angled & 3 Straight Shelves Code MEQ3AS 3SS
W x D x H (mm) 1040 x 502 x 883
£ 285
• 3 straight shelves both sides
3 Straight Shelves Code MEQ3BS
W x D x H (mm) 1040 x 502 x 883
£ 285
• 3 angled shelves each side
3 Angled Shelves Each Side Code MEQ3LU
2 Angled, 1 Flat Shelf
308
W x D x H (mm) 1040 x 502 x 883
£ 285
• Mobile 6 slot big book holder
• 2 angled 1 flat shelf both sides Code MEQ2LU
W x D x H (mm) 1040 x 502 x 883
Mobile 6 Slot Big Book Holder £ 285
Code MEQBBH
W x D x H (mm) 695 x 504 x 760
£ 331
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
308-309 Mobile Book Storage (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:12
Mobile Book Storage
classroom storage
• 8 shallow or 4 deep trays with 4 Kinderboxes
Book/Art Storage Code MEQ4000
W x D x H (mm) 690 x 453 x 600
£ 315
Art/Book Storage Code MEQ4001
W x D x H (mm) 1022 x 453 x 600
£ 449
All units come complete with trays & castors
Clip on Lids • Double sided 6 bay Kinderbox with 1 fixed shelf either side
Art Storage Code MEQ4002
Options W x D x H (mm) 1015 x 450 x 820
£ 411
Code
Description
£
EF8820
Clip on Lid for Tray
7
Tray Colours
Red
Yellow
Blue
Tray Colours
Green
Clear
Carcass
Purple
Lime
Cyan
Pink
Tangerine
Kiwi Jelly
Grape Jelly
Blueberry Jelly
BCH Shallow & deep only
Lemon Jelly
Strawberry Jelly
Grey
Beech
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 25 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
308-309 Mobile Book Storage (15).indd 2
5
year guarantee
309
25/11/2014 12:12
Curve Storage & Seating
classroom storage
• Units come without cushions as standard • Cushions are available at extra cost • Units are available as static only • Sturdy 18mm construction • Includes trays, and delivered fully assembled
Curve Console Island Code C300CT9 C400CT9 C550CT9
Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
Height 266mm 463mm 661mm
£ 1214 1709 2171
Height 266mm 463mm 661mm
£ 287 415 536
Book and Seat Storage Island Code C300CT11 C400CT11 C550CT11
Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
Height 660mm 840mm 1020mm
£ 985 1264 1537
5
year guarantee
Colours Available
Red
310
Yellow
Half Moon Storage
Carcass Finishes
Blue
Green
Beech
Maple
Oak
Code C300CT2 C400CT2 C550CT2
Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
310-311 Curve Storage & Seating (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:15
Curve Storage & Seating
classroom storage
W413 x D413mm
Quarter Corner Storage Code C300CT1 C400CT1 C550CT1
Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
Height 266mm 463mm 661mm
£ 203 267 327
Book Seat Storage Code C300CT10 C400CT10 C550CT10
Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
Height 266mm 463mm 661mm
Double: W372 x D1217mm
£ 550 654 769
Single: W372 x D462mm
Column Storage Code C300CT3 C400CT3 C550CT3
Description 1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
Height 266mm 463mm 661mm
£ 223 277 337
Double Corner Units Code
Description
Height
Left Hand C300CT7L C400CT7L C550CT7L
£
1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
266mm 463mm 661mm
405 536 708
Right Hand C300CT7R C400CT7R C550CT7R
1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
266mm 463mm 661mm
405 536 708
Right Hand Double: Double: W1157 W1157 x D463mm Left Hand
Single Corner Units Single: W785 x D463mm
Code
Description
Height
Left Hand C300CT6L C400CT6L C550CT6L
1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
266mm 463mm 661mm
307 429 550
Right Hand C300CT6R C400CT6R C550CT6R
1 Tray High 2 Tray High 3 Tray High
266mm 463mm 661mm
307 429 550
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
310-311 Curve Storage & Seating (15).indd 2
£
311
25/11/2014 12:15
Nexus Bookcases
classroom storage
The Nexus bookcases are available in three wood finish carcass options along with four colour options for tops and shelves. Suitable for all ages and ideal for libraries or classrooms. Supplied fully assembled.
Single Sided with Coloured Display Top
Single Sided with Coloured Display & Shelves
Top Colours
Red
Yellow
Blue
Green
Carcass Finishes
Beech
Maple
5
Single Sided with Flat-Top
Single Sided - Coloured Top
312
Oak
year guarantee
Single Sided - Display & Shelves
Single Sided - Flat Top
Code
Size (mm)
Code
Size (mm)
408
FD322STC
704 x 305 x 900
408
FD302ST
704 x 305 x 900
372
704 x 305 x 1200
461
FD325STC
704 x 305 x 1200
461
FD305ST
704 x 305 x 1200
423
704 x 305 x 1800
616
FD331STC
704 x 305 x 1800
616
FD311ST
704 x 305 x 1800
533
Code
Size (mm)
FD322ST
704 x 305 x 900
FD325ST FD331ST
£
£
£
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
312-313 Nexus Bookcases Library Units (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:18
Nexus Library Units
classroom storage
Nexus offers a range of shelving and library units which have been designed to fit together. The system is designed to maximise storage and display potential whilst keeping costs to a minimum. These high quality units are constructed using 18mm MFC and shelves and sides are available in any of the colours shown. Shelving units are supplied as starter units which are complete, and add-on units which have a transport end panel which is discarded to allow the add-on to be connected to the starter unit for a seemless finish. Suitable for all ages and ideal for libraries, classrooms or corridors.
Combination 1
Combination 2
• 2 single sided reversible shelf bookcases • 1 single sided flat top bookcase
• 2 single sided bookcases with colour display shelf • 1 bench seat with back FD346AD
FD404
FD346ST FD326ST
FD326ST FD306AD
Nexus Combination 1 Code NC962 FD346ST FD306AD FD346AD
Description Combination Starter Add on Add on
Nexus Combination 2 W x D x H (mm) 3105 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 305 x 1200 1029 x 305 x 1200 1029 x 305 x 1200
£ 1791 683 456 652
Combination 4
Code NC963 FD326ST FD404 FD326ST
Description Combination Starter Bench Starter
W x D x H (mm) 3141 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 305 x 1200
£ 1676 540 596 540
FD405
FD404
FD404
FD345ST
FD325ST FD305AD FD325AD
5
year guarantee
Top Available
Red
Yellow
Nexus Combination 4
• 2 bench seats with backs • 1 corner bench seat with back • 1 single sided flat top bookcase • 2 single sided display top bookcases • 1 single sided reversible shelf bookcase Carcass Finishes
Blue
Green
Beech
Maple
Oak
Code NC965 FD345ST FD404 FD405 FD404 FD325ST FD305AD FD325AD
Description Combination Starter Bench Corner Bench Bench Starter Add on Add on
W x D x H (mm) 5274 x 305 x 1200 704 x 305 x 1200 1047 x 400 x 1200 400 x 400 x 1200 1047 x 400 x 1200 704 x 305 x 1200 686 x 305 x 1200 686 x 305 x 1200
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
312-313 Nexus Bookcases Library Units (15).indd 2
£ 3537 591 596 458 596 461 397 438
313
25/11/2014 12:18
Nexus Curve
classroom storage
An additional design to compliment our best selling Nexus Library range. Manufactured from high quality 18mm MFC, and all units are manufactured as mobile with two locking castors. Single sided and double sided units are available.
Single Sided Concave Bookcases
WBLR3/9
Carcass Finishes
5
year guarantee
Beech
Single Sided Concave Bookcases Code WBLR3/9 WBLR3/12
Description Concave Concave
W x D x H (mm) 1180 x 835 x 900 1180 x 835 x 1200
Description Concave Concave Concave
W x D x H (mm) 1575 x 1115 x 900 1575 x 1115 x 1200 1575 x 1115 x 1500
Curved back only available in cream Oak
Double Sided Concave Bookcases Code WBLR9/9 WBLR9/12 WBLR9/15
Maple
£ 624 740
£ 812 1053 1408
Single Sided Straight Bookcases
Single Sided Convex Bookcases
WBLR1/9
WBLR2/9
Single Sided Straight Bookcases Code WBLR1/9 WBLR1/12 WBLR1/6/9 WBLR1/6/12
Single Sided Convex Bookcases Code WBLR2/9 WBLR2/12
Description Convex Convex
W x D x H (mm) 1180 x 835 x 900 1180 x 835 x 1200
£ 624 740
Double Sided Convex Bookcases Code WBLR8/9 WBLR8/12 WBLR8/15
314
Description Convex Convex Convex
W x D x H (mm) 1575 x 1115 x 900 1575 x 1115 x 1200 1575 x 1115 x 1500
£ 812 1053 1408
W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 320 x 900 1000 x 320 x 1200 600 x 320 x 900 600 x 320 x 1200
£ 416 494 372 376
Double Sided Straight Bookcases Code WBLR7/9 WBLR7/12 WBLR7/15 WBLR7/6/9 WBLR7/6/12 WBLR7/6/15
W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 600 x 900 1000 x 600 x 1200 1000 x 600 x 1500 600 x 600 x 900 600 x 600 x 1200 600 x 600 x 1500
£ 581 753 888 483 665 746
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 20 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
314-315 Nexus Curve & Paper Storage (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:20
Paper Storage
classroom storage
6 Drawer Plan Chest (static) • Suitable for up to A1 paper size.
4 Sliding Drawer Open Paper Storage (mobile) • Suitable for up to A1 paper size.
MEQPC
MEQPSU4
4 Sliding Drawer Open Paper Storage
MEQPCCD
Code WxDxH £ MEQPSU4 (without doors) 1015 x 750 x 780mm 663 MEQPSUD (with doors, not shown) 1015 x 770 x 780mm 733
6 Drawer Plan Chest (static) Code MEQPC MEQPCCD
WxDxH 1015 x 750 x 780mm 1015 x 750 x 780mm
£ 756 756
5
year guarantee
Literature Sorter CT3048 Suitable for 12 A4 Lever Arch folders CT3046 Suitable for 20 A4 Ringbinders CT3047 20 Shelf literature sorter
CT3048 CT3046
Literature Sorters Code CT3048 CT3046 CT3047
WxDxH 610 x 320 x 770mm 610 x 320 x 770mm 610 x 320 x 770mm
£ 318 318 318
CT3047
All products on this page are priced to be delivered within 15 working days to ground floor, nearest under cover point. Certain exceptions see page 2.
314-315 Nexus Curve & Paper Storage (15).indd 2
315
25/11/2014 12:20
Low Height Lockers 1 Door
2 Door
• Elite Guard Anti-bacterial powder coating.
• Elite Guard Anti-bacterial powder coating.
• Special low height.
• Special low height.
• Supplied in nests to save costs.
• Supplied in nests to save costs.
• Reinforced doors.
• Reinforced doors.
• Hanging compartment with double coat hook & shelf.
• Hanging compartment with double coat hook.
• Locking options.
• Locking options.
1 Door School Locker Code Size H x W x D mm 133030SL 1370 x 300 x 300 133045SL 1370 x 300 x 450
classroom storage
2 Door School Locker Single £ 90 106
Nest of 2 £ 175 207
Nest of 3 £ 261 310
Nest of 2 £ 251 272
Nest of 3 £ 375 407
Code Size H x W x D mm 1330302 1370 x 300 x 300 1330452 1370 x 300 x 450
Single £ 115 126
Nest of 2 £ 224 247
Nest of 3 £ 335 367
3 Door • Elite Guard Anti-bacterial powder coating. • Special low height. • Supplied in nests to save costs. • Reinforced doors. • Locking options. • Perforated door option.
3 Door School Locker Code 1330303 1330453
Size H x W x D mm 1370 x 300 x 300 1370 x 300 x 450
Single £ 129 138
Available Door Colours
Green
Dark Blue Pastel Blue
Red
1
year guarantee
Yellow
Maroon
Grey
All Carcasses are Grey
316
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
316-317 Low & Full Height Lockers (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:23
Full Height Lockers
classroom storage
Nest of Three
Nest of Two
Single Locker
Lockers have officially gone green on our selected range of Storage Lockers that contain Abbeysteel™ sustainably sourced steel lockers contain between 11-44% steel off-cut from the automotive industry reducing their CO2 footprint. The storage lockers also contain an anti-bacterial powder coating and are UK manufactured.
Locker Extras
Sloping Top (mm) Fitting for Padlock Master Key Hanging Rail Numbered £1 Coin Return or Additional Keys Electronic 4 Digit Combination 300 x 300, Code: Specify at time £11 Key Fob and Plate Token Return Lock £9 Combination Lock Lock with Master Key £30 ST3030 Price: £14 of order FOC £9 (each) £39 POA POA 300 x 450, Code: ST3045 Price: £16 • Sloping top must be ordered with lockers and is only available on single and nest of 2 lockers. 450 x 450, Code: • Locker stands available on request, please ask for details, only available on single and nest of 2 lockers. ST4545 Price: £18
Five Door Locker
Single Door Locker Code 183030S 183045S 184545S
Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 450 x 450
Single £ 99 119 142
Nest of 2 £ 192 231 N/A
Nest of 3 £ 286 345 N/A
Fitted with shelf & double coat hook Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 450 x 450
Single £ 124 137 159
Nest of 2 £ 244 268 N/A
Nest of 3 £ 398 399 N/A
Fitted with double coat hook in each compartment Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450
Single £ 136 154
Nest of 2 £ 265 300
Nest of 3 £ 397 451
Supplied with no internal fittings Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 450 x 450
Single £ 149 166 192
Supplied with no internal fittings
Nest of 2 £ 332 362
Supplied with no internal fittings
Code 1830306 1830456
Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450
Single £ 182 195
Supplied with no internal fittings
Code Size H x W x D mm 1830308 1800 x 300 x 300 1830458 1800 x 300 x 450 (Nesting option not available)
Nest of 2 £ 294 326 N/A
Nest of 3 £ 439 487 N/A
Single £ 232 255
Available Door Colours
Green
Dark Blue Pastel Blue
Red
Yellow
Maroon
1
year guarantee
Grey
All Carcasses are Grey
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
316-317 Low & Full Height Lockers (15).indd 2
Nest of 3 £ 494 537
Supplied with no internal fittings Choice of two sizes available. 550mm deep lockers available - please ask for details.
Four Door Locker Code 1830304 1830454 1845454
Single £ 169 183
Eight Door Locker
Three Door Locker Code 1830303 1830453
Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450
Six Door Locker
Two Door Locker Code 1830302 1830452 1845452
Code 1830305 1830455
317
25/11/2014 12:23
Low Height Lockers
classroom storage
Quarto Locker • Ideal modular storage solution in difficult areas. • Pre-drilled for nesting. • Elite Guard Anti-bacterial powder coating.
Cube Locker
• Locking options. • Reinforced doors.
• Secure remote storage solutions
• Perforated door option
• Ideal for utilising awkward areas • Bolted to form stacks or nests • 3 sizes: 300, 380 and 450mm • Locking options • Perforated door option
Quarto Code Size H x W x D mm 513045QU 512 x 300 x 450 Supplied with no internal fittings
Single £ 67
Disability Locker • Special height for disabled users • Low level shelf • Reinforced doors • Double coat hook • Locking options
Cube Code Size H x W x D mm 303030C 300 x 300 x 300 383838C 380 x 380 x 380 454545C 450 x 450 x 450 Supplied with no internal fittings
Single £ 53 60 68
1
Available Door Colours
Disability Code 133030DL 133045DL
318
year guarantee
Size H x W x D mm 1370 x 300 x 300 1370 x 300 x 450
Single £ 109 123
Green
Dark Blue
Pastel Blue
Red
Yellow
Maroon
Grey
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
318-319 Lockers & Cloakroom (15).indd 1
25/11/2014 12:27
Cloakroom Seating
classroom storage
Island Seating Practical seating at practical prices. • Welded 38mm tubular steel. • Supplied with double coat hooks and ash wood slats. • Shoe compartments or tray options. • Powder coated paint finish, red, grey, yellow, green. • Floor fixing bracket. • Supplied flat packed.
Double sided
Double sided fitted with shoe compartments
Double sided fitted with shoe tray
Double Sided + Shoe Tray
Double Sided Code IS120D IS150D
No of Hooks 18 24
Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 1200 x 760 1800 x 1500 x 760
£ 515 545
Code IS120DST IS150DST
No of Hooks 18 24
Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 1200 x 760 1800 x 1500 x 760
£ 727 790
Double Sided + Shoe Compartments Single sided fitted with shoe tray
Single sided fitted with shoe compartments
Code IS120DSB IS150DSB
No of Compartments Size H x W x D mm 16 1800 x 1200 x 760 20 1800 x 1500 x 760
£ 811 896
Single Sided Code IS120S IS150S
No of Hooks 9 12
Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 1200 x 400 1800 x 1500 x 400
£ 310 331
Single Sided + Shoe Compartments Single sided
Single Sided + Shoe Tray Code IS120SST IS150SST
No of Hooks 9 12
Size H x W x D mm 1800 x 1200 x 400 1800 x 1500 x 400
£ 416 457
Code IS120DSSB IS150DSSB
No of Compartments Size H x W x D mm 8 1800 x 1200 x 400 10 1800 x 1500 x 400
£ 458 507
1
year guarantee
Bench Seating
Bench Seating Code BS60 BS90 BS120 BS150 BS180
Length mm 600 900 1200 1500 1800
£ 120 144 167 196 261
Practical seating at practical prices. • Ash wood slats. • Welded 38mm tubular steel. • Free standing. • Powder coated red, grey, yellow, green.
Delivered to a room of choice within 20 working days fully assembled. Packaging removed and recycled. Certain exceptions see page 2.
318-319 Lockers & Cloakroom (15).indd 2
319
25/11/2014 12:27
Fabric Information Our standard fabric choice comes from two of the UK’s premier fabric manufacturers, Camira and Bradbury. Although the majority of chairs and screens featured in this catalogue can be upholstered in any fabric, you may wish to specify and establish a price difference, if any. Both manufacturers offer a wide variety of colours and materials suitable for commercial and contract environments. To assist with your choice of upholstery, take advantage of Camira and Bradbury’s excellent swatch sample service, which can be found with full fabric listings on their respective websites.
Fire Retardancy British Standard BS 7176: 2007 allows premises to be divided into different categories of fire hazard. Within each category, test methods indicate the resistance to ignition sources, and at which hazard level. This information should allow you to select the appropriate fabric for your premises.
Low Hazard Updated BS 7176 Test Methods: BS EN 1021 1,2 Resistance to ignition sources cigarette and match. Typical Examples: Offices, schools, colleges, universities, museums, exhibitions and day centres.
Medium Hazard BS 7176 Test Methods: BS 5852: 2006 Resistance to ignition sources 0, 1, 5 (cigarette and match crib 5). Typical Examples: Hotel bedrooms, hospitals, public buildings, café and restaurants, places of public entertainment, pubs and bars, bingo halls.
Found a fabric? Now contact our sales team for a quotation.
Phoenix (Seating)
Urban Plus (Seating)
Flammability: BS476: Part 7 Class 1 Vertical Surface Test. Abrasion Resistance: 40,000 Rubs matrindale. 5 Year guarantee.
Galaxy (Screens) ur on-line sample service
Flammability: BS476: Part 7 Class 1 Vertical Surface Test. Abrasion Resistance: 50,000 Rubs matrindale. 5 Year guarantee.
320 Fabrics Information (15).indd 1
Xtreme Plus (Seating)
Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard Popular crepe weave upholstery fabric 10 Year guarantee.
.com/samples rafabrics.com/samples
Screen 66 (Screens)
Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard. Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. Second nature recycled fabric. 5 Year guarantee.
on-line sample service , visit our on-line sample service
www.bradburyfabrics.com
To order samples, visit our on-line sample service
Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Rubs matrindale. Popular crepe weave. 5 Year guarantee.
ww.camirafabrics.com/samples
Omega Plus (Seating)
Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Low Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. 5 Year guarantee.
der samples, visit our on-line sample service
www.bradburyfabrics.com
To order samples, visit our on-line sample service
Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Rubs matrindale. Stain repellent treated. 5 Year guarantee.
Lucia (Screens)
Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Medium Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 100,000 Matrindale cycles. Second nature recycled fabric. 5 Year guarantee.
www.bradburyfabrics.com
Flambend (Seating)
www.camirafabrics.com/samples
Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Low Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 90,000 Matrindale cycles. 5 Year guarantee.
www.bradburyfabrics.com
Flammability: BS7176: 2007 Low Hazard Abrasion Resistance: 60,000 Rub matrindale. 5 Year guarantee.
To order samples, visit our on-line sample service
Advantage (Seating)
To order samples, visit our on-line sample service
Pyra (Seating)
To order samples, visit our on-line sample service
www.camirafabrics.com/samples
ryfabrics.com
320
Camira
www.bradburyfabrics.com
www.camirafabrics.com/samples
To order samples, visit our on-line sample service
w.bradburyfabrics.com
mples, visit our on-line sample service
Bradbury
02/12/2014 10:17
Not all office space needs to be the same... Creating a unique office environment says a lot about you as a company - to your clients, your staff and your competitors. • space planning • office design • furniture provision and installation • filing surveys • general consultative surveys • project and installation management • brand application • 3D design work
home strategic | millennium park studio | ballafletcher road | douglas | isle of man | im4 4qj ISO
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
ISO9001 ISO
Quality Management
ISLE OF MAN
ISO
ISO9001: 2008 Registered Firm Certificate No. QMS31122009
ISO
ISO14001ISO Environmental Management
ISLE OF MAN
ISO14001:2004 Registered Firm Certificate No. EMS31122009
ISLE OF MAN
Information Security Managemant
ISLE OF MAN
ISO
ISO27001:2005 Registered Firm Certificate No. ISMS121205
ISO18001 ISO
Health & Safety
ISO
ISLE OF MAN
ISO18001: 2007 Registered Firm Certificate No. OHSAS060114
ISO
ISO
ISO
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
ISLE OF MAN
www.homestrategic.com strategic marketing | creative design | pr | social media | website design
w w w. h s 3 . i m
hs3 is a part of the home strategic group ISO
ISO27001 ISO
O F F I C E F U R N I T U R E C ATA L O G U E 2 0 1 5
phone hs3 01624 610121 email hs3 dc@hs3.im visit hs3 www.hs3.im
2015 OFFICE FURNITURE PLAN DESIGN FURNISH
hs 3 .im